Camp Delta Standard Operating Procedures

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Camp Delta Standard

Operating Procedures (SOP)
Headquarters,
Joint Task Force - Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank
Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Headquarters Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)

Joint Task Force Guantanamo (JTF-GTMO)
Guantanamo Bay, Cuba Effective 28 March 2003
28 March 2003
Camp Delta
Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
By Order of the Commander

procedures established herein apply to Supplementation.
the services and agencies that Supplementation of this SOP and
function in, and support thereof, establishment of command or local
GEOFFREY D. MILLER detainee operations at JTF-GTMO in forms is prohibited without prior
Major General, United States Army general and Camp Delta specifically. approval of the JDOG
Commander, JTF-GTMO Applicability. This is a multi- Commander.
service, multi-agency set of standard Suggested Improvements. Users
Official: operating procedures. It applies to the are invited to send comments and
Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine suggested improvements through
ADOLPH MCQUEEN Corps, and Coast Guard as well as their chain of command to the
Colonel, Military Police United States Government JDOG S3 for proper consideration
Commander, JDOG organizations and international non- and staffing.
governmental organizations operating Interim Changes. Policies and
inside Camp Delta 1 - 3. procedures will be reviewed every
History. This is a revised update to Proponent and exception authority. 120 days. Any interim changes
the Joint Task Force Guantanamo The proponent of this set of operating will be signed by the JDOG
(JTF-GTMO) standard operating procedures and special orders is the Commander and posted to the front
procedures (SOP) for Camp Delta. Commander, Joint Detention of this SOP until incorporated in
This publication has been Operations Group (JDOG). The the next revision.
reorganized and consolidated to proponent has the authority to Distribution. This document, and
include all aspects of detention and approve exceptions to this SOP that any part therein, are classified as
security operations toward being are consistent with controlling law, “for official use only” and are
more efficient for its intended users. regulations, and directives from the limited to those requiring
Summary. This revision National Command Authority. The operational and procedural
implements established Department proponent may delegate this approval knowledge in the direct
of Defense directives and authority, in writing, to either the performance of their duties as well
establishes policies and procedures JDOG Deputy Commander or JDOG as those directly associated with
for the securing, treatment, care, and S3. JTF-GTMO. It is the responsibility
accountability required for detainees Army management control process. of all personnel to protect and
in support of the Global War on Army Regulation 11-2 does not apply safeguard the contents of this SOP
Terrorism (GWOT). Policies and to this SOP. and ensure appropriate distribution
thereof.
*This Camp Delta SOP supersedes all previous editions and supplements.

ii
Contents (listed by paragraph and page number) Camp Rules (Station 10) 4-17, page 4.3
Chapter 1 Post Processing 4-18, page 4.3
Introduction, page 1.1 Reporting 4-19, page 4.3
Purpose 1-1, page 1.1 Behavior Management Plan 4-20, page 4.3
Minor SOP Modifications 1-2, page 1.1
References 1-3, page 1.1 Chapter 5
Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms 1-4, page Detention Facility Operations, page 5.1
1.1 Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of
JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent 1-5, page Force (RUF) 5-1, page 5.1
1.1 Daily Reports 5-2, page 5.1
Responsibilities 1-6, page 1.1 Camp Rules 5-3, page 5.2
U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct 1-7, page 1.2 Incident Reports 5-4, page 5.2
General Protection Policy 1-8, page 1.3 SPOT Reports 5-5, page 5.2
Serious Incident Reports 5-6, page 5.3
Chapter 2 Discipline Records 5-7, page 5.3
Command and Control, page 2.1 Guard Mount 5-8, page 5.3
Chain of Command 2-1, page 2.1 Change of Shift Procedures 5-9, page 5.3
Physical Plant 2-2, page 2.1 Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use 5-10, page 5.3
Camp Delta Operations 2-3, page 2.1 Public Address System 5-11, page 5.4
Section I – Personnel, page 2.1 Radio Discipline 5-12, page 5.4
Detention Operations Branch 2-5, page 2.1 Equipment Chit System 5-13, page 5.4
Detention Services Branch 2-6, page 2.2 Evidence and Contraband Procedures 5-14, page 5.4
Section II – Functions, page 2.2 Investigations 5-15, page 5.5
Detention Operations Center (DOC) 2-7, page 2.2
Record Keeping 2-8, page 2.3 Chapter 6
Cell Block Operations, page 6.1
Chapter 3 Section I – Security Procedures
Detainee Reception Operations, page 3.1 Overview 6-1, page 6.1
Overview 3-1, page 3.1 Headcounts 6-2, page 6.1
Infantry Support Operations 3-2, page 3.1 Searches 6-3, page 6.1
Infantry Support Force 3-3, page 3.1 Searching the Koran 6-4, page 6.1
Land Movement 3-4, page 3.2 Keys 6-5, page 6.2
In-processing Security 3-5, page 3.2 Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers 6-6, page 6.2
Inbound and Outbound Operations 3-6, page 3.4 Applying Restraints (“Shackling”) 6-7, page 6.2
Linguist Support 3-7, page 3.4
Section II – Support Operations
Chapter 4 Shower and Recreation 6-8, page 6.3
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release), Detainee Mess Operations 6-9, page 6.3
page 4.1 Laundry / Linen 6-10, page 6.4
Purpose 4-1, page 4.1 Barber 6-11, page 6.4
Initial Processing 4-2, page 4.1 Other Personnel 6-12, page 6.4
Documents 4-3, page 4.1 Library Books 6-13, page 6.5
Preparation for Processing 4-4, page 4.1 Medical Appointments 6-14, page 6.5
Personnel Requirements 4-5, page 4.1
In-Processing Procedures 4-6, page 4.1 Section III – Documentation and Reporting
MP Escort Responsibilities 4-7, page 4.2 Block Documentation 6-15, page 6.5
Clothing Removal Rome (Station 1) 4-8, page 4.2 Passive Collection 6-16, page 6.7
Shower (Station 2) 4-9, page 4.2 Cell Block Report 6-17, page 6.7
Cavity Search (Station 3) 4-10, page 4.2
Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4) 4-11, page Section IV – Block Maintenance
4.2 Inspections and Inventories 6-18, page 6.7
DNA Sample (Station 5) 4-12, page 4.2 Cell/Block Cleaning 6-19, page 6.7
Height And Weight (Station 6) 4-13, page 4.2 Equipment Maintenance 6-20, page 6.7
DRS In-Processing (Station 7) 4-14, page 4.3
ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8) 4-15, page 4.3 Section V – Detainees
Fingerprint (Station 9) 4-16, page 4.3 Detainee Standard of Conduct 6-21, page 6.7
iii
Detainee Identification Band 6-22, page 6.8 Vehicle Usage 11-5, page 11.3
Uniform and Dress Rules 6-23, page 6.8 Equipment Maintenance 11-6, page 11.4
Personal Hygiene and Appearance 6-24, page 6.8 Communications 11-7, page 11.4
Distinguished Visitors 11-8, page 11.4
Chapter 7 NAVBASE Hospital Escorts 11-9, page 11.4
Sally Port Operations, page 7.1
Sally Ports 7-1, page 7.1 Chapter 12
Sally Ports 1 And 8 7-2, page 7.1 Detainee Property, page 12.1
Sally Ports 3 And 9 7-3, page 7.4 Authorized Personnel 12-1, page 12.1
Sally Ports 4 And 10 7-4, page 7.5 Property Handling 12-2, page 12.1
Detainee Medical Clinic Gate 7-5, page 7.5
JIIF Gate 7-6, page 7.6 Chapter 13
Roving Sally 7-7, page 7.6 Detainee Mail Operations, page 13.1
Weapon Boxes 7-8, page 7.6 Types of Mail 13-1, page 13.1
Incoming Mail 13-2, page 13.1
Chapter 8 Outgoing Mail 13-3, page 13.1
Detainee Behavioral Management, page 8.1 ICRC Mail 13-4, page 13.2
Purpose 8-1, page 8.1 Cleared Mail 13-5, page 13.3
Provision of Basic Needs 8-2, page 8.1 Redacted Mail 13-6, page 13.3
Discipline Process 8-3, page 8.1 Held Mail 13-7, page 13.3
Loss of Recreation 8-4, page 8.2 Mail Screening 13-8, page 13.3
Loss of Hot Meals 8-5, page 8.2 Mail Transmittal Records 13-9, page 13.4
Comfort Items 8-6, page 8.2 Mail for Detainees Held at Locations Other Than
Detainee Classification System 8-7, page 8.2 GTMO 13-10, page 13.4
GTMO Form 508-1 8-8, page 8.4 Mail Sent Directly to Detainees 13-11, page 13.4
Level 5 Blocks 8-9, page 8.4 Incorrectly Addressed Mail 13-12, page 13.5
Confiscation of Items 8-10, page 8.5 Mail for Released Detainees 13-13, page 13.5
Special Rewards 8-11, page 8.7 Detainees in Isolation 13-14, page 13.5
Detainees with More Than 12 Items of Mail 13-15,
Chapter 9 page 13.5
Maximum Security Unit Operations, page 9.1 Detainees Passing Mail between Cells 13-16, page
Section I – In-Processing 13.5
In-processing and Documentation 9-1, page 9.1
Placement for Intelligence Purposes 9-2, page 9.1 Chapter 14
Section II – Operations Intelligence Operations, page 14.1
Block Operations 9-3, page 9.1 General 14-1, page 14.1
Force Protection 14-2, page 14.1
Chapter 10 Significant Activity Report 14-3, page 14.1
NAVSTA Brig Operations, page 10.1 Disturbance Matrix 14-4, page 14.1
Purpose 10-1, page 10.1 Communication Matrix and Link Diagram 14-5, page
Transport to NAVSTA Brig 10-2, page 10.1 14.1
Personnel Support Requirements 10-3, page 10.1 Leadership Matrices 14-6, page 14.1
Medical Support Requirements 10-4, page 10.1 Items of Intelligence Value 14-7, page 14.1
Meals 10-5, page 10.1 Detainee Mail Screening 14-8, page 14.1
Recreation 10-6, page 10.1 Operational Intelligence 14-9, page 14.2
Showers and Laundry 10-7, page 10.1 Source Operations and Reports 14-10, page 14.2
Special Orders for Guard Staff 10-8, page 10.2 Duties 14-11, page 14.2
Visitation 10-9, page 10.2 JIIF MP Personnel 14-12, page 14.2
Use of the Television 10-10, page 10.3 SCIF Security 14-13, page 14.3
Chapter 11 Chapter 15
Escort Operations, page 11.1 Linguist Operations, page 15.1
General 11-1, page 11.1 General 15-1, page 15.1
Escort Control 11-2, page 11.1 Organization 15-2, page 15.1
Priority of Escorts 11-3, page 11.1 Roles and Responsibilities 15-3, page 15.1
Escort Teams 11-4, page 11.1 Camp Delta Operations 15-4, page 15.1
iv
Detainee In-Processing Operations 15-5, page 15.2 Duties 18-3, page 18.1
Document Exploitation (DOCEX) 15-6, page 15.2
DOCEX Translation Guidelines 15-7, page 15.3 Chapter 19
DOCEX Quality Control 15-8, page 15.3 Medical, page 19.1
Detainee Library 15-9, page 15.3 Section I - Procedures
Passive Collection of CI Information 15-10, page Restraint Procedures 19-1, page 19.1
15.5 Dispensing of Medications 19-2, page 19.1
Intelligence Reference Guide for Linguists 15-11, Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks 19-3, page 19.1
page 15.5 Sick Call 19-4, page 19.2
Security Considerations 15-12, page 15.5
Section II – Emergencies
Chapter 16 Emergency Sick Call 19-5, page 19.2
Religious Support, page 16.1 Emergency Condition Responses 19-6, page 19.2
Section I – Accommodation of Religion Combat Lifesavers 19-7, page 19.3
Chaplain 16-1, page 16.1
Religious Practices 16-2, page 16.1 Section III – Medical Problems
Chaplain Requests 16-3, page 16.1 Hunger Strike 19-8, page 19.4
Fasting Requests 16-4, page 16.1 Bodily Fluids 19-9, page 19.4
Heat Category Measure 19-10, page 19.5
Section II – Muslim Detainee Religious Practices
The Muslim Prayer 16-5, page 16.2 Section IV – Facilties
Friday Prayer Service 16-6, page 16.2 Detention Hospital 19-11, page 19.6
Muslim Fasting 16-7, page 16.2
Muslim Holiday - Eid 16-8, page 16.2 Chapter 20
Dietary Practices 16-9, page 16.3 Repair and Utility, page 20.1
Medical Practices 16-10, page 16.3 Work Orders 20-1, page 20.1
Wear and Appearance of Clothing 16-11, page 16.3 Tool Accountability 20-2, page 20.2
Showers and Hygiene 16-12, page 16.3
Religious Items 16-13, page 16.3 Chapter 21
Force Protection, page 21.1
Section III – Islam Section I – Precautions
Cultural Considerations 16-14, page 16.3 Searches 21-1, page 21.1
Security Inspections and Vulnerability Assessments
Section IV – Christian Detainee Religious Practices 21-2, page 21.1
The Christian Prayer 16-15, page 16.4 Fire Prevention Precautions 21-3, page 21.1
Christian Holidays 16-16, page 16.4
Religious Items 16-17, page 16.5 Section II – Measures
Change in FPCON 21-4, page 21.1
Section V – Muslim Funerals Alert Roster/Recall Roster 21-5, page 21.7
Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites 16-18, page 16.5 Brevity Codes for Implementation of FPCON Levels
Washing the Body 16-19, page 16.5 21-6, page 21.7
Shrouding the Body 16-20, page 16.5
Procedures for the Burial 16-21, page 16.6 Section III – Alert Systems
Duress Condition 21-7, page 21.7
Chapter 17 NAVBASE Siren System 21-8, page 21.8
International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),
page 17.1 Section IV – Weapons
Personnel 17-1, page 17.1 Weapon Conditions 21-9, page 21.8
Operations 17-2, page 17.1 Weapons and Ammunition Storage Facility 21-10,
ICRC Visitation Rules 17-3, page 17.1 page 21.8
Levels of Visitation 17-4, page 17.1
Chapter 22
Chapter 18 Key Control, page 22.1
Food Service, page 18.1 Overview 22-1, page 22.1
Responsibilities 18-1, page 18.1 Key Custodian 22-2, page 22.1
Operations 18-2, page 18.1 Key Control Register 22-3, page 22.1
v
Key Access Roster 22-4, page 22.1 Chapter 27
Key and Lock Accountability 22-5, page 22.1 Operational Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive
Key Issue Procedures 22-6, page 22.1 Lighting Plan, page 27.1
Emergency Procedures 22-7, page 22.2 Purpose 27-1, page 27.1
Responsibilities 27-2, page 27.1
Chapter 23 Punitive Action 27-3, page 27.1
External Security Operations, page 23.1 Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI)
Conduct of Infantry Soldiers 23-1, page 23.1 27-4, page 27.1
Task Organization 23-2, page 23.1 Prohibited Activity 27-5, page 27.1
Infantry FPCON Actions 23-3, page 23.1 Deceptive Light Plan 27-6, page 27.2
Tower Operations 23-4, page 23.1
Debrief Format 23-5, page 23.2 Chapter 28
External Positions 23-6, page 23.2 Public Affairs, page 28.1
Special Instructions 23-7, page 23.3 Operations 28-1, page 28.1
Mounted Patrols 23-8, page 23.4 Themes for Global War on Terrorism (GWOT) 28-2,
Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP) 23-9, page 28.1
page 23.5 Detainee International Public Information Themes
Ammunition Handling 23-10, page 23.5 28-3, page 28.1
Lexington TCP 23-11, page 23.5
Harrisonburg TCP 23-12, page 23.7 Chapter 29
Staunton Blocking Position (BP) 23-13, page 23.8 Transitions, page 29.1
Section I – To Camp IV
Chapter 24 Preparation 29-1, page 29.1
Initial Reaction Force (IRF) Operations, page 24.1 Process 29-2, page 29.1
Section I – Preparation Movement to Camp IV 29-3, page 29.1
Team Organization 24-1, page 24.1
IRF Team Equipment 24-2, page 24.1 Section II – For Transfers
Additional Equipment 24-3, page 24.1 Preparation 29-4, page 29.1
Training 24-4, page 24.1 Process 29-5, page 29.1
Brevity Code 24-5, page 24.2 Movement to Camp IV 29-6, page 29.2
Standing Orders 29-7, page 29.2
Section II – Operations
IRF Team Guidelines 24-6, page 24.2 Chapter 30
IRF Team Use 24-7, page 24.2 Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF), page
30.1
Section III – Documentation Operations 30-1, page 30.1
Verbal Reporting 24-8, page 24.3
Written Reporting 24-9, page 24.3 Chapter 31
Supply Operations, page 31.1
Chapter 25 Waste Disposal 31-1, page 31.1
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations, page 25.1 Camp Supply Rooms 31-2, page 31.1
Mission 25-1, page 25.1 Supply Requests 31-3, page 31.1
Requirements 25-2, page 25.1 Computer Requests 31-4, page 31.1
Notification Procedures 25-3, page 25.1
Ammunition Numbers and Accountability 25-4, page Chapter 32
25.1 Emergency Action Plans (EAPs), page 32.1
Uniform 25-5, page 25.1 Attempted/Actual Suicide 32-1, page 32.1
Mass Disturbance 32-2, page 32.1
Chapter 26 Power Outage 32-3, page 32.3
Military Working Dogs (MWD), page 26.1 Hostage Situation 32-4, page 32.3
Responsibilities 26-1, page 26.1 Death 32-5, page 32.4
Operations 26-2, page 26.1 Medical Emergency 32-6, page 32.5
Training 26-3, page 26.2 Fratricide 32-7, page 32.6
Logistics 26-4, page 26.2 Fire 32-8, page 32.7
Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion 32-9, page 32.8
Mass Casualty Incident (MCI) 32-10, page 32.8
vi
Evacuation Routes 32-11, page 32.16
Destructive Weather 32-12, page 32.17
APPENDIXES
A. References
B. Local Forms
C. Badge Identification Sheets
D. Camp Delta Maps
E. Detainee Transfer Operations (classified)
F. Military Commissions (classified)
G. Camp Echo (classified)
H. General’s Cottage (classified)
Glossary
Index

vii

viii
Chapter 1 After the memorandum or Guard Mount message is
Introduction included in the SOP through rewrite, it will be placed
1-1. Purpose in a separate file of items included in the SOP.
a. This standard operating procedure (SOP)
provides policy, procedures, and responsibilities for the 1-3. References Appendix A lists required and
security, administration, and treatment of detainees in related publications along with prescribed and
custody at Camp Delta. This SOP also establishes referenced DOD and DA forms. Appendix B contains
procedures for transfer or release of custody from all local forms.
Camp Delta.
b. This SOP is consistent with the intent and spirit 1-4. Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms
of the Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War The glossary explains abbreviations and special terms
Victims, dated 12 August 1949, in accordance with used in this SOP.
directives from the National Command Authority
(NCA) and chain of command. 1-5. JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent
c. All personnel will enforce all orders and a. The Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)
regulations pertaining to the daily operation of the conducts detention and area security operations in
facility and their assigned posts. Further, all personnel assigned sector of the Joint Operational Area (JOA) in
will be familiar with all facility directives, emergency support of intelligence operations in the Global War on
plans and all special orders pertaining to their post; Terrorism (GWOT).
carry out all general orders for a sentry on post, and b. The JDOG Commander’s (CJDOG) intent is to
wear the prescribed uniform of the day. conduct detention and security operations with
d. This policy is punitive in that a violation of any emphasis on force protection, humane treatment of
provision of this policy may provide a basis for detainees, and an aggressive mobile defense in sector.
appropriate administrative or judicial/disciplinary Conduct detention operations in a manner that supports
action under the Uniform Code of Military Justice the intelligence gathering efforts of the Joint
(UCMJ), or appropriate military/civilian personnel Interrogation Group (JIG), the Criminal Investigation
regulations, ejection from Camp Delta, and/or denial of Task Force (CITF), and the Counter-Terrorism Cell
entry. (CTC) while providing for the safety, security and care
e. All personnel will sign a statement of of the detainees. Assigned/attached security forces
understanding/acknowledgement that they have read provide the external security necessary to detect, deter,
and will adhere to the provisions of all SOPs for Camp and defend against enemy sabotage, surveillance, and
Delta. attack. End state is an efficiently run detention facility,
a secure operating environment, and a force protection
1-2. Minor SOP Modifications posture that provides for the safety and security of all
a. Any personnel may send suggestions for service members, civilian personnel, and detainees.
improvement of the SOP through their chain of
command to the JDOG S-3. 1-6. Responsibilities
b. Minor revisions will be made in a memorandum a. Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
format, appropriately staffed, and approved by the (CJDOG) will:
CJDOG. Example is in Appendix C. (1) Be responsible for all facets of the operation
c. Copies of memorandums will be distributed and of Camp Delta and outlying detention facilities, and all
placed in the front of all SOP books. facility-related administrative matters.
d. The SOP will be reviewed every 120 days to (2) Ensure detention operations meet with the
incorporate any changes. All suggested changes in principals of the Geneva Convention and the intent of
procedures for operations would be in writing, the Commander-In-Chief (CINC) and Commander,
endorsed by the CJDOG, and approved by CJTF. Joint Task Force-Guantanamo (CJTF).
e. SOPs may be modified through a Guard Mount (3) Support and improve the intelligence
message. JDOG S-3 must approve these messages gathering process with all those who have contact with
prior to their release. detainees.
f. No SOP modification is valid unless in (4) Provide effective liaison with the ICRC
memorandum approved by CJDOG or in an approved within the limits of military necessity.
Guard Mount message. b. Subordinate Unit Commanders, JDOG. The
g. A copy of all Guard Mount messages and commander will:
approved memorandums will be filed by the JDOG (1) Train all assigned personnel on this SOP
Detention Services Branch (DSB). This file will be within 72 hours of assignment.
used to update the SOP during the revision process.
1.1
(2) Conduct SOP refresher training at least every In such cases, exercise only the amount of force
three months thereafter, and whenever any portion is necessary to gain the compliance of the detainee.
changed. Apply all uses of force in accordance with JTF-GTMO
(3) Ensure all assigned personnel carry the “US ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov 02. Immediately report all
SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing Orders” card on uses of force to the DOC and/or JDOG S3. Report to
them at all times. CJDOG any excessive use of force as expeditiously as
(4) Ensure all assigned personnel carry the “JTF- feasible. All personnel will carry JTF-GTMO
GTMO ROE/RUF” card on them at all times. RUE/RUF card at all times.
c. All personnel entering Camp Delta. All military (5) Alertness. Personnel will be alert to detect
and civilian personnel assigned to, having access to, or and prevent a detainee from escaping or harming
working at Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention himself or others.
facilities are required to read and adhere to the (6) Contraband. Contraband is any item, article,
standards set forth in this SOP. or substance not authorized to be in the possession of
d. Contractor and Vendor Personnel. Contractor personnel while within the confines of Camp Delta or
and vendor personnel will: other JTF-GTMO detention facilities. Personnel will
(1) Strictly comply with the rule against bringing not bring or permit others to bring any item(s) for
prohibited items into or out of Camp Delta or other detainees into the facility. Do not give or make
JTF-GTMO detention facilities. accessible contraband to detainees. Anything not
(2) Never communicate in any manner with any issued to detainees or authorized for their use is
detainee. contraband. A partial list of contraband follows:
(3) Ensure that workers properly clean the work (a) Guns or firearms of any type
area to preclude leaving any debris or material that (b) Explosives or munitions
might be taken and modified into a weapon. (c) Chemical components or incendiary devices
(d) Knives
1-7. U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct (e) Unauthorized handcuff keys
a. Personnel assigned to JDOG will familiarize (f) Drugs or narcotics without a prescription
themselves with the references and comply with them (g) Intoxicants/alcoholic beverages
and other related regulations in letter and spirit. The (h) Currency (not on person)
following will govern the conduct of all personnel (i) Razor blades
assigned to JDOG or working within the confines of (j) Obscene material
Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities. (k) Photographic equipment (unless approved by
(1) Security Mission. Security is the primary proper authority)
mission of all personnel who work at Camp Delta or (l) Recording devices (unless approved by
other JTF-GTMO detention facilities, regardless of job, proper authority)
military occupational specialty (MOS), section, or (m) Extra clothing not worn on the job site
office. All personnel will be alert for security violations (n) Food products (unless being consumed by
or discrepancies and immediately report any unusual, individual)
questionable incidents, or observations to their (o) Cell phones (unless approved by proper
immediate supervisor. Supervisors will report all authority)
violations to the Detention Operations Center (DOC) (p) Handbags, duffel bags, and book bags (unless
and/or JDOG S3. required by mission and approved by proper authority)
(2) Humane Treatment. Treat detainees (q) Non-government laptops (unless approved by
humanely. Abuse, or any form of corporal punishment, proper authority
is prohibited. Verbal harassment, interrogation except (r) Reading material other than military
by proper authority, and the imposing of physical publications such as FMs, ARs, TMs, etc.
exercise as punishment is prohibited. All soldiers will (7) Social Contact. Personnel will only interact
carry the “US SOUTHCOM Human Rights Standing with detainees on official business that is essential for
Orders” card on them at all times. mission accomplishment. Personnel will not fraternize
(3) Professionalism. Maintain a fair, firm, with detainees nor accept personal favors or services.
impartial, and professional demeanor toward detainees This includes idle chatter and small talk conducted
at all times. with the detainee.
(4) Use of Force. Personnel will not strike nor (8) Gifts. Personnel will not give or receive from
lay hands upon a detainee except in self-defense, to any detainee anything that could be construed as a gift,
prevent a serious injury to a person or damage to or in any manner, buy, sell, or barter any item(s) with a
property, to quell a disturbance, or for purposes of detainee.
escorting, properly restraining, or searching a detainee.
1.2
(9) Promises and Privileges. Personnel will not this policy is in the event of escape, riot or disorder and
extend nor promise to a detainee any special privilege then only when directed by competent authority.
or favor not available to all detainees, nor furnish Competent authority is CJTF, CJDOG, DCJDOG, or
detainees with information except through official the on-duty Company Commander.
channels. Exceptions may be granted by the JIG (13) Alcohol and other substances. Personnel
Commander for the purpose of interrogations. will not consume mind-altering substances within eight
(10) Privacy of Information. The privacy of hours prior to assuming duty, including but not limited
information applies to all information concerning any to alcoholic beverages. Soldiers with prescriptions for
of the detainees. Personnel will discuss information such medications should immediately notify their chain
only with authorized personnel requiring this of command and fitness for shift determinations will be
information in the performance of their official duties. made on a case by case basis. The consumption of
Obtain permission from the JDOG S3 or higher alcoholic beverages and/or other mind-altering
authority to release information. Personnel will not substances is sufficient cause to effect relief from duty
discuss facility activities, operations or detainee and disciplinary action.
information in public areas where they may be b. All violations of the Standards of Conduct will
overheard. be promptly reported to the chain of command.
(11) Appearance. All military personnel will
maintain a high standard of bearing and appearance. 1-8. General Protection Policy
Leaders will ensure proper performance of duties a. Give all persons detained at Camp Delta and
through professionalism, training, effective other JTF-GTMO detention facilities humanitarian care
communication, leadership, teamwork and discipline. and treatment within the spirit of the Geneva
Personnel will set the example in conduct and Conventions.
performance on and off duty. The duty uniform for b. The inhumane treatment of detainees is
those military personnel assigned to JDOG at Camp prohibited and is never justified. Further, any one who
Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities is the treats a detainee inhumanely, or fails to report such an
following: incident, is subject to punishment under the Uniform
(a) BDUs with sew-on rank and insignia, sleeves Code of Military Justice and/or other applicable laws
down. Anytime personnel are in the vicinity of and statutes.
detainees (escorts, cell blocks, interrogation/monitor c. Respect all detainees as human beings and
rooms, medical clinic, Detention Hospital, or other protect them against all acts of violence.
detention facilities), the name tape will be covered with
adhesive tape.
(b) BDU patrol cap with rank sewn on.
(c) Appropriate civilian attire (select personnel).
(d) Camel-bak or similar container, or stripped
pistol belt with canteen.
(e) Pen and paper.
(f) Whistle in pocket or clipped on pocket (no
lanyard).
(12) Weapons. Unless specifically authorized by
CJDOG (eg., Quick Reaction Force), personnel will
not introduce, or knowingly allow to be introduced into
Camp Delta or other JTF-GTMO detention facilities
unauthorized firearms, nightsticks, or any instruments
that might be considered as or possibly used as a
weapon. Personnel are not authorized to use or have in
their possession unauthorized weapons including, but
not limited to, firearms, knives, batons, sap gloves
(lead filled padded gloves), kubatons, nightsticks, PR-
24s, collapsing/expandable batons and any other
weapons not specifically authorized. Personnel are
authorized to utilize “field expedient” weapons under
situations of extreme danger when other efforts have
failed or are unfeasible and it is necessary to prevent
the death or severe bodily injury to themselves or other
personnel, including detainees. The only exception to
1.3

1.4
Chapter 2 b. The Camp Delta Operations Section is organized
Command and Control into two distinct branches: Detention Operations
2-1. Chain of Command Branch and Detention Services Branch.
a. Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group
(CJDOG). The CJDOG is also the Detention Facility Section I – Personnel
Commander and is responsible for all facets of 2-4. Duty positions described in this SOP are
operations in Camp Delta and other JTF-GTMO necessary for the effective operation of Camp Delta
detention facilities including, but not limited to, and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities; however, not
administrative, security, operational, and logistical all positions are annotated in the current JTF-GTMO
matters involving both detainees and U.S. forces Joint Manning Document (JMD). Non-JMD positions
assigned, attached, or working at Camp Delta and other (identified with an *) will be filled via tasking to
JTF-GTMO detention facilities. subordinate units, or identified as Additional Duties for
b. Following is the security force chain of command other personnel in the JDOG headquarters.
for any given shift at Camp Delta and other JTF-
GTMO detention facilities: 2-5. Detention Operations Branch
a. Detention Operations Officer Assists the
POSITION REPORTS TO JDOG S3 and on-duty Commanding Officer (CO) with
S3, JDOG DCJDOG all aspects of detention operations, including detainee
CO S3, JDOG custody and control, detainee movement and cell
PL CO assignments, internal security, mission tracking, and
reporting requirements. Responsible for development
SOG PL
of SOPs for both JDOG and detention facility
BLOCK NCOIC SOG
operations and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff,
SP/GATE GUARDS SOG subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law
JIIF MONITORS SOG enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and
ESCORT CTRL NCO CO support agencies.
ESCORTS SOG b. Detention Operations NCO Assists the
BLOCK GUARDS BLOCK NCOIC Detention Operations Officer with all aspects of
DOC NCO CO detention operations, including detainee custody and
control, internal security, mission tracking and daily
2-2. Physical Plant reports. Conducts surveys and inspections to ensure
a. Camp Delta currently has nineteen maximum consistent application of detention facility policies and
security detention areas for confining detainees procedures. Coordinates with JTF-GTMO staff,
individually and four medium security areas for subordinate units, contractors, medical staff, JIG, law
confining detainees in twelve person rooms within a enforcement agencies, and Naval Base staff and
forty-eight capacity building. These detention areas support agencies. Serves as JDOG Physical Security
are grouped into 4 distinct camps (Delta 1, Delta 2, NCO and Key Custodian for Camp Delta and other
Delta 3, and Delta 4). JTF-GTMO detention facilities.
b. Each of the maximum security detention areas c. On-duty Commanding Officer (CO)* One MP
contains a block of cells having 24, 36, or 48 individual Company Commander will be assigned for each duty
units. shift. The CO serves as the watch officer in the DOC,
c. Blocks are categorized as maximum security and takes direction from the JDOG S3, and is
(individual cells) or medium security (twelve person responsible for all aspects of the operation of Camp
rooms). Several maximum security areas are Delta. Responsibilities include the day-to-day humane
designated as Maximum Security Units (MSU), that care, custody and control, discipline, safety, and
are designed for segregation and isolation of detainees welfare of all detainees. The CO is overall responsible
for disciplinary or intelligence gathering purposes. for the care, conduct, and discipline of the guard force.
Specific duties of the CO are detailed in the Special
2-3. Camp Delta Operations Orders portion of this SOP.
a. The JDOG S3 Section also serves as the Camp d. On-duty Platoon Leader (PL)* Two MP
Delta Operations Section. The primary focus for the Platoon Leaders will be assigned for each duty shift.
Camp Delta Operations Section is the safe, secure, and PL assist the CO in the day-to-day operation of Camp
efficient operation of Camp Delta and other JTF- Delta. Specific duties of the PL are detailed in the
GTMO detention facilities. Special Orders portion of this SOP.Each PL will be
assigned an area of responsibility, as follows:
(1) PL1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1 and 4.
2.1
(2) PL2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and 3. telephone operator tasks, detainee tracking, and other
e. Sergeant of the Guard (SOG)* Three MP duties as assigned by DOC NCO.
NCOs will be assigned for each duty shift, and
designated the SOG for their assigned area, as outlined 2-6. Detention Services Branch (DSB)
below. The SOGs report to the PL assigned to their a. Detention Services Officer* Supervises all
area of Camp Delta. The SOGs are the immediate shift aspects of detainee record administration, Camp Delta
supervisors for Block NCOICs and Sally Port/Gate operational records administration, detainee
Guards for their respective areas. The SOGs are administrative and logistics support, detainee database
responsible for the care, conduct, and safety of the management, mission tracking, and reporting
guard force. They enforce accountability, control, requirements. Responsible for staffing and publishing
safety, care, and humane treatment of detainees; ensure SOPs for detention facility operations, and
that all personnel perform their assigned duties and coordination with JTF-GTMO staff, subordinate units,
tasks to standard and adhere to the Camp Delta SOP; contractors, medical staff, JIG, law enforcement
and coordinate logistical support of the guard force and agencies, and Naval Base staff and support agencies.
detainees for their shift. Specific duties of the SOG are b. Detention Services NCO Assists the Detention
detailed in the Special Orders portion of this SOP. Services Officer with all aspects of detainee record
(1) SOG1 will be assigned to Camp Delta 1, and administration, Camp Delta operational records
will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. SOG1 is administration, detainee administrative and logistics
designated as the senior SOG for the shift. support, detainee database management, mission
(2) SOG2 will be assigned to Camp Delta 2 and tracking, and reporting requirements. Responsible for
3, and will be an MP NCO, SFC or above. compiling and forwarding daily detainee accountability
(3) SOG3 will be assigned to Camp Delta 4, and reports, maintaining all detainee and operational
will be an MP NCO, SSG or above. records IAW the Modern Army Record Keeping
f. Block NCOIC* A Block NCOIC will be System (MARKS), and providing administrative
assigned to each occupied cell block for each shift. assistance to the JDOG S3 and DOC.
The Block NCOIC is supervises all block guards c. Detainee Administration and Records Clerk
assigned to the block and is responsible for all aspects Assists the Detention Services Officer and NCO with
of custody and control, care, shelter, feeding, and all aspects of detainee record administration, Camp
treatment of all detainees housed in the cell block. Delta operational records administration, detainee
g. Escort Control NCO* and Assistant Escort administrative and logistics support, detainee database
Control NCO* An NCO (SGT or above) will be management, mission tracking, and reporting
assigned as the Escort Control NCO for each shift. An requirements. Assists with compiling and forwarding
NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant daily detainee accountability reports, maintaining all
Escort Control NCO for day and swing shift. The detainee and operational records IAW the Modern
Escort Control NCO and Assistant NCO are Army Record Keeping System (MARKS), and
responsible for all aspects of Camp Delta escort providing administrative assistance to the JDOG S3
operations. and DOC.
h. DOC NCO and Assistant DOC NCO An NCO
(SGT or above) will be assigned as the DOC NCO. An Section II – Functions
NCO (CPL or above) will be assigned as the Assistant 2-7. Detention Operations Center (DOC)
DOC NCO for day and swing shift. The DOC NCO a. The DOC is the focal point for all detention and
and Assistant DOC NCO are responsible for security operations and is the nerve center of the
controlling, reporting, and tracking all aspects of facility. It is from here that all detainee movements are
detention facility operations. directed, controlled, and accounted for; that all keys are
i. Detention Hospital Security Force NCO An controlled and accounted for; where entry and exit of
NCO (SSG or above) will be detailed to perform duty all detainees are accounted for and where emergency
at the Detention Hospital. This NCO is responsible for equipment is stored.
all security provided at the Detention Hospital, and for b. The DOC will be occupied at all times. Access is
the custody and control of all detainees treated at the limited to those assigned for duty.
Detention Hospital (in-patient and out-patient). All c. The DOC will be the visitation checkpoint for all
guards assigned to work a shift at the Detention visitors coming into the facility. All persons requesting
Hospital are OPCON to the Detention Hospital access to the facility must have a valid reason to be
Security Force NCO. there (Chaplain visits, special VIP guests, etc). All
j. DOC Clerk Responsibilities include, but are not personnel must have positive identification with a
limited to, maintaining the Camp Delta Blotter, radio- picture I.D. and must have authorization from the
CJDOG. No visitors will enter the facility without
2.2
express authorization. All visitors must sign in the
visitation logbook located at Sally Port #1. All visitors
without authorization for unescorted access will be
escorted.
2-8. Record Keeping

a. The DSB is responsible for all detainee records,
correspondence concerning detention and
administrative correspondence as required by
operational demands and control of internal facility
orders and memorandums.
b. Strict control and continuous records
management is critical to ensure thorough
accountability of all information concerning detainee
records, other administrative documents, and
accountability of equipment. All personnel will strictly
comply with the Privacy Act and Freedom of
Information Act concerning divulging of information,
either telephonically or in hard copy.
c. Much of the operational and administrative
records of Camp Delta are classified or sensitive in
nature and will be safeguarded as such. Personnel will
not authorize release of information to the media.
d. Records will not be removed from the facility
without authority from the CJDOG. Requests from
outside organizations will be routed through command
channels for decisions. Under no circumstances will a
detainee review or have access to his records.

2.3

2.4
Chapter 3 stage and wait for the aircraft to arrive. The
Detainee Reception Operations Maintenance Contact Team moves to the Leeward
3-1. Overview Periodically, detainees will arrive at Ferry Landing and provides security of the ferry while
Leeward Airfield to be moved to Camp Delta for docked.
detention. The JDOG S3 will provide for specific c. Phase 2 begins once the aircraft is on the ground.
instructions and training prior to the reception of The gun trucks proceed to positions forming a
detainees. perimeter around the aircraft. One Security Squad
Team positions itself from the aircrafts 11 o’clock to 1
3-2. Infantry Support Operations o’clock position. The second Security Squad Team
a. Detainee reception operations consist of four positions itself from 5 o’clock to 7 o’clock covering in
phases. Outlined below are the inbound mission between the two gun trucks. Correct spacing of troops
phases: in paramount. Deploy these soldiers by vehicle. The
(1) Phase 1 consists of preparation of movement, two busses, the ambulance, and the QRF element will
the staging of personnel, securing of vehicles, and a then move into position to the rear of the aircraft. The
route reconnaissance. QRF dismounts with shields and batons (no weapons)
(2) Phase 2 consists of the transferring of and forms a cordon from the aircraft ramp to the lead
detainees from the aircraft to JTF-GTMO, the bus and ambulance. The CO coordinates with the
detainees searched, loaded, secured for transport, and Aircraft Commander to get all pertinent information on
convoyed to Leeward Ferry Landing. detainees. MPs will move detainees to the busses.
(3) Phase 3 consists of the detainee movement Secure the detainees on the busses and then the convoy
from Leeward to Windward Landing and C3 with the proceeds to the ferry and loads for return to the
JOC and the Camp Delta DOC. Windward side.
(4) The last phase consists of the detainee d. During phase 3, position a sniper (one soldier
movement from Windward Ferry Landing to Camp from the QRF w/ two spotters) on top of the ferry
Delta utilizing Checkpoints for movement. Detainee during the movement from the Leeward side to the
Transfers to another installation is conducted the same, Windward side. QRF provides security (with
but the process is executed in reverse. weapons) on the deck of the ferry for the crossing. The
b. During phase 1, the unit stages its personnel and Security squad provides security from the bridge side
equipment consisting of the following requirement: of the ferry. The Sniper Team will remain in position
four HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs, one 2 ½ Ton Truck until the ramp of the ferry begins to deploy. Upon
and one cargo HMMWV (38 total passengers) from docking on the Windward side, the convoy offloads
Leeward Airfield to Camp Delta. The four HMMWVs and lines up for movement back to Camp Delta.
will have a .50 Cal MG mounted on each of them. Unit e. During the last phase, the order of march is one
will also provide one Squad (minimum nine soldiers) gun truck, the two detainee busses, the ambulance, one
with cargo HMMWV as a Dismounted Security Force, gun truck, the QRF Element, the Security squad, the
a (17 soldier) QRF (both lethal and non-lethal capable) MP working dog team, and finally the last two gun
element on the 2 ½ Ton, and a minimal C2 cell. trucks. March speed is 30 MPH. The convoy will
Initially, two gun trucks and a Maintenance Contact report all seven checkpoints (see coordinating
Team will go to the Leeward side one hour prior to the instructions in the OPORD) back to Camp Delta to the
main body departure performing a route recon. Once JOC. The lead gun truck establishes a Blocking
on the Leeward side, both gun trucks will conduct a Position (BP) on the road at Sally Port 1 of Camp Delta
sweep of the airfield and establish support-by-fire as the buses and ambulances enter the gate. Once
(SBF) positions overlooking the ferry landing. One gun detainees are in the camp and the gate is closed all
truck will remain in its SBF position while the other vehicles will proceed to Seaside Galley parking lot for
continues to sweep the airfield. The second gun truck an after action review (AAR) and a mission debriefing.
will occupy its designated SBF position once the Ferry The QRF will remain on the 2 ½ Ton Truck outside of
nears the landing. The lead gun truck will coordinate Sally Port #1 until properly relieved by the MPs.
with JTF on the flight call signs. The main body links
up with the buses and the ambulance at the Windward 3-3. Infantry Support Force
Ferry Landing and proceeds across to the Leeward a. Team Omaha secures the airfield and designated
Ferry Landing. Once off loaded on the Leeward side, route to facilitate the safe and unhindered
the convoy proceeds to the flight line. One Gun Truck, transportation of detainees to / from the Camp Delta
the Security Team Cargo HMMWV, the MP Working Detainment Facility.
Dog Team, and the last Gun Truck proceed up route #1 b. The mission consists of the following elements:
(West). The two busses, ambulance, and the QRF Quick Reaction Force (QRF), a Dismounted Security
vehicle proceed up route #2 (South). All vehicles will Element (one Squad), a Mounted Security Element
3.1
(four HMMWVs w/ .50 Cal MGs), two Bus Teams, a remaining property will be taken to JDOG S-4 and
MP Working Dog (MWD) Team, and a C2 element. released to the Property Book Officer (PBO) for
c. The QRF comes from the Platoon currently the storage, IAW AR 210-174.
QRF in Camp Delta or if the designated Platoon has c. Utilize six MPs, including one MP with a
enough personnel for the mission. It consists of two shotgun, per detainee bus.
Squads and the QRF PL. This element rides on a 2 ½- d. Two MPs will receive the detainee from the
ton Truck, and carries both lethal and non-lethal aircraft escort team. They will pat down the detainee
weapons. The QRF PL maintains command and then turn the detainee over to the MPs on the bus.
control (C2) of this element. e. Three MPs will remain on the bus and receive the
d. The Dismounted Security Element is a Squad. It patted-down detainee from the two MPs on the ground.
comes from the same Platoon designated for the They will move the detainee to his position on the bus
detainee Movement Operation. This squad rides on a and secure him to the floor.
Troop/Cargo HMMWV, and carries only lethal weapon f. Once the bus is full, all six MPs will travel on the
systems. bus to provide security for the detainees.
e. The mounted security element consists of four g. Both buses will be loaded at the same time.
HMMWVs with .50 Cal MGs. The PL maintains h. Infantry will be responsible for area outer
command and control (C2) of this element. security during the airfield operations and the convoy
f. The JDOG provides the two teams of bus from the airport to Camp Delta.
personnel. They link up with the buses at either the i. The detainees will be in a three-piece suit.
Leeward or Windward Ferry Landing. j. The bus guards must bring sufficient handcuffs to
g. The JDOG also provides a Military Working Dog secure the detainees to the chain in the bus.
Team. They utilize an A/C HMMWV that provides
comfort to the Dogs. The Combat Camera Team will 3-5. In-processing Security
also be located in this vehicle. a. Periodically, detainees will arrive at Camp Delta
h. The C2 element consists of the CO and the to be detained until an appropriate disposition is
Infantry Task Force Commander. They both ride in decided. The following guidelines will be followed for
each of the Gun trucks from the Mounted Security the in-processing.
Squads. Each of these personnel has the following b. The DOC will be responsible for transmitting via
responsibilities: brevity code the following actions. Separate brevity
(1) The CO is overall responsible for the codes are used for the dress rehearsal and mission for
download of detainees. He has command and control the following phases:
(C2) of the QRF, the Security Squad, and the Mounted (1) Off-loading of detainees commences
Security Element, the two Bus Teams, the Military (2) Off-loading of detainees completed
Working Dog Team, and the Medical assets. He (3) Completion of in-processing.
coordinates with Air Force personnel prior to the plane c. Two Escort NCOICs should be identified for the
landing and the security crew on the plane once the operation of detainee in-processing. One will be
plane has landed. He reports directly to the Infantry responsible for receiving detainees and moving them
Task Force Commander. through in-processing. The other NCOIC will be
(2) The Task Force Commander has Command responsible for the movement of detainees from in-
and Control (C2) of all operational assets. The CO processing to their various destinations and the
reports to him. He has TACON of the Port Security accountability of the detainees.
Unit (PSU) boats, and reports directly to the Joint d. Pre-staging prior to detainee arrival will include,
Operations Center (JOC). but is not limited to the following:
(1) Dressing room personnel must stage three-
3-4. Land Movement piece suits in the dressing room based on the number of
a. Follow the guidelines listed below for the airfield detainees scheduled to arrive.
reception of detainees. (2) Dressing room personnel will also prepare
b. The JDOG will identify two NCOs to receive jump suites i.e. insert shorts into bottoms and roll pant
detainee property and the manifest. NCO #1 will legs up at least half way.
obtain the manifest from the personnel on the aircraft (3) Stage trash cans with liners, one outside
and ride with the lead bus to Camp Delta. NCO #1 will dressing room for goggles, two inside stripping room
turn over this manifest upon arrival at Camp Delta to for clothes, three in holding area #1 for mittens,
the in-processing escort NCOIC. NCO #2 will receive earmuffs, and miscellaneous trash.
the detainee property and coordinate with JIG for (4) Two cardboard boxes should be placed in
custody of the property. Once this coordination is done holding area #1 for the Air Force black boxes and
and property needed by the JIG is released to them, the chains.
3.2
(5) Set up two tables in holding area #1 for water. i. Escort teams move detainees through the
MPs will use three coolers identified for their use. processing stations. Unless otherwise specified,
Detainees will use two coolers identified for their use. restraints remain on detainees. Some stations require
Secure Styrofoam cups and coordinate with medics to removal of some restraints, however, at no time, unless
obtain ice. directed by appropriate authority, will all restraints be
(6) Get rubber gloves from medics. removed from a detainee.
(7) Coordinate with the DOC to stage four golf (1) Station 1: Escorts remove uniform off of
carts, with keys, fueled up, and outside holding area #2. detainee. Uniform is thrown in trash to later be
(8) Secure gate keys “A” and “B” from the DOC. collected and washed. Goggles will be lowered and
(9) Secure at least six Saber radios from the placed around the detainee’s neck. Mask remains on.
DOC. One for each of the NCOICs and one for each of (2) Station 2: Escort team moves detainee to
the golf cart drivers. shower room. A medic will conduct a check for lice.
(10) Shades will be closed on blocks to restrict If lice are found, detainee will be treated for lice and
detainee’s view of in-processing. will wait approximately 15 minutes for treatment to
(11) Secure two road guard vests for soldiers work before continuing with shower. If no lice are
directing convoy. detected, the detainee will shower.
e. Once in-processing personnel arrive, they will (3) Station 3: Escort team moves detainee to
begin by sweeping holding areas #1 and #2. MPs will medical exam room. The Physician Assistant (PA)
then be tasked as follows: performs a quick exam, a body survey check, and a
(1) Two for holding area #1 security. body cavity search. Photos of scars and tattoos are
(2) Two for mitten and earmuff removal as well taken.
as distributing water to detainees in holding area. (4) Station 4: Escort team moves detainee to
(3) Two for restraint removal and preparing dressing room and assists with dressing of detainee. A
clothing to be removed. second escort team is specifically assigned to the
(4) Two for the strip room. dressing room to assist detainee escorts with the
(5) Two for shower and lice room. Wet weather dressing. During this process, only one portion of the
gear will be provided for soldiers. restraint system will be removed at a time as needed
(6) Two for physical inspection room. for the dressing process. During this process, the Air
(7) Two for the dressing room. Force restraints are removed and replaced with
(8) Two to direct detainee convoy into Camp restraints from JTF-GTMO.
Delta. Road Guard vests will be issued from supply. (5) Station 5: Escorts move detainee to hallway
(9) One to check off detainee roster inside outside of dressing room where a DNA sample is
holding area #1. taken. Height and weight are also taken. JIG takes
(10) Four to six in riot gear to serve as the photographs.
Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) team. (6) Station 6: detainee information is entered
(11) Remaining soldiers will be paired with an into PWIS database.
NCO who will sign for a handcuff key. (7) Station 7: Photo for identity (ID) bracelet is
(12) Four of these soldiers will be identified to be taken in room adjacent to database interview room.
litter escorts if needed. (8) Station 8: Move to hallway for taking of
f. NCO from the JDOG turns keys to black boxes to fingerprints. The JDOG be prepared to provide two
Reception NCOIC and manifest over to JDOG S-1 at MPs to take fingerprints.
processing area. The manifest will identify the order of (9) Station 9: Detainee is moved to medical in-
processing for detainees. The manifest usually will processing. Detainee is placed on cot for blood draw.
designate a “Top Ten” list of the first detainees to be (10) Station 10: Detainee is moved to x-ray room
interviewed at the Joint Intelligence Interrogation and receives chest x-ray. Medical personnel will place
Facility (JIIF). lead aprons over MPs while MPs maintain control of
g. Processing area escort MPs move detainees into detainee.
holding area as they are taken off of the buses. Escorts (11) Station 11: Detainee is moved to medical
operate as teams of two. exam room.
h. Escorts remove earmuffs and black boxes from (12) Station 12: Detainee is moved to dental
detainees. Black boxes are staged outside of holding exam room. (Station 11 and Station 12 can be done in
area pending return to Air Force. Four medics from the the reverse order, depending on their availability.)
JDOG check detainees after they are placed in holding j. If the detainee is one of the first 10 being
area. This is a check for any medical condition processed, as identified by the manifest, he is taken
requiring immediate attention (heat problems, etc.) directly to JIIF and turned over to JIIF escort personnel
at the JIIF sally port.
3.3
k. If the detainee is not one of the first 10 being
processed, he is moved through the system in the
normal order.
l. Escorts provide four MPs to drive golf carts
moving detainees to and from the blocks and medical.
An escort team will accompany the golf carts as
detainees are moved to and from the blocks to medical
at processing.
m. Once all processing is complete, MPs will insure
that all handcuffs, goggles, earmuffs, leg irons, black
boxes, and belly chains are accounted for and
assembled for return to the Air Force. These items will
be picked up for return to Leeward Airfield.
n. Once all processing is complete, the processing
building will be cleaned and policed.
3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations

Refer to Annex E Air Bridge Operations.
3-7. Linguist Support

The JDOG S3 will task linguists to support reception
operations. The languages of the transferring detainees
will determine which linguists will be used in the
transfer process from the point of origin to Camp Delta
and from Camp Delta to transfer location for an
outbound mission.

3.4
Chapter 4 (1) NCOIC: Controls traffic in the trailer and
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release) coordinates with all entities for smooth flow of
4-1. Purpose detainees
To in-process detainees, update and maintain the DRS c. Undressing Room.
(Detainee Reporting System) database, send daily (1) Two MPs
upload and report to the National Detainee Records d. Shower Room.
Center (NDRC). Support other JDOG sections through (1) Preventive medicine specialist
database research and queries. DRS is the principle (2) Medic
database for detainee’s administrative records. (3) Two MPs
e. Cavity Search.
4-2. Initial Processing (1) PA
Upon notification of inbound detainees (24 to 48 prior (2) Medical NCO
to arrival), prepare two sets of folders for each detainee (3) One linguist
with the Internment Serial Number (ISN). The DOC f. Dressing Room.
will receive one folder and the Processing Section (PS) (1) Two MPs
keeps the other. g. DNA Sample.
(1) Two CTIF personnel
4-3. Documents h. Height and Weight.
Documents added to the folder during the process (1) Two Admin personnel
include: i. Processing Room.
(1) Height and Weight Register (1) Three processing clerks
(2) Initial Medical Screening Card (2) Three intelligence personnel
(3) Detainee Personnel Records. (3) Three linguists
j. Camera Room.
4-4. Preparation for Processing (1) Two admin clerks for picture and ID
a. At one hour after the detainee plane leaves wristband processing,
theater, a wheels up report will be received. This (2) Two FBI personnel for five-stage picture
report confirms the identity and number of detainees k. Fingerprinting.
onboard. Notify medical and property of any changes. (1) Two to four FBI personnel; in their absence,
b. Between 24-48 hours prior to wheels down, the two to four MPs
unit transferring detainees or the NDRC will email to l. Camp Rules.
the section OIC/NCOIC a final confirmed manifest (1) One linguist
from either. Forward a copy to the medical in- m. The Linguist OIC will control interpreters
processing OIC and detainee property custodian. stationed throughout the processing trailer.
c. Between 2-12 hours prior to detainee aircraft
wheels down, NDRC will send an upload containing all 4-6. In-Processing Procedures
detainee information collected during the in-processing a. Prior to detainee arrival, prepare and stage the
in theater. Use SIPRNET to send this. following:
d. Between 4-6 hours prior to arrival, an order list (1) Water coolers with ice water and cups for
will arrive from the JIG detailing the order in which MPs
they want the detainees processed. Processing line (2) Water cooler with water (without ice) and
personnel will attempt to follow this order, however the cups for detainees
processing mission takes precedent. If the order list (3) Several boxes of latex gloves for MPs
does not arrive, contact the JIG to confirm order. (4) Hand sanitizer
(5) Golf carts staged and fueled for transporting
4-5. Personnel Requirements detainees to blocks
a. Holding Area. (6) Keys to all gates in both holding areas
(1) One MP NCO assigned from a subordinate (7) Raise blinds on North side of Delta block to
MP company to control the off-loading of the busses, prevent detainees from seeing new arrivals
positioning of detainees in the holding area, and (8) Station 4, stage detainee uniforms, and
security of the holding area. footwear
(2) There will be two MP escorts per detainee. A (9) Shut down Camp Delta with no non-essential
ratio of 2:1 is required. traffic in or out and movement of detainees.
(3) Medical personnel: An NCOIC and four b. Upon arrival, with the busses staged next to the
medics set up and operate a first aid station. holding area, the JDOG S-3 representative on the lead
b. Processing Trailer. bus will give the manifest with notes, medical records,
4.1
Air Force shackle keys and the disk with detainee f. Escorts may be given records during processing.
information to the Processing NCOIC. Pass the Carry all records in a cargo pocket and turned over
appropriate information to medical and processing with the detainee to either JIG interrogators or new
personnel and give the Air Force shackle keys to the escort team at the end of processing.
MP’s staffing station #5, Dressing & Shackle
Exchange. 4-8. Clothing Removal Room (Station 1)
c. MPs form two lines from the bus to the holding Detainee remains shackled while clothing is cut off and
area entrance. As the detainees are brought off the bus, disposed of.
the first escort from both lines will escort the detainee
through the sally port of the holding area. The NCOIC 4-9. Shower (Station 2)
of the holding area will station himself at the sally port a. A Preventive Medicine Specialist will check
and direct the placement of each detainee. NCOIC of detainee for lice, scabies, and open wounds that require
the holding area is responsible for placing the detainees treatment. If no treatment is necessary, lower the
in the sequence requested by the JIG. goggles from face but stay around detainee neck and he
d. Detainee entrance into holding area. Take the place the detainee in the shower for five minutes and
detainees off the bus in the reverse order in which they scrubbed by MPs.
were loaded. Place the detainees on the JIG order list b. If treatment is required, medics will apply
closest to the processing trailer door. Once in the treatment while the next detainee in line showers.
holding area, seat the detainees; legs folded and head
down with their backs to the processing trailer door. 4-10. Cavity Search (Station 3)
Remove the earmuffs and leather mitts and put surgical a. A Physicians Assistant (PA) will give the detainee
masks in place after seating and securing all detainees. a quick exam, checks for scars, markings, and tattoos.
All detainees will be off the bus and seated prior to If there are any, take a picture of the area for FBI
processing beginning. records.
In the holding area, medics check the detainees for b. PA performs a body cavity search. A linguist
distress and administer aid as necessary. If a detainee will be present to communicate the procedure.
is in need of urgent medical care, he can be front-
loaded into the processing sequence or taken to the 4-11. Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4)
hospital where admin personnel will process him after a. Kneel the detainee down on the floor or chair;
processing all other detainees. remove the Air Force leg irons and place them in the
e. On direction from the Processing NCOIC, two storage box to go back to the Air Force
MPs will escort in the first detainee to the processing b. Place orange pants and leg shackles from three-
trailer. piece suit on detainee.
f. Any detainee requiring special treatment such as c. Remove hand irons and place in the storage box.
going directly to the JIG will be frontloaded in the d. Put the orange shirt on the detainee while the
processing line. MPs have positive control of arms.
e. Place handcuffs from three-piece suit on
4-7. MP Escort Responsibilities detainee.
a. A team of two MPs will escort each detainee
through the entire processing line. On average, the 4-12. DNA Sample (Station 5)
processing cycle will last three hours; there is no MP’s lower surgical mask from detainee, Naval
provision for rest breaks during these evolutions. Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) personnel have
Escorts must be aware of this requirement. detainee open mouth and obtain the DNA swab.
b. Escorts will maintain four-point contact with Replace the surgical mask.
their detainee at all times unless directed to modify
their control by processing cadre. 4-13. Height and Weight (Station 6)
c. Escorts will assist processing cadre as directed at Using a standard scale and cloth tape measure taped to
each processing station. the wall, measure the detainee and annotate the results
d. Escorts will ensure that the detainees ISN on the weight register and forward to DRS personnel
sequence number is clearly written on their goggles. for processing.
e. Escorts will ensure that the goggles remain on the
detainee at all times until a wristband has been attached 4-14. DRS In-Processing (Station 7)
at station 9. Goggles may be lowered around the a. DRS clerks take personal information from
detainee’s neck, but not removed or pushed up on their detainee through interpreters. At a minimum, record
foreheads. the following:
(1) Capturing Country
4.2
(2) Theater Command
(3) Power Served 4-19. Reporting
(4) Prisoner Category a. After securing the detainees in the holding area, a
(5) Last Name wheels down report is due to the NDRC.
(6) First Name b. After processing the last detainee, an Action
(7) Grade Closed Report is due to the NDRC, and perform an
(8) Nationality upload, sending all new information to the NDRC.
(9) Sex.
b. JIG representatives may be present and ask 4-20. Behavior Management Plan
additional questions that the DRS processors will input a. Phase One Behavior Management Plan (First
under the Remarks field. thirty days or as directed by JIG). The purpose of the
c. As time permits, gather additional information. Behavior Management Plan is to enhance and exploit
the disorientation and disorganization felt by a newly
4-15. ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8) arrived detainee in the interrogation process. It
a. Seat the detainee in front of the blue screen an concentrates on isolating the detainee and fostering
MP on each side. dependence of the detainee on his interrogator. During
b. Take a front picture. Hold the detainee in the the first two weeks at Camp Delta, classify the
chair until confirmation of a good picture. detainees as Level 5 and house in a Maximum Security
c. Move the detainee to stand in front of the white Unit (MSU) Block. During this time, the following
screen and take five pictures for the FBI’s image conditions will apply:
recognition software. The five pictures are in terms of (1) Restricted contact: No ICRC or Chaplain
a clock: 0900, 1000, 1200, 1300, and 1500. contact
d. Four detainee Dossiers are printed and distributed (2) No books or mail privileges
as follows: (3) MREs for all meals.
(1) Used for detainee ID bracelet and ID card (4) Basic comfort items only:
(2) In-processing detainee file (a) ISO Mat
(3) In DOC detainee file (b) One blanket
(4) Given to FBI. (c) One towel
e. ID band placed on detainee while standing in (d) Toothpaste/finger toothbrush
front of white screen. Instruct the detainee that if he (e) One Styrofoam cup
removes the ID bracelet he will not be fed until another (f) Bar of soap
is made for him (g) Camp Rules
f. Escort handed the detainee ID card. (h) No Koran, prayer beads, prayer cap.
g. Escort gives the ID card to block after placing the (5) Mail writing and delivery will be at the
detainee in his cell. direction of the J-2.
b. Phase Two Behavior Management Plan. The
4-16. Fingerprint (Station 9) two-week period following Phase 1 will continue the
FBI personnel operate the fingerprint station and use process of isolating the detainee and fostering
their automated system and manual system. This dependence on the interrogator. Until the JIG
station is required to have handcuff keys. In the event Commander changes his classification, the detainee
the FBI cannot send technicians, MPs will operate the will remain a Level 5 with the following:
station and use the manual fingerprint forms. (1) Continued MSU
(2) Koran, prayer beads and prayer cap
4-17. Camp Rules (Station 10) distributed by interrogator
a. Post the camp rules in four languages. (3) Contacts decided by interrogator
b. If detainee cannot read, provide a linguist to read (4) Interrogator decides when to move the
the rules to him. detainee to general population.
c. The goggles are removed and placed in the
collection can for return to the Air Force
d. Escort the detainee through the medical section.
4-18. Post Processing

a. Collect and turn over handcuffs, leg irons,
padlocks, and goggles to the JDOG S-3 Section for
return to the Air Force.
b. Processing trailer cleaned and sterilized
4.3

4.4
Chapter 5 (b) Use the least amount of force necessary to
Detention Facility Operations stop escape
5-1. Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the (c) Detainee(s) is escaping beyond the outside
Use of Force (RUF) fence of the detention camp and there is no other
a. References. effective means to prevent escape, the use of deadly
(1) CJCSI 3121.01A ROE, DODD 5210.56 RUF, force is authorized. (If you have another justification
& USCINCSO SER ONE to use deadly force-besides escape-you DO NOT have
(2) JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF 30 NOV 02 to wait until the detainee(s) are beyond the outside
b. The physical security of U.S. Forces & detainees fence)
in U.S. care is paramount. Use the minimum force (7) NO WARNING SHOTS
necessary for mission accomplishment and force (8) Fire to make the person(s) unable to continue
protection. the behavior that prompted you to shoot.
c. Right of self-defense: nothing limits your right to (9) Fire with regard for the safety of innocent
use all necessary means available and take all bystanders.
appropriate actions in defense of yourself and U.S. (10) A holstered weapon should not be
Forces against a hostile act or hostile intent. Hostile unholstered unless you expect to use it.
Act is an attack or other use of force against U.S. (11) Report the use of force to your chain of
Forces, or force used directly to prevent or interfere command.
with the mission and/or duties of U.S. Forces.
Hostile Intent is the threat of imminent use of force 5-2. Daily Reports
against U.S. Forces, or the threat of force to prevent or a. Use an incident report when an incident occurs
interfere with the mission and/or duties of U.S. Forces. that is not documented by the detainee Discipline or
d. Defend detainees: as you would yourself against Serious Incident Report.
a hostile act or intent, death or serious bodily harm. b. Anyone who finds evidence or contraband will
e. Priorities of force: when force is necessary to complete a DA 4137 Evidence/Property Custody
protect or control detainees, follow these steps, if time Document to document the chain of custody and turn in
and circumstances permit: of evidence or contraband seized at Camp Delta. The
(1) Use Verbal Persuasion DA 4137 and evidence/contraband will be turned in to
(2) Use Show of Force the Military Police Investigations (MPI) section. The
(3) Use Pepper Spray or CS Gas MPI section will determine if the items are evidence or
(4) Use Physical Force, then Non-Lethal contraband. Contraband will be given to the JDOG S-2
Weapons (NLW) who will evaluate the contraband for intelligence
(5) Present Deadly Force purposes. Contraband will then be turned over to
(6) Use of Deadly Force (as authorized below) JDOG S-4 to be stored with the detainee’s property.
f. Deadly force: is force that can cause death or The MPI section will retain evidence until it is turned
serious bodily harm. Deadly force may be used when over to NCIS. All evidence and contraband must be
lesser means are exhausted, unavailable, or cannot properly marked before being submitted. Examples of
reasonably be used; the risk of death or serious bodily potential evidence include but are not limited to:
harm to innocent persons is not significantly increased; (1) Evidence classified as “dangerous
and the purpose is: contraband”
(1) Self-Defense (2) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances
(2) Defense of other in imminent danger of death (3) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.
or serious bodily harm Examples of potential contraband include but are not
(3) To prevent theft or sabotage of weapons, limited to:
ammunition, or other sensitive items that present a (1) Drawings
substantial danger of death or serious bodily harm to (2) Modified items of linen
others. (3) Writing on cups.
(4) To prevent a violent offense against another c. DD Form 508 Report Of/Or Recommendation for
person in imminent danger of death or serious bodily Disciplinary Action is used to recommend and
harm i.e. murder, assault. document disciplinary actions taken against a detainee
(5) To apprehend a person who committed one of for violations of the rules. The PL will sign his name
the serious offenses above OR: in the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will
(6) To prevent escape of detainee(s) who is sign as the Confinement Officer.
beyond the outside fence of the detention camp. If d. The MP who is reporting the incident will
detainee(s) attempt escape, follow these steps: complete the DA Form 2823 Sworn Statement. If that
(a) Shout HALT three times MP is not available, the SOG will complete the Sworn
5.1
Statement and include the reason for the guard not s. Serious Incident Report (SIR) is used to report
completing it in the witness statement. serious incidents or disturbances.
e. GTMO Form 509-1 Inspection Record Of t. DA 3997 Military Police Desk Blotter will be
Prisoner In Segregation will be utilized to document used in the DOC to track daily activity in the camp. At
welfare checks of detainees who are in a MSU cell. a minimum, it will be used to track detainees at the
Conduct checks every 10 minutes and document on hospital, JIIF escorts, everything that happens in the
GTMO Form 509-1. camp including contractor activities.
f. Use the Guard Shift Manning Roster to assign t. The CO will use the Company Commander
guards to duty positions. Checklist to perform checks during the shift.
g. Detainee Tracking Log is used to track detainee u. The CO will complete the End of Shift AAR at
refusals (chow, recreation, showers, etc) and travels the end of every shift.
with the detainee when he makes a permanent move. v. CD-S319, Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior
Detainee Discipline Logs are used to track detainee Form; will be used to record observations of detainees
discipline infractions and document this on the on self-harm watch. Document the activity of the
discipline log. The block discipline log travels with the detainee every 15 minutes on this form.
detainee when he makes a permanent move.
Headcount Form is used to document results of 5-3. Camp Rules Each detainee will be given the
headcounts. opportunity to read the Camp Rules in their native
h. Supply Request Form is used to request supplies language. The current Camp Rules are at Figure 5-1.
from JDOG S-4. It will be picked up each day.
i. Significant Activities Sheet is used to track 5-4. Incident Reports (IR)
significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. JDOG S- a. An IR will be used when an incident occurs that
2 picks it up each day. is not documented via DD Form 508 or Serious
j. MSU Block Log is used for tracking placement Incident Report (SIR) documentation. Required format
of detainees in Maximum Security Units. for IR is at Figure 5-2. IR control numbers will be
k. ID Band or Card Request is used to request new assigned by Detention Services Branch. Examples of
ID bands or Cards from medical processing. The DOC incidents requiring incident reports include, but are not
admin NCO will furnish it to JDOG S-1. limited to:
l. Movement Log is used to record all permanent (1) Lost Key reporting.
movements of detainees. (2) Occupational accident
m. ICRC Tracking Sheet is a tracking sheet for (3) To document an incident that requires more
ICRC escorts. documentation than a log entry or daily journal entry.
n. Medical Escort Tracking Sheet is used for (Example- large disturbance with no discipline
tracking Medical escorts. measure taken to provide documentation.)
o. Reservation Tracking Sheet is used to track JIIF b. Incident Reports will be completed and turned in
escorts. by end of shift with the supporting paperwork by the
p. Detainee Medical Request is used to pass on CO.
detainee non-urgent or emergency medical requests to c. Incident Reports will be briefed at CO Change of
Medical. Shift brief.
q. DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s
Log will be used by each shift to document daily 5-5. SPOT Reports (SPOTREP)
activity. The journal will at a minimum document a. A SPOTREP will be completed and sent to the
chow arrival times, headcount times and results, prayer JOC Watch Officer (cc to designated individuals)
call times, detainee requests to see JTF-GTMO, within 30 minutes of end of incident listed on the
detainee movements and other significant operational notification matrix. Required format for the SPOTREP
activities. is at Figure 5-3.
r. Visitor’s Logbook will contain the following b. A SPOTREP will be sent to JDOG S3 for any
information contraband found in a detainee area such as a cell or
(1) Name shower.
(2) Rank of visitor A follow-up SPOTREP with additional detail will be
(3) Organization sent up within 2 hours if necessary.
(4) Escort Name d. The method of transmission will be as follows:
(5) Rank and Organization (1) Priority Means is SIPRNET e-mail
(6) Date/Time In (2) Secondary Means is Secure Telephone Unit
(7) Date/Time Out (STU)
(8) ID of Block Guard entering data. (3) Tertiary Means is Runner/courier.
5.2
This insures that no detainees or posts are ever left
5-6. Serious Incident Reports (SIR) unmonitored.
a. The Serious Incident Report (SIR) will be used b. Oncoming SOGs will ensure that manning rosters
for an incident that requires the use of force such as a are filled out and that personnel are accounted for
cell extraction using the IRF Team. A SIR should also during the guard mount formation. The SOG will also
be used on any incident that is classified as an attempt speak with the outgoing SOG on any relevant issues
self harm by a detainee, especially when it will be as that may have or will occur during the past or present
justification for taking some type of action against the shift.
detainee (move to MSU, removing items he could kill c. The off-going SOG checks the paperwork from
himself with, etc.) the off-going shift and verifies its accuracy,
b. The CO will complete the SIR, using the format completeness, and legibility. The off-going SOG signs
at Figure 5-4. Once it is completed, forward the SIR to the bottom of each Significant Activity sheet, verifying
JDOG S3. It will then be forwarded to JDOG and JTF- the accuracy, completeness, and legibility.
GTMO. Utilize the floppy disk in the DOC to save the d. Once the on-coming SOG has accounted for
SIR by date. Do not save over the template. A personnel during the guard mount formation he/she
template for the SIR is saved on a disk located in the will release the shift to allow them to draw keys,
DOC, titled “SIR”. Double click on the file and it will radios, batteries and three-piece suit keys.
open up to a template. Tab from gray box to gray box, (1) Drawing Equipment. The Block NCOs will
filling in the required information. In the “Summary of pick up any forms they need from the DOC. On-
Incident” are, include who, what, when, where, why, coming personnel will receive three-piece suit from
and how information. off-going personnel at post. Individuals requiring a
hand held radio would sign for a new battery and will
5-7. Discipline Records hot seat the radio from off-going personnel at the
a. In addition to Daily Staff Journal and Pass on block. The person issuing the batteries will have the
Book entries, DA Form 2823 and DD Form 508 are the individual sign out radio battery using the radio sign
forms used to recommend and document disciplinary out log. Once the on-coming shift relieves the off-
actions taken against a detainee for violations of the going shift, the off-going shift will return to the DOC
rules. The forms will be used to document any to turn in radio battery and all paperwork. Off-going
instances in which a detainee is disciplined. personnel will remain under the control of the off-
b. A copy of DD Form 508 will be kept at the DOC. going SOG until relieved. Keys will be signed for on
Another copy will be placed in the detainee Alpha the key log on the block. Radios and shackles will be
Roster Binder, which is kept on the block of that signed for on the block.
particular detainee. (2) The Block NCOs will correctly complete the
key log and sign out of equipment on each block. The
5-8. Guard Mount on-coming SOG will spot check the key log and
a. SOGs will arrive 45 minutes prior to shift change shackle sign out on each block to insure that all off-
to speak with the off going SOG on any relevant going and on-coming personnel have properly signed
information relating to the shift. back in or signed out items. If there are any
b. Guard Mount will be conducted 30 minutes prior discrepancies, the SOG will correct the problem. Once
to shift change. The oncoming SOGs will be all on-coming personnel sign for items and relieve all
responsible for holding Guard Mount for their positions, the on-coming SOG will then relieve the off-
prospective camp. going SOG. Once the off-going SOG has been
c. SOGs should ensure that all personnel know and relieved, he/she will then release all other off-going
understand where they are going to be working and personnel. The DOC RTO will begin duty log and will
what they will be doing. conduct radio checks with all positions. Once the radio
d. During the Guard Mount formation, the soldiers checks are complete, the Admin NCO will notify the
will receive any specific changes relating to their shift. PL.
e. The Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) word of the
day will also be put out during guard mount both the 5-10. Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use
primary and alternate teams. a. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, JDOG S3, CO, PL, or
SOG may authorize the use of OC pepper spray to
5-9. Change of Shift Procedures preclude the use of physical force by the IRF
a. Duty position relief will be conducted by relief-in Team/Escorts. This will be to control an unruly
place. It is imperative that outgoing personnel remain detainee or detainees; to prevent the commission of a
at their position until relieved by incoming personnel. serious offense involving violence and threatening
death or serious bodily harm; in self defense; to prevent
5.3
a detainee from escaping; or to extract an detainee(s) professional and respectful. No sarcastic or insulting
involved in a riot or disturbance. Do not use OC to language or sounds will be broadcast.
respond to spitters or urinators. b. In the event of an emergency a predetermined
b. Use the current issue Def Tech Mark 4 OC Spray. code word will be broadcast, the DOC will repeat this
Administer OC by aiming at the eyes, nose, and Mouth code word, and this will clear all traffic from the net.
when possible. Use a ½, to 1 second burst from a Only the DOC and the unit sending the transmission
distance of 36 to 72 inches away. will broadcast. The DOC will rebroadcast any
c. If control cannot be achieved after the first information, to include dispatching any needed
application within 30 seconds, subsequent applications personnel. All non-essential radio traffic either will
of one-second bursts can be applied. It is not necessary hold or will be sent via a landline.
to spray just a single detainee as the spray can affect an c. After the emergency has passed, the DOC will
entire block if the situation requires it, and can be used broadcast the “All Clear” and normal radio traffic will
as a riot control agent. continue.
d. The CO, PL, and SOG will carry OC. Certified d. Only English will be used at any time, on the Net.
personnel will only use OC unless directed by the CO. e. It is up to the Soldier issued the radio to monitor
The sprayer will document all OC usage and the the radio at all times, it will be the responsibility of that
incident will be reported to the CO, PL, and JDOG S-3 individual to use the radio correctly.
as soon as possible. When practical the following steps
should be followed prior to utilizing OC: 5-13. Equipment Chit System
(1) In a loud clear voice command the detainee to a. All equipment signed out by a Block Guard
follow whatever directive was given, when possible /Block NCO will use a chit system where an ID card
have an interpreter present. will be used for entry into the site, that card will then
(2) Allow the detainee time to comply. be exchanged for the signed out items. In the case of
(3) Warn by standers and Block Guard s prior to multiple items, i.e. keys, radio, shackles, nail clipper,
OC use using a brevity code word or phrase. all will be listed on a sign out roster, and the ID is left.
(4) Once the situation has been declared under The sign-out/chit will be checked prior to end of shift.
control, the detainee will be checked by medical b. The ID will be checked prior to entry and exit of
personnel and decontaminated by at a minimum having site.
medical personnel flush their eyes out with water.
(5) Have medical personnel again check the 5-14. Evidence and Contraband Procedures
detainee for health problems. a. Evidence is items taken after an actual injury or
(6) Once cleared, the detainee should be death. Contraband is items taken during searches that
monitored for two hours after contamination. have not led to injury or death.
(7) An IR or SIR will be completed after each b. All evidence and contraband that is acquired be
spray. logged on a DA Form 4137 IAW AR 195-5. Entries
(8) Documentation of all OC Sprays, IRF actions should be typed or printed legibly in black ink. The
and the decontamination process will be done by video original copy goes to the Evidence Custodian (EC).
and written reports. Complete the administrative section of the custody
(9) Once the canister of OC is half-empty, it will document, stating clearly how the evidence was
be exchanged for a new full canister. obtained. In the Description of Articles section,
describe each item of evidence, accurately and in
5-11. Public Address System detail. The Chain of Custody section provides
a. The Public Address system is to be used to play information about the release and receipt of evidence.
the call to prayer to all blocks and for emergency uses From initial acquisition of evidence to its final
only. The emergency status is to be determined by the disposition, every change in custody must be recorded
CO, SOG, PL, or JDOG S-3. in this section. The first entry under the Released By
b. Before any announcement to the detainees is column is the signature, name, and grade or title of the
made, the script to be read must be submitted to JDOG person from whom the property was taken. If the
for approval. evidence was found at the scene, write NA in the
signature block.
5-12. Radio Discipline c. The SOG or PL will ensure the DA 4137 is
a. All soldiers who are issued radios will use complete and accurate prior to turn in to the Evidence
“Common Language” on the radio net. All radio traffic Custodian.
broadcast will be in a calm clear voice. All non- d. Under Purpose of Change of Custody column
emergency transmissions will wait until the net is clear, write “Evidence” or Contraband, or if you are also the
prior to broadcasting. All transmissions will be evidence custodian, write, “Received by Evidence
5.4
Custodian. When any change of custody occurs, it is 5-15. Investigations
the responsibility of the person in control of the a. When warranted, the MPI will investigate any
evidence at that time to ensure that entries of the alleged incident of misconduct inside Camp Delta.
change are made on the original DA Form 4137 and all b. After the investigation is completed, the MPI will
appropriate copies. The importance of keeping review the evidence and all other investigation related
accurate and complete custody documents cannot be material with the Staff Judge Advocate (SJA).
overemphasized. c. If the results of the investigation are determined
e. Anything that is NOT an issue item to a detainee to be unfounded by the MPI, the investigation material
is to be considered contraband and will be collected will be returned to the JDOG S3 to be filed
along with any item that is on the prohibited items list appropriately.
contained in section 1-8g. All collected items will be d. If the results of the investigation are determined
turned into the Evidence Custodian along with a sworn to be founded, the investigation material will be given
statement about the discovery of the item(s). to the CDJOG to determine how the matter will be
f. In the event of an incident involving death, resolved.
serious bodily harm, and rape of any person inside
camp delta including detainees. The Military Police
working in the facility will notify the CO immediately
after the situation is controlled.
g. It is the responsibility of the CO to notify the
JDOG S-3 of the incident
h. The JDOG will dispatch an appointed, school
trained, MPI to the scene. It is the responsibility of the
MPI to secure the scene upon arrival. The MPI will
ensure that the crime scene and the evidence is neither
contaminated nor destroyed, IAW AR 195-5, AR 190-
30, and AR 195-2. The JDOG will immediately notify
Naval Criminal Investigation Service (NCIS) to
investigate the incident.
i. After normal working hours, the JDOG DO will
notify CJDOG and Post Security and they will contact
the Agent on Call.
j. When NCIS arrives on the scene, they will
assume all responsibility for the investigation the crime
scene and any evidence connected to the offense.
k. Once contraband and evidence is turned into the
EC, it will be maintained IAW AR 195-5, Security
Standards for Evidence Storage, Chapter 4, paragraphs
1 thru 4.
l. After contraband and evidence are logged, it may
be released to JDOG S-2 for intelligence gathering
purposes.
m. It is their responsibility to follow proper
procedure to ensure no contraband or evidence is
contaminated or destroyed.
n. After intelligence value is extracted from the
material, it will be turned back over to the Evidence
Custodian.
o. Photograph and turn in all damaged self-harm
blankets and smocks to the JDOG S4 except when the
item was used in a suicide or near-suicide.
p. The Evidence Custodian will forward a copy of
the DA 4137 to the JDOG S4 for all semi-durable
goods that are confiscated for evidence. All damaged
items that are not evidence will be sent to the JDOG S4
for disposition.

5.5

5.6
Chapter 6 beginning of the shift, the DOC will call for a random
Cell Block Operations headcount, and the blocks will conduct it.
Section I – Security Procedures
6-1. Overview 6-3. Searches
a. Fair, firm, and impartial enforcement of rules and a. Searching will be done technically correct and
regulations facilitates the control of detainees. Custody professionally at all times. The intent is to search for
and control measures maintain good order and safety, not harass or invade dignity.
discipline and protect the welfare of all personnel and b. Search cells whenever a detainee exits a cell or
detainees alike. Supervisors must know where prior to his return to his cell.
assigned detainees are and what they are doing at all c. A minimum of three random cell searches will be
times. done on day shift and swing shift. Cells scheduled for
b. Supervision of detainees consists of much more shower and recreation that day will not be included in
than observing detainee conduct and activity. the count of cells randomly searched.
Supervision includes searching the detainee’s person, d. Search showers and recreation areas before and
his billeting areas, conducting counts, conducting night after every detainee use.
inspections of billeting areas, and maintaining a high e. All shifts will do area searches.
level of alertness to prevent escapes, violence, sexual f. When searching, use a systematic method to
incidents, or other disturbances. ensure all areas are covered.
c. Security is a series of checks and balances g. Midnight shift, will conduct visual search of the
performed at various levels both internal and external cells and detainees every ten minutes by walking
to the facility. It requires all personnel to continually through the block. Annotate every check on the block
maintain an effective working knowledge of rules, journal. Report all unusual activity.
regulations, and special orders; maintain constant h. Submit a work order any time a cell has
vigilance throughout their daily duties; review/evaluate inoperable equipment. Each cell that needs a work
procedures and initiate recommendations to proper order must be on a separate work order.
authority for improvements. i. Search detainees at a minimum of each time they
d. There must be a continuous presence on the are removed from a cell.
blocks by the Block Guards. At no time should the j. Conduct physical searches by the same gender
block not have a Block Guard walking up and down whenever possible as a matter of principle. Only
the block. At random times, two Block Guards will during exigent conditions for security purposes should
walk the block and it will be annotated in the pass-on an opposite gender conduct any physical search when
book. no other same-gender MP is available as determined by
the SOG.
6-2. Headcounts
a. Detainees will not be responsible for conducting 6-4. Searching the Koran
any part of the count. Detainees will not move about a. To ensure the safety of the detainees and MPs
during count, to include any escorted detainees to areas while respecting the cultural dignity of the Korans
outside the blocks. All detainee escorts will hold in thereby reducing the friction over the searching the
place until the count is complete and cleared by the Korans. JTF-GTMO personnel directly working with
DOC. detainees will avoid handling or touching the
b. Conduct ISN headcounts as scheduled. The detainee’s Koran whenever possible. When military
Block Guard conducting the ISN headcount will necessity does require the Koran to be searched, the
compare the ISN number on the ID bracelet with the subsequent procedures will be followed.
ISN number on the alpha roster and the picture on the (1) The MP informs the detainee that the
ID bracelet to the detainee. Chaplain or a Muslim interpreter will inspect Koran. If
c. To count a detainee at night, the Block Guard the detainee refuses the inspection at any time, the
counting detainees must see skin or movement. noncompliance is reported to the DOC and logged
d. Conduct additional counts whenever a there is appropriately by the Block NCO.
suspicion of a missing detainee, after a disturbance, (2) The Koran will not be touched or handled by
after a drill or when deemed necessary by the CO or the MP.
higher authority. (3) The Chaplain or Muslim interpreter will give
e. Conduct a picture headcount at any time the instructions to the detainee who will handle the Koran.
identity of a missing detainee is not apparent. He may or may not require a language specific
f. Random headcounts will occur on every shift. interpreter.
During each two-hour block of time starting at the

6.1
(4) The inspector is examining to notice after approved by the DOC (who notes this in the MP
unauthorized items, markings, or any indicators that Blotter) IAW the following procedures:
raises suspicion about the contents of the Koran. (a) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the
(5) The inspector will instruct the detainee to first detainees prior to handling.
open the one cover with one hand while holding the (b) Two hands will be used at all times when
Koran in the other thus exposing the inside cover handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and
completely. reverence.
(6) The inspector instructs the detainee to open (c) Place a clean, dry, detainee towel on the
pages in an upright manner (as if reading the Koran). detainee bed and then place the Koran on top of the
This is a random page search and not every page is to clean towel in a manner, which allows it to be wrapped
be turned. Pages will be turned slowly enough to without turning the Koran over at any time in a
clearly see the pages. reverent manner. Ensure that the Koran is not placed
(7) The inspector has the detainee show the in offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or
inside of the back cover of the Koran. sink, near the feet, or dirty/wet area when doing this
(8) The detainee is instructed to show both ends activity.
of the Koran while the book is closed so that inspector (4) How the detainee reacted, observation by
can note the binding while closed paying attention to other detainees, and other potentially relevant
abnormal contours or protrusions associated with the observations will be annotated appropriately on the
binding. The intent is to deduce if anything may be in block significant activities sheet as well as staff
the binding without forcing the detainee to expose the journal.
binding, which may be construed as culturally (5) The Koran shall be returned to the librarian,
insensitive or offensive given the significance of the Chaplain, or DOC (in that order).
Koran. (6) Exception: Detainee in MSU may have a
(9) How the detainee reacted, observation by Koran if specifically authorized by a 508-1 or the Level
other detainees, and other potentially relevant 5 Block Entitlement Form. Once detainee leaves
observations will be annotated appropriately on the MSU, the same handling/removing policies and
block significant activities sheet as well as staff procedures remain in effect.
journal. (7) Korans are the property of the U.S.
b. Handling. Government and as such will remain in the cells only
(1) Clean gloves will be put on in full view of the to be removed at the CJDOG’s decision.
detainees prior to handling.
(2) Two hands will be used at all times when 6-5. Keys
handling the Koran in manner signaling respect and a. Maintain all cell and sally port keys on your
reverence. Care should be used so that the right hand person continuously.
is the primary one used to manipulate any part of the b. Never leave keys unsecured and unattended
Koran due to the cultural association with the left hand. within the facility. Keys are not to be laid down on
Handle the Koran as if it were a fragile piece of tables, chairs, steps, etc. at any time. Keys are not to
delicate art. be left hanging on a hooks or the fence.
(3) Ensure that the Koran is not placed in c. Keys will not leave the block. They will be
offensive areas such as the floor, near the toilet or sink, handed to another Block Guard prior to leaving the
near the feet, or dirty/wet areas. block.
c. Removal.
(1) Korans should be left in the cell as a rule 6-6. Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers
(save in MSU), even when a detainee is moved to a. Bean hole covers will be closed at all times
another cell or block. In principal, every cell (except except when serving food, shackling, passing an item
MSU) will have a Koran “assigned” to it. to the detainee, or is required for a medical check.
(2) If a Koran must be removed at the direction These bean hole covers do include the observation
the CJDOG, the detainee library personnel or Chaplain windows on the MSU cell doors.
will be contacted to retrieve and properly store the b. Bean hole covers will be latched at all times.
Koran in the detainee library. The request for the
librarian/Chaplain, as well as the retrieval itself, will be 6-7. Applying Restraints (“Shackling”)
logged appropriately. a. Shackling of detainees will follow a “minimum
(3) If the Chaplain, librarian, or Muslim force” policy. The intent is to create a standard for
interpreter, within the needs of the situation, cannot shackling without sacrificing the ability to escalate due
remove the Koran, then the MP may remove the Koran to MP safety concerns.

6.2
b. As a general rule, detainees will be shackled in additional five minutes. Only allow shaving of body
the standing up position. It will be the block NCOs hair on the first rotation of each week (Monday through
responsibility to justify the need to escalate and require Wednesday.) but will NOT be done on MSU blocks or
a detainee to kneel to be shackled for Delta block patients. Block Guards will constantly
c. If a detainee is required to kneel, the Block NCO monitor detainees during shaving at all times.
will note in the block pass-on book whenever a Detainees will possess no nail clippers while they
detainee is required to kneel to be shackled. The possess a razor. Ensure the return of intact razors.
notation will include the time, ISN, type of escort Allow level one detainees to use a shower curtain
(shower & recreation, reservation, etc.) and a BRIEF during their shower period. The detainee must
reason as to the deviation from shackling in the exchange the shower curtain for the razor. No detainee
standing position. will have a razor with the shower curtain hung up.
d. Forced cell extractions, moves in which the e. After returning from shower and recreation, offer
detainee has required an IRF “stand to”, are obvious the detainee the use of a brush to clean their cell. They
reasons for use of the kneeling position. will have until the next detainee on their side of the
block returns from shower and recreation to use the
Section II – Support Operations brush. The detainee will receive no cleaning supplies
6-8. Shower and Recreation or agents to clean their cell. The last detainee who has
a. Utilize the following schedule on levels 2, 3, 4, shower will receive the brush for 30 minutes. If the
and 5 blocks for shower and recreation call. detainee refuses shower, they will not get the floor
brush.
DAY SHIFT SWING SHIFT f. Track refusals in the Refusals log. Search the
SUNDAY NONE NONE refusing detainee’s cell.
MONDAY UNITS 1-8 UNITS 9-16 g. Detainees may exercise in their cell as long as it
TUESDAY UNITS 17-24 UNITS 25-32 is an approved exercise.
h. No detainee may perform any hand-to-hand
WEDNESDAY UNITS 33-40 UNITS 41-48
combat or martial arts PT, either organized or
THURSDAY UNITS 1-8 UNITS 9-16 individual, in the recreation yard or in their cell.
FRIDAY UNITS 17-24 UNITS 25-32 i. Amputees will receive their normal recreation
SATURDAY UNITS 33-40 UNITS 41-48 time and any other if prescribed by a doctor. Detainees
that have a walker may take the walker with them to
b. Level one blocks will utilize the below schedule: the recreation yard.
j. Escort level one detainees to and from Shower
DAY SHIFT SWING SHIFT and Recreation in handcuffs and waist belt. They will
SUNDAY UNITS 1-10 UNITS 11-21 not have leg irons placed on them.
MONDAY UNITS 22-31 UNITS 32-41
6-9. Detainee Mess Operations
TUESDAY UNITS 41-48/1- UNITS 4-14
a. SOG. The SOG is responsible for the adequate
3
quality and quantity of food served (to include MREs)
WEDNESDAY UNITS 15-24 UNITS 25-34 to detainees and U.S personnel and that sanitation,
THURSDAY UNITS 35-44 UNITS 45-48/1- preparation, handling and servicing of food meet
7 established criteria. Detainees will have 30 minutes in
FRIDAY UNITS 8-17 UNITS 18-27 which to consume their meals. During times of fasting
SATURDAY UNITS 28-37 UNITS 38-48 or religious requirements, and special diets refer to the
Chapter 19 Food Service.
c. Conduct shower and recreation call in b. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and
conjunction with each other. The Block NCO will be account for the plastic spoons from mess personnel.
responsible for ensuring each Level 1 detainee receives While the Block Guards are serving the meal to the
showers and recreation three times per week and each detainees, the Block NCO will pass out the plastic
Level 2, 3, and 4 detainee receives showers and spoons to each detainee. The Block NCO will account
recreation two times per week unless they are on for all plastic spoons passed out once the mealtime is
discipline measures that include no recreation. completed. Notify the SOG of unreturned plastic
d. Allow each detainee 20 minutes for recreation. spoons, and conduct a search to locate the missing
Allow five minutes to shower immediately after spoon. The Block NCO will ensure no contents are
recreation. Female MPs will not escort detainees to removed from MREs nor that damaged MREs are
and from their cell during shower and recreation. If the issued.
detainee desires to shave his body hair, allow an
6.3
c. Block Guards. Block Guards will issue meals to 6-11. Barber
the detainees and monitor them during chow. At the a. Offer detainees on a voluntary basis at least once
conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will collect a month. The barbers will rotate through the camps
the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will from Monday to Friday starting with block Alpha with
inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons, a maximum of 48 detainees offered a haircut per day.
and Styrofoam cups. If unreturned items cannot be Haircuts will be the same for all detainees, i.e. styled
found, the detainee will receive his meals poured onto haircuts not allowed. Haircuts will be simple and
a paper plate for the next three days. This is done with standard. Sample monthly schedule below:
the intention of reducing the amount of trash being
flushed down the toilet. DATE BLOCK DATE BLOCK
d. Food Service Personnel. When serving hot 27Dec 02 I 21 Jan 03 I
meals, Food Service Personnel will portion the food 28Dec 02 K 22 Jan 03 K
from the Mermite containers to the plate to ensure each
29Dec 02 L 23 Jan 03 L
detainee has the proper proportions.
e. If a detainee refuses a meal, the refusal most be 01 Jan 03 M 24 Jan 03 M
noted in the detainee’s record. When the number of 02 Jan 03 N 27 Jan 03 N
consecutive refusals reaches nine, refer to, Section 20- 03 Jan 03 P 28 Jan 03 P
5, Hunger Strike. 06 Jan 03 Q 29 Jan 03 Q
6-10. Laundry / Linen 07 Jan 03 R 30 Jan 03 R
a. Guards will exchange dirty detainee laundry with 08 Jan 03 S 31 Jan 03 S
clean laundry IAW the level 1-5 shower and recreation 09 Jan 03 A
schedule contained in Appendix B. Exchange all 10 Jan 03 B
laundry and linen at the same time with the exception
of blankets. Do not allow detainees to refuse 13 Jan 03 C
linen/laundry exchange. Use reasonable force to 14 Jan 03 D
complete the laundry exchange. Guards will conduct 15 Jan 03 E
this in a manner to determine specifically which, if any, 16 Jan 03 F
detainee is missing an item (i.e. flushed in toilet or
17 Jan 03 G
hiding it.) Report findings to the DOC and log
appropriately. 20 Jan 03 H
b. Guards will have detainee hold up all items for
visual inspection prior to exchanging them for a clean b. Haircuts will take place in the recreation area of
item. Confiscate any modified item, as contraband and the blocks. Postpone all recreation and showers on the
discipline will be imposed according to the discipline block receiving haircuts until all haircuts are
matrix. completed. MP’s working the block will provide an
c. Guards will place no more than four uniform sets escort to the barber and a minimum of one MP stays as
into each trash bag. Place sheets in a separate bag. a Block Guard while detainee is receiving a haircut.
Place towels and washcloths in a separate bag. Place t- Use MPs working as additional escorts in Camp Delta
shirts in a separate bag. Place blankets in a separate to assist if not required for other escorts.
bag. Place all dirty linen in the storage sheds located c. Barbers are responsible to PMCS their
near building one for Camp I and near building seven equipment. Barbers are responsible for cleaning the
for Camp II. Return all clean laundry to the supply haircut area after each haircut. Maintain all necessary
room. supplies in the camp supply room.
d. Blankets will be exchanged according to the d. The DOC will coordinate haircut appointments
following schedule: for detainees in the hospital.
(1) 1st Sunday of the month: A, E, I, N, R, and U
(2) 2nd Sunday of the month: B, F, K, O, S, and 6-12. Other Personnel
V a. The detainee Librarian will be given sufficient
(3) 3rd Sunday of the month: C, G, L, P, T, and time to perform their mission. Block NCOs will allow
W at least five minutes per detainee for issuing books.
(4) 4th Sunday of the month: D, H, M, Q, Y and b. Do not escort interrogators, if they have the
special missions proper ID, in the blocks. The Block NCO will greet
(5) 5th Sunday of the month (occurs twice a year): them and they will have complete access to the
None. detainees.

6.4
c. Visitors to the blocks are not required to be in detainee information will follow the detainee. Inside
uniform, such as civilian interpreters working with the file will be the following sections:
interrogators or contractors. (a) Page one: Detainee Information Sheet. The
d. Each mail clerk will be allowed to issue up to detainee information sheet will contain a picture, vital
five pens to detainees. These pens must be collected information about the detainee, and any detainee
prior to the mail clerk leaving the block. The mail specific information not covered on any of the below
clerk will keep the Block NCO informed of who has a forms; i.e. Likes to tell jokes.
pen and number issued. If the mail clerk is unable to (b) Page two: Detainee Supply Roster. A
retrieve a pen from a detainee, the mail clerk will current listing of authorized items a detainee can
immediately inform the Block NCO. possess according to the current block level. Use the
Supply Roster to inventory all detainee property. To
6-13. Library Books be used in conjunction with cell searches. It will
a. Do not allow the passing of detainee library remain in the field folder until full, at which point, it
books among detainees. will be turned in to the DOC and replaced with a new
b. MPs will not remove library books from a sheet.
detainee’s cell except for disciplinary reasons. (c) Page three: DD 508s. List all detainee
c. If removed for disciplinary reasons, do not place discipline on a DD 508. The PL will sign his name in
the book on top of the cells with other comfort items the Confinement Officer block. The JDOG S-3 will
removed. Place the library book on the block table sign as the confinement officer. Maintain the original
where the librarian will pick up the book during in the detainee’s permanent record and the copy on the
rounds. block. Return this form to the DOC upon completion
d. Notify the DOC of any uncollected books. of discipline.
e. If the librarian is unavailable to collect the books, (d) Page four: CD-S341s and CD-S319. All
turn them into the DOC to prevent weather damage. MSU blocks will utilize a CD-S341 to document the
f. Do not count library books that have an id that welfare of the detainee. Guards will continuously walk
start with an “I” are intelligence directed reading the block and document the conducted checks every 10
material and as a library book. Coordinate with the minutes on CD-S341. PL and SOG will check the CD-
DOC when collecting these books. S341 throughout the shift. Any detainee on self-harm
watch will require the use of CD-S319. All self-harm
6-14. Medical Appointments watch detainees will be continuously observed and
a. If medical says that they must be at the actions documented every 15 minutes. Turn in these
appointment, then the detainee cannot refuse and must forms to the DOC when the discipline or self-harm
go. period ends. CD-S341s will stay on the block for
b. If medical says it can wait another day (minor lesser of 30 days or until the completion of the
medical issue), allow the detainee to refuse, however; detainee’s time in MSU. The CD-S319 will stay on the
they will be disciplined for failure to obey. block for the lesser of the completion of the self-harm
watch or seven days.
Section III – Documentation and Reporting (e) Page five: Detainee Refusal Tracking
6-15. Block Documentation Record. Used to document the time, date, current
a. All documentation filled out on the block must be location, and what, a detainee refused. When full, turn
specific and complete. Reference ISNs when into the DOC and replace it with a new sheet.
discussing a cell occupied by an individual. All (f) Page six: Detainee Medical Request
documentation needs to answer Who, What, When, Complaints Form. Kept in detainee field file and used
Where, Why, and How. Annotate all visits by non- to document date, time, current location and all
block personnel in the block logbook. detainee non-urgent medical requests. Includes a block
b. Documentation that stays with the detainee for medical personnel to document remarks and
(1) Field File. Each detainee will have a brown date/time detainee was seen. Document all medical
field file that will contain the detainee’s name, ISN, refusals on this form. When full, turn into the DOC
spoken language, and any cautionary medical and replace it with a new sheet.
conditions (such as hepatitis or tuberculosis) on the (2) Detainee ID card: The detainee’s ID contains
cover. The ISN will be on the tab. When an escort the detainee’s picture, name, ISN, spoken language,
team arrives on the block to make a permanent move, and any cautionary medical conditions. When an
the Block NCO will pull the detainee field file and the escort team arrives to escort a detainee of any
escort team will carry the file with them to the nonpermanent move, the Block NCO will pull the
detainee’s new assigned location. This will insure all detainee’s ID card and the escort team will carry the ID
as long as they escort that detainee. While the detainee
6.5
is gone, fill the empty card slot with a business card, (3) DA 4137. Complete an Evidence/Property
containing detainee’s ISN, departure time, and Custody Document to document the chain of custody
destination of the escort team. Upon the return of the and turn in of evidence or contraband seized at Camp
escort team, return the detainee’s ID card to the slot in Delta. Turn in the DA 4137 and evidence/contraband
the block notebook and place the business card in a to the MPI section. The MPI section will determine if
burn bag. the items are evidence or contraband. Properly mark
c. Block Documentation that stays on the block all evidence and contraband before submission.
(1) Detainee Behavioral Tracking. Every shift Examples of potential evidence include but are not
will fill out the detainee Behavioral Tracking form and limited to the following:
leave it in the block notebook for the on coming shift to (a) Evidence classified as “dangerous
reference. Turn this form to the DOC every Sunday on contraband”
swing shift. (b) Videotape of IRF movements or disturbances
(2) Pass-On Book. Each block will maintain a (c) Evidence seized from a suicide attempt.
pass-on book to provide a means to pass on Examples of potential contraband include but are not
information. Obtain new pass-on books from the DOC limited to the following:
and turn in completed pass-on books to the DOC. Use (a) Drawings
highlighters to mark pertinent information. Examples (b) Modified items of linen
of activities include but are not limited to the (c) Writing on cups.
following: (4) ID Band or Card Request. Used to request
(a) All detainee movements new detainee ID Bands or Cards. Noted in the pass-on
(b) Shower/recreation start and end times book and turned in to the DOC at the end of shift.
(c) Work orders submitted and completed (5) Significant Activities Sheet. Used to track
(d) Discipline incidents significant activities in blocks for JDOG S-2. Turn in
(e) Detainee request for Chaplin, ICRC, or to the DOC at the end of each shift. Examples of
reservation significant activities include but are not limited to the
(f) Chaplin or Library visits following:
(g) Head counts (a) Assault.
(h) Visits by any non-block personnel such as (b) Making Weapons.
SOG (c) Harms Himself.
(i) Cells that exchanged linen (d) Harassing Guard.
(j) Cells that went to shower and/or recreation (e) Banging Cell.
Do not use any of the following phrases in pass-on (f) Failure To Comply, or Anything The Guard
books or block logs: (g) Deems to Be A Hostile Act
(a) Suicide attempt (h) Extreme Emotion.
(b) Suicide gesture (i) Doing PT In Cell.
(c) Suicide ideation (j) Fasting.
Use the phrase “self-injurious behavior” in all (k) Showing Reverence To Another Detainee.
documentation. (l) Inciting Disturbance.
d. Documentation that is turned to Command Post (m) Leading Prayer/PT.
(1) Repair and Utilities Work Order Request. (n) Teaching/Preaching.
Used to document and request any repair work needed (o) Verbal- Same Block/Cross Block.
on the block. Requests will be completed, logged in (p) Sign Language.
the pass-on book, and turned in at the end of shift. Not (q) Passing Notes On Paper, Foam Cups, Etc.
the short version of the ISN on any occupied cell that (r) Requests Interpreter.
requires repair. Log any completed work order that in (s) Requests Chaplain.
the pass-on book and the DOC notified. (t) Requests To See JIIF.
(2) DA 2823. The MP who is reporting the (u) Refuses Meals.
incident (the one who was spit on, threatened, hit, (v) Refuses Shower And Recreation Time.
kicked, etc.) will complete a sworn statement as soon (w) Refuses Meds.
as possible and have it sworn by the PL. If that MP is (x) Lookouts
not available (hospitalized, etc), the SOG will complete (y) Instigators
the sworn statement and include the reason for the (z) Visits by JDOG/non-JDOG personnel (VIPs,
Block Guard not completing it. The SOG or PL will etc.)
ensure the completeness and accuracy of the DA 2823 (aa) Communication to detainees on other blocks
before it is complete. See the example in Appendix D
for a properly filled out DA 2823.
6.6
(bb) The above list is not all-inclusive. MP 6-17. Cell Block Report
should feel free to use his/her judgment and report a. The Block NCOIC, or senior block guard when
anything he/she feels may be of importance.. Block NCOIC is not present, will report the status of
(6) Daily Block NCO Checklist. Used to ensure the block to the SOG, PL, CO, JDOG S3, DCJDOG,
each shift conducts all inspections, inventories. CJDOG, or CJTF when these individuals visit the
(7) Detainee Alpha Roster. Used to insure the block.
Block NCO knows the total number of and the ISNs of b. Required items to report are:
all detainees that he/she is responsible for when (1) Block name
assuming shift. (2) Number of detainees assigned
(3) Number of detainees present and the location
6-16. Passive Intelligence Collection of the detainees currently not on the block
a. The MP Guard force is tasked with “passively” (4) Number of MPs assigned
looking for items of intelligence value and reporting it (5) Number of MPs present
via the Significant Activities Sheet (SIGACT). (6) Detainees with a self-harm history
b. The following is a list of pertinent information
needed: Section IV – Block Maintenance
(1) Associations between detainees. 6-18. Inspections and Inventories
(2) Association with other detainees prior to a. Conduct inspections upon assumption of the
capture. block with the off-going Block NCO to verify the
(3) Identity of formal and informal leaders of security of all the locks, the discipline documentation
each block. and actions are correct (CI removed when designated,
(4) Conversations that entail threats to US etc.) If the Block NCO signs for deficient equipment,
personnel and/or assets. the current Block NCO is responsible for its condition,
(5) Discussion or planning of terrorist activity. regardless of whether it occurred on the current shift or
(6) Discussion or planning of escape. a previous shift.
(7) Location of leaders in other countries. b. Conduct inventories upon assumption of the
(8) Information regarding all activity outside block with the off-going Block NCO to verify all block
camp. equipment is present and serviceable. Note all non-
(9) History of each detainee (things that can be serviceable equipment in the pass-on book and turned
exploited by interrogators). into DOC with the off going shift.
(10) Do the detainees have access to outside c. The swing shift Block NCOICs on Sunday will
sources of information? What are they? ensure all locks are functional during the shift.
(11) Anything else significant to the security of
US personnel/assets here or abroad. 6-19. Cell/Block Cleaning Wash out the block and/or
c. Collection efforts individual cells using the water hose, a mop, and a mild
(1) Do not question detainees, other than for cleaning solution every Sunday on midnight shift or as
clarification of a statement. necessary.
(2) Do not initiate questioning, unless directed to
by CI Agent from JDOG S-2/J-2 JTF-GTMO. 6-20. Equipment Maintenance
(3) Listen to conversations while on the blocks a. Check the block equipment used by the MPs for
during an interpreter’s routine interpretation call. damage and inoperability during mid-shift. Turn in
(4) Do not show indication that you are listening any broken equipment to the DOC and a submit
or watching for intelligence collection purposes. replacement requisition.
(5) Make mental notes, or if the situation allows, b. Midnight shift will oil and clean all block
take written notes. equipment used by the MPs.
(6) Do not hesitate to call for interpreters; they
are there for your benefit. Section V – Detainees
(7) Fill out a Significant Activities Sheet and turn 6-21. Detainee Standards of Conduct
into the DOC or drop off at JDOG S-2 office. a. Military and civilian staff members will address
(8) Be sure to include the ISN# and date time detainees by the detainee’s cell number or ISN.
group when noting a particular detainee’s activity. b. Detainees will obey promptly and fully all
(9) As you spend more time with the detainees instructions or orders given by civilian or military
than any other group, you are the best source of personnel. If orders conflict, obey the last order given.
indicators on mood, leadership, group dynamics, and c. All persons, places, and property are subject to
antiterrorism/force protection information search or inspection at any time, by any staff member
in the performance of their duties. All property may be
6.7
searched for contraband. Each detainee is responsible 6-24. Personal Hygiene and Appearance
for all items within their assigned cell or on their a. Detainees are required to maintain good daily
person. All suspicious items will be seized for hygiene and a clean and groomed appearance at all
evaluation as evidence. When a search or inspection is times. Detainees will shower. The detainee will ensure
conducted of any area under the control of the US that their clothing is clean, neat and in good repair.
Army, inside or outside the facility boundaries, b. Fingernails will be kept clean and neatly
detainee(s) will not observe, view, stand, or pass by the trimmed. Fingernails will not extend past the end of the
search area. fingertips.
c. Detainee’s hair will be clean and neatly groomed
6-22. Detainee Identification Band at all times. Extreme or fad style haircuts or hairstyles
a. All detainees will be issued a picture are not authorized.
identification Band. Identification bands are a part of d. Detainees are not allowed to color their hair.
the detainee uniform and will be worn at all times
except when collected by a cadre member, for
accountability or safety reasons.
b. The badge will be worn attached to the left arm
so that the band remains visible. Detainees are not
authorized to wear identification bands in any other
manner. Detainees will exercise reasonable care to
protect their band from damage, loss, and theft.
c. Identification bands will not be switched,
defaced, altered, or tampered with in any manner. If a
badge is lost, stolen, or damaged, the detainee will
IMMEDIATELY report it to a staff member. Losing or
damaging a badge will result in disciplinary action.
6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules

a. Detainee uniforms will be worn as a duty/work
uniform, with the outer shirt worn untucked.
b. The wearing of sleeves rolled up or worn down is
not authorized. Trousers will be the proper length and
worn properly (waistband worn at the waist; not on the
hips or buttocks), rolling of the legs are not authorized,
and they will not be cuffed. If a detainee uniform is
damaged or does not fit properly, the detainee must
notify his Block Guard immediately. Display of any
items outside the uniform pockets is prohibited (e.g.,
handkerchief).
c. Mutilation or unauthorized alteration of clothing
(i.e., tapering of trousers and cutting/tearing of T-
shirts) or making unauthorized markings or lettering on
any part of the uniform is prohibited. Clothing will be
worn in the manner for which it was designed. There
will be no additional creases in the uniform.
d. At a minimum, detainees will be dressed in PT
shorts, orange suit top and shower shoes.
e. Headbands, decorative beads, earrings, threads,
symbols, etc. or decorative clothing, are not authorized
for wear.
f. Religious apparel, when worn, will be neat and
conservative, approved by the CJDOG, and concealed
inside of the orange shirt at all times. For operational or
safety reasons, the JDOG may place reasonable limits
on the wear of items of religious apparel.

6.8
Chapter 7
Sally Port Operations 7-2. Sally Ports 1 And 8
7-1. Sally Ports a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will have two
a. Sally Port 1. Sally Port Gate 1 is located in MPs assigned to each gate, one NCOIC with one other
Camp #1, next to main roadway and is a MP.
pedestrian/vehicular sally port that will be utilized as b. Duties and Responsibilities.
the main pedestrian entrance and exit point for Camp (1) NCOIC:
Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port (a) Ensure all assigned personnel are thoroughly
secure and control movement through that area for trained and familiar with all JTF-GTMO Regulations,
official business only. It is operational 24 hours per SOPs, Policies, and Special Orders/Memorandums
day and 7 days per week. concerning Sally Port activities. Also, oversee all of
b. Sally Port 3. Sally Port Gate 3 is located in that sally port’s operations.
Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The (b) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and operation of the sally port gate including daily
control movement to the DOC and blocks for official functional management of the gates and overall
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
days per week. gate.
c. Sally Port 4. Sally Port Gate 4 is located in (c) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
Camp #1 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The (d) Review the pass-on book from the last two
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and weeks, and be knowledgeable of all scheduled events
control movement to Camp I blocks for official (i.e. VIPs, chow truck traffic, contractors,
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 supply/laundry vehicles, land-bridge missions, etc.).
days per week. (e) Supervise pedestrian/vehicle searches.
d. Sally Port 8. Sally Port Gate 8 is located in (f) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
Camp #2, next to the main roadway and is a equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
pedestrian/vehicular sally port. When manned, the (g) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and Sally Port at a time, entering or exiting.
control vehicular movement into and out of Camp c. Special Instructions.
Delta. It is operational from 0600 – 2200 hours 7 days (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
per week. given time during operations unless authorized by the
e. Sally Port 9. Sally Port Gate 9 is located in CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner
control movement blocks for official business only. It (i.e. fire truck).
is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or
f. Sally Port 10. Sally Port Gate 10 is located in CO of DV/VIP visits.
Camp #2 and is a pedestrian/vehicular sally port. The e. For all personnel and/or equipment that require
primary mission is to keep the sally port secure and an escort, log the escort request time the escort and the
control movement to Camp II blocks for official time the escort arrived.
business only. It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 f. Pedestrian entry/exit.
days per week. (1) Sally port personnel will:
g. Detainee Medical Sally. The detainee Medical (a) Keep the road in front of Sally Port #1 and
Gate is located in Camp #1 and is ONLY a pedestrian #8 clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large
gate. The primary mission is to control movement into groups of people.
the detainee Medical Clinic for official business only. (b) Require identification from all personnel
It is operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass
h. JIIF Sally. The JIIF Gate is located in Camp #1, through the sally port.
directly across from the DOC, and is ONLY a (c) Maintain a visitor’s logbook. Positively
pedestrian gate. The primary mission is to control identify all visitors, including escorted visitors; and
movement into the JIIF for official business only. It is enter into the logbook. The logbook will contain the
operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. following information: Name, Rank of visitor,
i. Roving Sally. The Roving Sallys are located in Organization, Escort Name, Rank and Organization,
the causeway between the blocks in both camps. They Date/Time In, Date/Time Out.
are operational 24 hours per day and 7 days per week. (d) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all
j. A map of Camp Delta is located in Appendix F pedestrians entering or exiting the sally port. Deny
that contains the locations of the sally ports. access to Camp Delta if badges are expired or not
7.1
physically present. Reference the badge identification and interior of the vehicle. An escort is required for
sheets in Appendix E to recognize the access level for these vehicles before allowing access to Camp Delta.
each individual entering the facility. Call for Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for
appropriate escorts via Escort Control. vehicles with this placard.
(e) Check all bags entering/exiting the sally port (4) White: This is a temporary placard and will
gate. Ensure all government property has a property have a DTG written on the placard. These placards are
pass signed by appropriate personnel prior to exiting valid for no longer than 8 hours. The DOC will
the facility. Ensure the authorization for the entry of approve any issuance of a temporary placard. Only
any device capable of recording/relaying information. Sally Port 8 will issue temporary placards. A
Refer to the most updated access roster (i.e. PC systematic search is required, encompassing both the
notebook, cell phone). To request an updated access underside and interior of the vehicle. An escort is
roster or clarification of authorization, call the DOC. required for these vehicles before allowing access to
For an unauthorized item, complete a DA 4137 Chain Camp Delta. The escorts will ensure that the vehicle is
of Custody each item confiscated and kept at the sally out of the camp before the DTG expires on the placard.
port until the property is claimed upon exiting the Access to Camp Delta will be through Sally Port 8 for
facility. vehicles with this placard.
(f) The PL will identify a random number of (5) The DOC will issue all placards except white
searches at the beginning of each shift. Randomly ones. To receive a placard, the OIC of the organization
search the person identified by this number as they requesting a placard will send to the JDOG S-3 a
enter the Camp Delta. If the number is 20, then search memorandum from for approval. The memorandum
every 20th person through the sally port. This search must contain organization, type of vehicle, license plate
will be a pat down search or a hand scanner search. number for civilian vehicles, bumper number for
The search will be for items prohibited in the camp. military vehicles, and reason for access.
This is in addition to the mandatory check of all bags (6) Placards will be valid for 90 days from date
and carried items. of issue. Turn in the expired placard to the DOC
g. There will be a new placard system put in place before issuing a new placard unless it is an initial issue.
to ensure efficiency of movement through the sally port (7) When discovered, report lost placards to the
and offset confusion for vehicle access. The placards JDOG S-3. Send a new request memorandum to the
will come in four colors, each denoting access, as well JDOG S-3 for approval.
as identification and search procedures. The four (8) A red front license plate with a star on it
categories will be as follows: denoting a General Officer’s vehicle will be the
(1) Green: Use this color to denote military equivalent of a green placard. This access will not
vehicles and those used to transport military personnel. expire at any time.
A soldier wearing the military Class A-C duty uniform h. Sally Port 1. This post is located in Camp I, next
will drive vehicles with this placard. Proof of to the main roadway and is a pedestrian/vehicular Sally
identification in the form of the JTF-GTMO Port 1 is the main entrance and exit point for Camp
identification card will be the only access media Delta. The primary mission is to keep the sally port
required for entry. No escort is required with this secure and control movement through that area for
vehicle. Allow vehicles with this placard access official business only. This post will be manned 24/7.
through either Sally Port 1 or Sally Port 8. Consider all (1) The only vehicles allowed past Sally Port 1
emergency vehicles in this category. Base Security are those that have a requirement to be inside the camp.
will still have to secure their weapons in the pistol These vehicles will have a green placard. Do not allow
lockboxes in SP 1. vehicles with any other color placard access through
(2) Yellow: Use this color to denote non-tactical Sally Port 1. The only exceptions will be emergency
government vehicles used on a regular basis in and out vehicles (fire, ambulance, police), those transporting
of Camp Delta. Examples of these vehicles will be VIP (JDOG and higher), and mission specific. Shift
chow vehicles as well as Supply/R&U vehicles. JTF- Change vehicles will park across the street on the
GTMO identification as well as a cursory vehicle shoulder, offset from the entrance for loading and
search will be required for all vehicles with this placard offloading of personnel, ensuring that the roadway is
each time the vehicle enters the Sally Port. No escort not blocked. Being a military or government vehicle in
is required with this vehicle. Allow vehicles with this itself is not a sufficient reason for access into the camp.
placard access to Camp Delta through Sally Port 8. (2) The sentry will keep the road in front of the
(3) Purple: Use this color to denote contractor sally port clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and
vehicles. Examples of these vehicles are Kvaerner, large groups of people. The sally port sentry will
Brown and Root etc. A systematic search of these require identification from all personnel attempting to
vehicles is required, encompassing both the underside gain access to Camp Delta. Sally Port 1 will maintain
7.2
a visitor’s logbook. All visitors, including escorted (4) All personnel will have access media checked
visitors; will be positively identified and entered into prior to entering and exiting the sally port. All escorted
the logbook. The logbook will contain the following badge holders will be searched prior to entering and
information: Name, rank, organization, escort name exiting Camp Delta. This search will be conducted
and rank, DTG in, DTG out, and ID of Block Guard using either the hand held metal detector or a pat down
entering data. All pedestrian personnel will enter search. Any contraband found will be returned to the
Camp Delta through this sally port. person and the person will not be allowed access
(3) Sally Port 1 personnel will contact the DOC through Sally Port 8. Personnel with contraband will
or SOG if they have questions about Sally Port 1 be directed to enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 1.
operations. (5) Sally Port 8 will contact the DOC for escorts.
(4) The PL will identify a random number of Personnel requiring escort will not be allowed access to
persons to be searched at the beginning of each shift. Camp Delta until escort arrives.
(5) Contraband IAW Camp Delta SOP will be (6) Sally Port 8 will contact DOC or the SOG 2 if
cross-referenced against the access roster for Camp they have questions about Sally Port 8 operations.
Delta. Once checked items still classified as j. Inspections will be conducted upon entry and exit
contraband will be stored in the bins located in Sally of all vehicles as required by placard. Sally port sentry
Port 1. A chain of custody sheet will be completed will:
before MP retains positive control of the item. (1) Gain a positive identification of the driver and
Contraband items will be returned upon the visitors any passengers prior to opening the gate.
exit from Camp Delta. The chain of custody sheet will (2) Open exterior gate and allow vehicle to enter
be maintained in the custody binder for two months. the sally port.
(6) Escort control will provide escorts for (3) Instruct driver to place the vehicle in park,
individuals requiring access to Camp Delta who must engage the emergency brake, stop engine, and exit the
be escorted. The only exception to this is individuals vehicle (including passengers). Collect identification
who are traveling with personnel that have unescorted badge(s). Upon exiting, the MP will instruct the driver
access badges will be allowed to sign in and be to open all doors, hood, trunk, and tailgate, or any other
escorted by those they are traveling with (if an compartment(s) to be searched.
interpreter has an escort only badge and is traveling (4) Log vehicle information to include time-in,
with FBI personnel that have unescorted access; the tag number, driver’s name, organization, destination,
interpreter will be escorted by the personnel that have and purpose of visit.
unescorted access badges). (5) MPs will systematically search the vehicle by
(7) All personnel will have access badges examining the interior, exterior, top, underneath hoods,
checked upon entering and exiting Camp Delta. in trunks, and the undercarriage. Search the vehicle
i. Sally Port 8. This post is located in Camp II, using the following pattern:
next to the main roadway and is strictly a vehicular (a) Behind and under the seats
entrance and exit point. Sally Port 8 is the main (b) Under the dashboard
entrance and exit point for contractor and supply (c) Glove and tool compartments
vehicles. The primary mission is to keep the sally port (d) Above the sun visors.
secure and control movement through that area for (6) Search the exterior of the vehicle, using the
official business only. This post will be manned from mirror to search underneath and the top of the vehicle,
0600-2000 seven days a week. This is the only post to include but not restricted to:
where temporary placards will be issued and collected. (a) The left front fender well and behind the
(1) The only vehicles allowed access through this wheel
sally port are those with yellow, purple, and temporary (b) Under the front bumper, behind and under the
placards. VIPs and emergency vehicles will be grill
allowed unimpeded access through the sally port after (c) Under the hood (have the driver raise the
checking for proper access media. hood), check all areas behind the radiator and around
(2) The search of the chow vehicle will be a the engine
quick search of the underside and interior of the (d) The right front fender well and behind the
vehicle. At no time will the food containers be opened wheel
and searched. All other vehicles will be searched IAW (e) Underneath the right side of the body, back to
SOP. Refer to paragraphs 7-2.g and 7-2.j. and including the right rear fender well and behind the
(3) Pedestrians will not be allowed access wheel
through this sally port. The only exceptions are (f) Inside all cargo areas, including the trunk
escorted contractors. (g) The left rear fender well and behind the wheel

7.3
(h) Underneath the left side of the body up to the (a) When entering, guards will expeditiously
left front fender well. verify identification badges of emergency personnel
(6) MPs will look for suspicious packages, boxes, and allow them to pass through the sally port. Upon
and items not needed for the incoming personnel to exiting, the vehicle will be searched prior to entering
conduct their business within the facility. If an item is the sally port with the exception of escorted
not authorized or unnecessary, a DA 4137 chain of ambulances. Sentries will verify same number of
custody will be done for each item confiscated and kept personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and that
at the sally port until the property is claimed upon no additional personnel leave with it. RESOLVE ALL
exiting the facility. Tools and loose equipment DISCREPANCIES BEFORE ALLOWING THE
entering the facility in a vehicle must be accounted for VEHICLE TO EXIT. After search, both gates will
upon exiting. RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES again be opened to allow the vehicle to exit.
BEFORE ALLOWING THE VEHICLE TO EXIT. m. Land Bridge missions will take priority over all
When in doubt, call for the SOG, PL, or DOC. other ongoing sally port operations except
(7) Upon completion of the vehicle search, the emergencies. It is the responsibility of the sally port
driver and passenger(s) will re-enter the vehicle. An guards to stop all traffic though the sally port that will
MP will open interior sally port gate and allow vehicle hinder the entry/exit of Land Bridge vehicles.
to access Camp Delta. n. Upon receipt of a Land Bridge mission, all
k. Emergencies will take priority over all other direction will be taken from JDOG personnel and the
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of CO. An ETA will be provided to Sally Port 1 as the
the sally port guards to stop all traffic though the sally Land Bridge vehicles are enroute to Camp Delta.
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles. 7-3. Sally Ports 3 And 9
l. Emergency Vehicles. a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 3 and 9 will have one
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached to
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may work
brought to the attention of DOC immediately via radio the gate.
or runner. b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned
(2) Emergency vehicles will be logged in and out. will:
(3) Vehicles responding to an emergency within (1) Be directly responsible to the SOG for the
Camp Delta will be expeditiously searched upon operation of the sally port gate including daily
entering and exiting the facility. In an expeditious functional management of the gates and overall
search, guards will quickly verify identification badges responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port
of emergency personnel and allow them to pass gate.
through the Sally Port. They will verify same number (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
of personnel exiting that came in with the vehicle and (3) Conduct hands on ID check of all personnel
that no additional personnel leave with it. Detainee entering.
patients leaving in an ambulance for NAVBASE (4) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
Hospital will be accounted for and verified through equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
DOC after the ambulance has been allowed to leave. (5) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed to enter or
Ambulances transporting detainees in and out of Camp exit the Sally Port at a time.
Delta will not be searched. It is the responsibility of c. Special Instructions.
the MP medical escort teams to conduct searches of the (1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any
ambulances. In cases where there is no MP escort team given time during operations unless authorized by the
present in the ambulance, sally port guards will search CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be
the ambulance upon entering or exiting Camp Delta. opened for vehicles responding to emergency that are
Necessary medical treatment instruments will not be too long to enter the sally port in the normal manner
seized or delay the ambulance’s entry or exit through a (i.e. fire truck).
sally port. (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or
(4) Vehicles responding to an emergency in will CO of DV/VIP visits.
enter Camp Delta through Sally Port 8 and exit Camp d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
Delta through Sally Port 1. (1) Keep the alleyway in front of the sally port
(5) In the event that large emergency vehicles clear of unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both of people.
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry (2) Require identification from all personnel
and exit. attempting to pass through to verify eligibility to pass
through the sally port.
7.4
(3) Conduct a hands-on badge check of all (2) Sally port personnel will notify the PL and/or
pedestrians entering the sally port. Access to Camp CO of DV/VIP visits.
Delta is denied if badges are expired or not physically d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will keep
present ensuring that personnel requiring escorts enter the alleyway in front of the sally port clear of
with the escort(s). Reference the badge identification unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
sheet to recognize the access level for each individual people.
entering the facility. e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and
e. Vehicle entry/exit. All vehicles may enter and exit Camp I and Camp II block areas through Sally
exit Camp I and block areas through Sally Ports 3 and Ports 4 and 10. This includes and IS limited to the
9. This includes and is not limited to the following: following:
(1) Contractor (1) Contractor
(2) Food service (2) Food service
(3) Gators and golf carts (3) Gators and golf carts
(4) Emergency (4) Emergency
(5) Fuel (5) Fuel
(6) Garbage (6) Garbage
f. Emergencies will take priority over all other f. Emergencies will take priority over all other
ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of ongoing sally port operations. It is the responsibility of
the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally the sally port sentry to stop all traffic though the sally
port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency port that will hinder the entry/exit of emergency
vehicles. vehicles.
g. Emergency Vehicles. g. Emergency Vehicles.
(1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles (1) The entry and exit of emergency vehicles
such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be such as Base Security, fire trucks, ambulance will be
brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via brought to the attention of the DOC immediately via
radio or runner. radio or runner.
(2) In the event that large emergency vehicles (2) In the event that large emergency vehicles
must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both must pass through the sally port (i.e. fire truck), both
interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry interior and exterior gates will be opened to allow entry
and exit. and exit.
7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10 7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate

a. Manning. Sally Port Gates 4 and 10 will have a. Manning. The detainee Medical Gate will have
one soldier assigned to each gate. Any soldier attached one soldier assigned. Any soldier attached to JTF-
to the JTF-GTMO with a secret security clearance may GTMO with a secret security clearance may work the
work the gate. gate.
b. Duties and responsibilities. One soldier assigned b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned
will: will:
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the (1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the sally port gate including daily operation of the gate including daily functional
functional management of the gates and overall management of the gate and overall responsibility.
responsibility for their respective Camp Delta sally port (2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
gate. (3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, c. Special Instructions. Gate personnel will notify
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. the PL and/or CO of DV/VIP visits to detainee Medical
(4) Ensure only one vehicle is allowed into the Clinic.
sally port at a time, entering or exiting. d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
c. Special Instructions. (a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of
(1) Only one sally port gate will be open at any unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
given time during operations unless authorized by the people.
CO or JDOG with one exception; both gates will be (b) Ensure personnel entering have official
opened for vehicles responding to emergency or are too business and/or orders.
long to enter the sally port in the normal manner (i.e. e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
fire truck, chow truck). ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the

7.5
sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder (a) Keep the central causeway clear of
the entry/exit of emergency personnel. unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of
people.
7-6. JIIF Gate (b) Ensure personnel entering have official
a. Manning. The JIIF Gate will have one soldier business and/or orders.
assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF with a secret e. Emergencies will take priority over all other
security clearance may work the gate. ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the
b. Duties and responsibilities. One Soldier assigned sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder
will: the entry/exit of emergency personnel.
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gate including daily functional 7-8. Weapon Boxes
management of the gate and overall responsibility. a. Weapon boxes at main entry sally ports will be
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events. used to store handguns, mace, OC, knives, or any other
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items, small weapons not authorized to enter the facility.
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties. b. Sally port guards will perform the following tasks
c. Special Instructions. if an unauthorized weapon is carried into the sally port
(1) Gate sentry will keep a working Staff Duty and the personnel who is in possession, needs to enter
Log annotating all detainees requested by the JIIF the facility:
passing through the gate. Include detainee cell number (1) Inform the personnel that the unauthorized
and ISN. item is not allowed into the facility.
(2) Gate sentry will notify the PL and/or DFC of (2) Issue a weapon box key to personnel from the
DV/VIP visits to JIIF. key box using Form 5513-R.
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will: (3) Inform personnel to place the item(s) in the
(a) Keep the alleyway in front of the gate clear of weapon box.
unnecessarily halted vehicles and large groups of (4) Inform personnel to remove the key from the
people. weapon box and secure it on their person.
(b) Ensure personnel entering have official (5) Log personnel into the facility.
business and/or orders. c. When personnel return to the sally port and are
e. Emergencies will take priority over all other ready to exit the facility, the following steps will take
ongoing gate operations. It is the responsibility of the place:
sentry to stop all traffic though the gate that will hinder (1) Remove weapon box key from their person
the entry/exit of emergency personnel. and open the appropriate gun box.
(2) Removes item(s) from the weapon box.
7-7. Roving Sally (3) Secure item(s) on their person.
a. Manning. The Roving Sally will have two (4) Close gun box and remove weapon box key.
soldiers assigned. Any soldier attached to the JTF- (5) Return key to the sally port guard.
GTMO with a secret security clearance may work the d. Sally port guard logs weapon box key back in on
gate. Form 5513-R, returns key to key box and secures key
b. Duties and responsibilities. The two soldiers box.
assigned will: e. Sally port guard logs personnel out of facility.
(1) Directly responsible to the SOG for the
operation of the gates including daily functional
management of the gate and overall responsibility.
(2) Keep SOG and PL briefed on events.
(3) Ensure an inventory of all sensitive items,
equipment, and keys upon assumption of duties.
c. Special Instructions.
(1) In the event of an IRF team request, the
Roving Sally will ensure as IRF team members leave
the blocks, that they open the gates as quickly as
possible. IRF team and support members have priority
for gate openings.
(2) In the event of fire, Roving Sally will ensure
the centrally located fire extinguishers are placed in
between the sally port gates of the affected block(s).
d. Pedestrian entry/exit. Soldier assigned will:
7.6
Chapter 8 (CI) and 5 days to the time in MSU for each additional
Detainee Behavioral Management offense.
8-1. Purpose To outline requirements and procedures d. The CJDOG, DCJDOG, or JDOG S-3 must
for managing detainee discipline and positive behavior approve any discipline that includes movement to
rewards programs. This system will protect the health, MSU, by signing as the Authenticating Officer on the
safety, and security of all persons within the facility by DD Form 508. This does not apply to moves to MSU
providing for a fair and consistent delivery of by the JIG (for intelligence purposes). JIG moves will
consequences for negative behavior and rewards for be coordinated through the Detention Operations
positive behavior. Branch and do not need any further approval; however,
the Detention Operations Center will not move the
8-2. Provision of Basic Needs Detainees held at detainee until directed by the Detention Operations
Camp Delta and other JTF-GTMO detention facilities Officer or JDOG S3.
will not be deprived of adequate shelter, food, or water e. The on-duty CO will approve all discipline
at any time. Detainees will be housed in areas measures except MSU time, will check the
providing adequate shelter from the elements and with “recommended” block of the DD Form 508, and sign
adequate ventilation. Detainees in cell blocks will have as the Confinement Officer.
access to potable drinking water at all times through f. Notification to the chain of command will be
the use of the water faucet located in the cell. made for any situations involving unusual
Appropriate meals will be provided to all detainees at circumstances, and for any use of force beyond verbal
least three times per day. Additionally, all detainees persuasion or show of force.
will be provided with a means to maintain adequate g. The Detention Operations Center (DOC) will be
personal hygiene; this will include opportunities for notified of any moves made to MSU. This notification
showers and the availability of soap and water to wash must include ISN number, reason for move, approving
themselves while in the cell. authority and length of discipline. The DOC will
annotate all moves on the daily blotter.
8-3. Discipline Process h. When a discipline measure is applied to a
a. When a detainee commits a camp rules infraction detainee, he will be notified of the reason for the
or an offense listed in Table 8-1, List of Offenses, the discipline, and the type/length of the discipline
chain of command within the camp will be notified. measure.
The priority of notification is the Sergeant of the Guard i. Do not confiscate any item unless it is for
(SOG), Platoon Leader (PL), and on-duty discipline purposes or for the prevention of self-harm
Commanding Officer (CO), in that order. or harm to others.
b. The SOG and/or PL will: j. When Comfort Items (CI) are taken from a
(1) Review Table 8-1 and locate the offense on detainee, the items will be inventoried and placed in a
the list. If the offense is not listed, attempt to locate a large trash bag or box, and the Block NCO will
similar offense or an offense of equal severity to the complete and sign the Detainee Supply Roster. The
offense committed by the detainee. Identify the bag will have a “toe tag” tied to it with the detainee’s
category level of the most severe offense. ISN annotated. The box will be marked with the
(2) Review the discipline record of the detainee detainee’s ISN. The box or bag will be stored in an
to determine the detainee’s previous discipline history. orderly manner on top of the detainee’s cell. Block
(3) Using Table 8-2, Detainee Movement and NCOs will be responsible for ensuring that the storage
Discipline Matrix, cross-reference the category of the of the CI presents an orderly appearance and that the
most severe offense from Table 8-1 with the number of inventory matches the Detainee Supply Roster. Any
days between the current offense and the previous difficulties encountered will be directed to the SOG.
offense. This will give you two results. The result Items will not be returned to the detainee until the
from the movement section of Table 8-2 is where to length of discipline is completed.
move the detainee. The discipline section of Table 8-2 n. Documentation of any discipline measure will be
determines the type and length of discipline imposed annotated on DD Form 508. DA Forms 2823, Sworn
on the detainee. Statements from all U.S. personnel involved in the
c. If several offenses were committed at the same incident will be attached to the DD Form 508, and
time and the resulting discipline does not include time forwarded to the on-duty CO for disposition.
in MSU, move one column to the right on the o. A detainee that has been moved to level 2 or level
discipline section of the Table 8-2 to determine 3 for discipline must spend at least 30 days at that level
punishment. If several offenses were committed at the before being considered for movement to the next
same time and the resulting discipline does include higher classification level. The detainee will be
time in MSU, add five days to loss of Comfort Items considered for movement 30 days from the end of the
8.1
discipline period if the detainee has not had any column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The
discipline problems within that time. A detainee that Block NCO will also make an entry in the duty logs.
has been moved to level 4 for discipline will be moved c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into
to level 3 upon completion of the mandated period of the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the
time annotated on the DD Form 508 or memorandum detainee’s file in the DOC.
of approval of extension signed by CJTF. The
Detention Services Branch (DSB) will conduct the 8-6. Comfort Items (CI)
review of records for movement from one classification a. If a detainee has lost CI as determined by Table
level to a new level. Any exceptions to this procedure 8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of
must be approved by the JDOG S3. the beginning date and end date. The DOC will
p. Many detainee actions that result in disciplinary annotate this information in the discipline log.
measures may also result in future criminal charges. b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning
Accurate and complete documentation is always dates and ending dates on the discipline log sheet
required. assigned to each detainee. This form will remain in the
q. Any proposed discipline for detainees under the detainee file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of
care of the Detention Hospital Psychologist requires “COMFORT ITEMS” mark the “ALL” and write the
consultation between the senior on-duty psychology dates under the corresponding column of “DATE
staff member and the on-duty CO prior to imposing BEGAN” and “END DATE”. The Block NCO will
discipline. Detainees being treated as mental health also make an entry in the duty logs.
patients will only have Basic Issue Items, authorized c. In the case of lost or damaged property, the Block
CIs, and/or Authorized Activities taken away as a NCO will annotate the “ITEM” on the Detainee
medical necessity; in those cases the senior on-duty Discipline Log in the detainee file for those items that
psychology staff member will be cited on the GTMO have been damaged, destroyed, or lost. Annotate the
Form 508-1 as the authority for removing items or number or numbers and the date or dates under the
prohibiting activities. corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END
DATE. The Block NCO will also make an entry in the
8-4. Loss of Recreation duty logs.
a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of recreation d. When a detainee changes classification level, the
for the number of recreation periods determined by detainee will lose or gain comfort items at the new
Table 8-2, the DOC will notify the appropriate Block block based on the block’s classification level. The
NCO of the beginning date and the end date. The DOC receiving Block NCO must ensure that when a detainee
will annotate this information in the discipline log. is moving to a higher classification level, he is issued
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date the required items. The receiving Block NCO must
and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to ensure that when a detainee is moving to a lower
each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee classification level, he loses unauthorized items.
file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of e. The Block NCO of a moving detainee must
“RECREATION” and write the dates under the ensure all items on the inventory sheet depart with the
corresponding column of “DATE BEGAN” and “END detainee.. The receiving block will confiscate all
DATE”. The Block NCO will also make an entry in excess items. If the detainee does not have an item
the duty logs. listed on the current inventory sheet, the detainee is
c. A copy of the DD Form 508 will be placed into subject to punishment for failure to return property, per
the detainee file on the block and a copy kept in the Table 8-1.
detainee’s file in the DOC. f. If a detainee refuses a CI, place an R on the
inventory sheet in the block that corresponds to the
8-5. Loss of Hot Meals item refused.
a. If a detainee has lost his privilege of hot meals
for the number of days determined by Table 8-2, the 8-7. Detainee Classification System
DOC will notify the appropriate Block NCO of the a. The Detainee Classification System is a five level
beginning date and the end date. The DOC will system of rewards based on the premise that a
annotate this information in the discipline log. detainee’s behavior determines the privileges they are
b. The Block NCO will annotate the beginning date allowed. As the detainee adapts to the rules of the
and ending date on the discipline log sheet assigned to camp, his conduct will earn him more privileges. Basic
each detainee. This form will remain in the detainee Issue Items, CIs, and Authorized/Unauthorized
file. The Block NCO will annotate loss of “HOT Activities for detainees are listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-
MEALS” and write the dates under the corresponding 5. Detainees qualified for Classification Level 1 may

8.2
also be eligible for additional items and activities not behavior, may still participate in the program based on
listed in Tables 8-3 thru 8-5. JIG directed requests, but will be housed on a separate
(1) Classification Level 1. Detainees receive a block designated as an “intel block.” JIG will
higher level of privileges than Level 2, and having determine higher-level privileges on this block. If a
spent at least 30 days at Level 2. detainee is moved to a level 4 block, he will spend the
(2) Classification Level 2. Detainees at this level time required in MSU according to the matrix. At the
receive a higher level of privileges than Level 3 and completion of his time in MSU, he will immediately
having spent at least 30 days at Level 3. move to a level 3 block. The detainee will then stay on
(3) Classification Level 3. All detainees start at the level 3 block until the required good behavior
this level, following an initial period of segregation period is satisfied and then move to a level 2 block.
upon arrival at Camp Delta; the length of time of this The detainee will then stay on a level 2 block until his
initial segregation will be determined by the JIG. This required good behavior period is satisfied and then
level includes detainees who are on discipline measures move to a level 1 block. A detainee must spend this
not including MSU. entire time incident free at his current level to qualify
(4) Classification Level 4. Detainees normally for movement to the next higher level. This is in order
located in MSU, but also includes detainees who have to prove his ability to function at a higher level of
completed MSU time, but have not yet moved to Level privileges. If no room is available on a block at the
3. Detainees in this status will have their classification next higher level, the detainee will still have his
reevaluated by the Detention Services Branch daily. classification level changed on his current block and
Detainees can be housed in MSU up to 90 days, but will move at the next available opening for that level.
their status will be reviewed every 30 days by CJTF. Example: A detainee who is currently on a level 3
(5) Classification Level 5 (Intel Level). JIG block was disciplined for inciting a disturbance. This
directed segregation, for intelligence gathering offense has a required good behavior period of 30 days.
purposes. Detainees will be segregated at the direction Once he has had no discipline for 30 days, he is
of the JIG through the Detention Operations Branch. eligible for level 2. If a cell is open on a level 2 block,
(a) Housed in a group on an Intel block. the detainee will be moved there and will be issued the
(b) Housed in MSU block for Intel purposes. additional comfort items for reward level 2. If a cell is
(c) Receive Reward Level (1-4) privileges as not open on a level 2 block, the detainee will remain on
recommended by JIG. his current block and receive additional comfort items
b. Delta Block is designated as the Mental Health for level 2. Once the detainee has had no discipline for
Facility (MHF) for the housing of detainees requiring a an additional 30 days, regardless if on a level 2 or level
higher level clinical care and monitoring. 3 block, he will be eligible to be moved to a reward
c. A qualifying disciplinary event is defined as a level 1 block. If a cell is open on a level 1 block, the
disciplinary event that has not expired and dropped off detainee will be moved there and will be issued the
their disciplinary record FOR THE PURPOSES OF additional comfort items for level 1. If a cell is not
THIS PROGRAM ONLY. These offenses will remain open on a level 1 block, the detainee will remain on his
on their disciplinary records for the purpose of current block and receive additional comfort items for
disciplinary actions. level 1.
d. Category III offenses, as listed in Table 8-1 will h. If a detainee commits an offense in MSU that
expire on their 30-day anniversary for each step higher requires additional MSU time and will extend his total
and will not be counted against a detainee for the time beyond 30 consecutive days, the following
purposes of this program. 30 days is considered his procedure will be used:
required good behavior period. (1) If the detainee has not yet reached 30 days of
e. Category IV offenses will expire on their 45-day actual MSU time served, a memorandum will be
anniversary for each step higher and will not be forwarded to CJTF requesting an extension of MSU
counted against a detainee for the purposes of this time. The memorandum will detail how many days the
program. 45 days is considered his required good extension is for, why it is necessary, and will include
behavior period. the DD Form 508 with the punishment on it (see Figure
f. Category V offenses will expire on their 60-day 8-1 for example memorandum). If the extension is
anniversary for each step higher and will not be granted, the detainee will be removed at the end of the
counted against a detainee for the purposes of this total approved MSU period and moved to a Level 3
program. 60 days is considered his required good block. If the extension is not granted, the detainee will
behavior period. be removed after serving 30 days in MSU and moved
g. A detainee will change levels based on his to a Level 3 block.
behavior or meeting other criteria for a level. (2) If the detainee has reached 30 days of actual
Detainees who do not meet the program based on MSU time served, the detainee will be removed from
8.3
MSU, placed on a level 3 block, with level 4 CI and approval, the offense is entered into the discipline log
Authorized Activities (this action will be documented for the detainee.
on a GTMO Form 508-1, signed/approved by the (6) A copy of the GTMO Form 508-1 is sent to
JDOG S3). A memorandum will be forwarded to the block to be briefed to the detainee by the Block
CJTF requesting an extension of MSU time. The NCO, SOG, or PL. The copy will be retained with the
memorandum will detail how many days the extension detainee’s records on the block.
is for, why it is necessary, and will include the DA 508 (7) All original forms will be forwarded to
with the punishment on it (see Figure 8-2 for example Detention Services Branch at the end of shift.
memorandum). Upon approval of the extension, the c. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for
detainee will be moved back to MSU to serve the reward:
length of the approved extension. (1) JDOG or JIG authorizes a reward for a
i. Either the JIG or the JDOG S3 will decide the detainee.
detainee’s classification. Level 5 block assignments (2) GTMO Form 508-1 is used to record the
will be determined by the JIG. reward, and is submitted to Detention Services Branch.
j. An Order of Merit List (OML) will be created to (3) Detention Services Branch processes the
form a waiting list for qualified detainees to get into GTMO Form 508-1 and forwards through Detention
either a level 1 or level 2 block. The Detention Operations Branch, to JDOG S3.
Services Branch will develop and monitor this OML. (4) If the detainee is in a Level 5 block, the Level
Detainees will be chosen from the OML for movement 5 Block Entitlement Form will be used to determine if
to a higher-level block. If sufficient detainees are on the detainee is in the correct cell based on his reward
the OML, JDOG S3 can direct that a block be level. If he is changing levels, he will be moved to an
converted to a higher-level block. area, if possible, on the same block where he will not
k. If a detainee exhibits a positive behavior over and be next to detainees with a different reward level. If
above that of fellow detainees, a Block NCO, SOG, the detainee receives a reward outside of the matrix,
PL, or on-duty CO can request to CJDOG to remove that will be annotated on the block diagram. The
five days from his period of good behavior to transition GTMO Forms 508-1 for Level 5 blocks will be
to a higher reward level on a GTMO Form 508-1. maintained by Detention Services Branch and the block
Examples include: diagrams will be distributed to the Level 5 blocks
(1) A detainee who notifies a Block Guard of a within 24 hours of any changes.
cell door being unlocked (5) If a detainee is not in a Level 5 block, a copy
(2) A detainee who acts as an interpreter during a of the GTMO Form 508-1 will be sent to the block to
critical incident be placed in the detainee’s records on the block. The
(3) A detainee that finds a welding rod in the original will be placed in the detainee’s file in the
recreation yard and gives it to an MP. DOC.
8-8. GTMO Form 508-1 8-9. Level 5 Blocks

a. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to determine a. Detainees on Level 5 Blocks will be segregated
which rewards the detainee will lose or gain. based on the individual’s reward level as determined
b. Process for issuing a GTMO Form 508-1 for by the JIG. Upon receipt by Detention Services
discipline: Branch of a GTMO Form 508-1, the detainee will be
(1) Details about incident phoned to DOC to classified by his reward level and placed in an
begin processing a DD Form 508. appropriate cell in a Level 5 Block. JIG personnel will
(2) DA Form(s) 2823 filled out by personnel issue and confiscate all non-expendable items. Block
witnessing the incident, detailing the incident. personnel will replenish all expendable items after the
(3) PL determines discipline based on matrix and initial issue by JIG personnel. Block personnel may
previous record of offenses by detainee, then prepares only confiscate items for discipline purposes and then
GTMO Form 508-1 for on-duty CO’s review. The must notify Detention Services Branch immediately so
form must include a brief description of the offense, this information can be forwarded to the JIG.
the number of times the detainee has committed b. The Positive Behavior Reward Program will
offenses, and the discipline to be imposed. supplement the work of the JIG. As the detainee works
(4) If the on-duty CO concurs, the discipline is with the JIG, his conduct will earn him more or less
entered on the DD Form 508 from the GTMO Form privileges. The GTMO Form 508-1 is used to
508-1. document detainee rewards lost or gained.
(5) After all required forms are complete, the on- c. Process for an existing resident of a Level 5
duty CO signs the DD Form 508 as the Confinement block:
Officer and forwards to JDOG S3 for approval. Upon
8.4
(1) Ensure GTMO Form 508-1 is filled out e. No linen item, prayer bead, prayer cap, book, flip
properly. flops, ISO mat, mattress, shoes, storage tub, game, or
(2) Check to see if the detainee is adjacent to a playing cards will be thrown away if damaged.
detainee at a different reward level. f. Deliberate damage is any damage done by the
(3) Coordinate with the JIG to move the detainee detainee to his property. This does not include tears
to another cell adjacent to individuals with the same and holes caused by day-to-day use and living inside of
reward level or as directed to a specific cell by JIG. a metal cell or the wear of footgear used to walk on
(4) Update the block diagrams and forward to the gravel. The MP will use his best judgment to
block for their use. determine if the damage was deliberate or not. When
(5) Send the updated block diagram to the JIG for disciplining a detainee for damage to any item, the
their information. damage must be deliberate.
d. Process for a new resident of a Level 5 block: g. During all inventories and prior to any discipline
(1) JIG submits a move request along with a for lost items, the bag and/or box holding items above
GTMO Form 508-1. the cell must be checked for that item. The contents of
(2) Ensure the GTMO Form 508-1 is filled out that bag and/or box must also follow the detainee
properly. whenever he is permanently moved. The Block NCO
(3) If the move request has no specific cell, of the losing block is responsible to ensure that all of
determine which cell to move him into based on the the detainee’s items leave with him. The Block NCO
reward level indicated on the GTMO Form 508-1. of the gaining block is responsible to ensure that all of
(4) Update the block diagrams and forward to the the detainee’s items arrive with him and are present
block for their use. before the escort team leaves the block. The escort
(5) Send the updated block diagram to the JIG for team is responsible to ensure all items are taken from
their information. the losing block to the gaining block.
h. Linen Items. These items are distributed through
8-10. Confiscation of Items the supply room. All of these items are exchanged on a
a. For any confiscated item, a DA Form 4137 will one for one basis during linen exchange. All items will
be completed, and both the form and item will be be held up by the detainee and visually inspected prior
turned into the Evidence Custodian located in Camp to exchange. Any modifications or deliberate damage
Delta 2, Building 7. seen including such modifications as tying a knot in a
b. Any item may also be taken due to self-harm towel will result in the detainee being disciplined. All
precautions, based on advice of psychology staff. All dirty items are placed inside a white mesh bag, which
items taken for self-harm precautions will be stored in is placed inside a garbage bag and then stored in the
a container marked with the detainee’s ISN and the dirty linen shed next to Building 1 for Camp Delta 1
container placed above the detainee’s cell. and Building 7 for Camp Delta 2 and Camp Delta 3.
c. If a detainee does not leave the block when (1) Blanket, Clothing (a top and bottom), PT
disciplined, place any non-damaged confiscated items Shorts, Sheets, Towels, T-Shirt (Has a pocket),
in a container marked with the detainee’s ISN and Washcloth. If a detainee tears, rips, or otherwise
place the container above the detainee’s cell. damages this item or makes it into a weapon or self-
d. Detainees are authorized all of the items listed harm device, it will be confiscated and the detainee
per their reward level, except under the following disciplined for damaging or destroying government
circumstances: property. If the detainee does not have the item during
(1) The item is taken away for a defined period of any inventory, ensure the item was not confiscated. If
time for discipline. it was confiscated and it was issued to him, he will be
(2) The detainee is on self-harm precautions as disciplined for damaging or destroying government
determined by the psychology staff. property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to
(3) The detainee is housed in a medical or mental determine the length of time the detainee loses the
health segregation area, and the medical and/or mental item.
health staff has directed confiscation of certain items. (2) Suicide Blanket. If a detainee tears, rips, or
Medical or mental health staff will determine which otherwise damages the suicide blanket or makes it into
item(s) a detainee in medical or mental health a weapon or self-harm device, it will be confiscated
segregation can have, as long the item(s) is also and the detainee disciplined for damaging or destroying
authorized for the detainee’s current discipline level. government property. If the detainee does not have the
(4) An approved GTMO Form 508-1 directs suicide blanket during any inventory, ensure it was not
otherwise. confiscated. If it was not confiscated and it was issued
to him, he will be disciplined for damaging or

8.5
destroying government property. A replacement doubt about what caused the damage to this item, err
suicide blanket will be given to the detainee. on the side of damage caused by wear.
(3) Suicide Smock. If a detainee tears, rips, or (6) ISO Mat. Used by the detainees to sleep on
otherwise damages the suicide smock or makes it into a or to screen their bathroom use from others. The ISO
weapon or self-harm device, it will be confiscated and mat will stay with the detainee at all times. Inspect the
the detainee disciplined for damaging or destroying ISO mat for damage. If there is any damage, the
government property. A replacement suicide smock detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction
will be given to the detainee. Only psychiatry may of government property. Also, consult the damaged
authorize the use of a suicide smock. property matrix to determine the length of time the
i. Religious Items. These items are distributed in detainee loses the ?? the blanket cannot be removed.
coordination with the Chaplain. (7) Mask, Surgical Type. This item is used to
(1) Koran. Religious book with special handling hold the Koran. Typically, it is tied to the cell wall and
rules and search rules. Refer to section 6-11 for the Koran is placed inside. Ensure the strip of metal
details. that would normally go over the nose when worn is not
(2) Perfume/Oil. Expendable item. Ensure no present in the mask.
items are hidden inside of container. (8) Mattress. This item will stay with the
(3) Prayer Beads. A religious item similar to a detainee regardless if he loses it for the level he is on or
rosary. Prayer beads may not be modified in any not. Inspect the mattress for any damage or items
fashion. Any modification to prayers will result in the hidden within it. If the mattress is damaged, the
confiscation of the prayer beads and the detainee detainee will be disciplined for damage or destruction
disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 and turn the form of government property. Also, consult the damaged
and prayer beads into the Evidence Custodian. property matrix to determine the length of time the
(4) Prayer Cap. A black or white item that is detainee loses the blanket.
worn on the head of the detainee. May be searched and (9) Salt Packets. These may be kept by the
handled by an MP wearing gloves. Examine for detainee and are a consumable supply. These may be
damage such as removal of threading. Any damage or obtained from the supply room as required.
modification to the prayer cap will result in the (10) Shoes. Detainees wear this item. Inspect
detainee being disciplined. Fill out a form DA 4137 them for damage. Discipline the detainee for damage
and turn the form and prayer cap into the Evidence only, not wear and tear from use. When in doubt about
Custodian. what caused the damage to this item, err on the side of
j. Books. These items are distributed through the damage caused by wear.
Detainee Librarian. Examine all books for writing or (11) Storage Tub. This item will be marked with
any hidden items. Any book that contains writing the detainee’s ISN and will be the storage device for
should be confiscated and turned in immediately for detainee property. Any damage to the tub needs to be
intelligence purposes. Books will not be left on the documented and the detainee disciplined for damage or
blocks or put in the detainee’s box or bag with other destruction of government property.
confiscated items. Any damage to books will result in (12) Styrofoam Cups. If the cup has writing on
the detainee being disciplined. A DA Form 4137 it, confiscate, complete a DA 4137, and give to the
should accompany any damaged book. Evidence Custodian. If the cup is damaged or
k. Items. These items are distributed through the destroyed, the detainee will be disciplined for
supply room. destruction of government property. Also, consult the
(1) Bar Soap, Small. If the detainee is authorized damaged property matrix to determine the length of
a small bar of soap, he may keep this in his cell. time the detainee loses the Styrofoam cup. If the
(2) Bar Soap, Regular. If the detainee is detainee has lost his cup due to discipline, he will
authorized a regular bar of soap, he may keep this in receive a cup with his meal but must return it at the
his cell. completion of the meal. Due to supply issues, different
(3) Bucket for Double Amputees. Do not size cups may be used at anytime. All cups are
confiscate this item. considered equal regardless of size.
(4) Comb. This will be given to the detainee (13) Toothpaste. This item will only be issued on
during shower time. It will be stored in an evidence Sundays. Ensure there is nothing hidden inside the
bag with the detainee’s ISN written on it. Store the bag toothpaste. If there is an object hidden inside,
in the block supply box. Inspect for damage after use. discipline the detainee for contraband, fill out a form
(5) Flip Flops. Detainees wear this item. DA 4137 and give the toothpaste and form to the
Inspect them for damage. Discipline the detainee for Evidence Custodian.
damage only, not wear and tear from use. When in (14) Toothbrush, Small Travel Type. This is a
small toothbrush with regular bristles. These will be
8.6
issued once a month. Inspect for any modification or (2) Pen and Paper Upon Request. The detainee
damage to the handle. If found, discipline the detainee may request pen and paper from the Block Guards.
appropriately, fill out a form DA 4137 and give the The detainee may not have more than ten sheets of
toothbrush and form to the Evidence Custodian. Also, paper in his cell at any one time. The paper will not be
consult the damaged property matrix to determine the passed between cells. If the detainee writes any letters
length of time the detainee loses the toothbrush. and request them to be mailed, the will be given to the
(15) Toothbrush, Finger. Inspect this item for detainee mail personnel. Paper will be plain white
any modifications that could result in injury such as paper such as that used in the Xerox machine. Pens
attaching a sharp object to it. If any dangerous will be the soft flexible safety version. Block
modification is done to the toothbrush, confiscate it, fill personnel must document who receives a pen and must
out a form DA 4137, give the toothbrush and form to collect them prior to shift change. Pens will not be
the Evidence Custodian. issued on midnight shift. The paper may be obtained
(16) Water Bottle. The water bottle is not an from the supply room or the DOC and the pens will be
expendable item. The detainee will receive a water obtained from supply. When getting pens, they must
bottle when his reward level is changed to a one or he be exchanged on a one for one basis.
has completed his discipline for destroying or (3) Intel Directed Reading Material. This
damaging a water bottle. The water bottle needs to be material, which may be magazines, books, etc.; will be
inspected for damage or containing hidden objects. If labeled with an id that starts with the letter “I”. All
the water bottle is damaged, the detainee will be intelligence reading material will not be counted
disciplined for damage or destruction to government against the number of items that the detainee has from
property. Also, consult the damaged property matrix to the Detainee Library. All intelligence reading material
determine the length of time the detainee loses the will be turned into the JIG when the detainee is
water bottle. disciplined and not the Detainee Library.
(17) Games. Games need to be inspected for (4) Shampoo. Shampoo will be kept in a
damage or lost pieces. If the game is damaged or has container and placed on top of his cell, visible to the
lost pieces, the detainee is to be disciplined for damage Block Guard. It will not be kept in the cell. The
or destruction to government property. It is the detainee may ask for shampoo to clean himself in his
detainee’s responsibility to inform the Block Guards if cell. The shampoo will be poured into the detainee’s
a game piece is accidentally lost and will not be hand and the container placed back on top of the cell.
disciplined if detainee tells the Block Guard. The n. Authorized Activities. The following are
detainee will be informed of this responsibility when guidelines for activities where the Authorized
the game is issued. Also, consult the damaged property Activities form is not complete in the description.
matrix to determine the length of time the detainee (1) Allowed to Save an MRE for Later. The
loses the game. detainee is allowed to keep one MRE for later use. If
(18) Playing Cards. Playing cards need to be the detainee is issued an MRE and already has a saved
inspected for damage or lost cards. If the cards are MRE, one must be consumed or returned. The
damaged or have been lost, the detainee is to be detainee may not combine the contents of both MREs
disciplined for damage or destruction to government into one MRE in any form.
property. It is the detainee’s responsibility to inform (2) Performing Approved Exercises in Cells.
the Block Guards if a card is accidentally lost and will Approved exercise does not include any type of martial
not be disciplined if detainee tells the Block Guard. arts training.
The detainee will be informed of this responsibility (3) Authorized Exercises in Recreation Yard.
when the cards are issued. Also, consult the damaged Approved exercise does not include any type of martial
property matrix to determine the length of time the arts training.
detainee loses the playing cards. (4) Cold Water (After/During Recreation). A
l. Mail. Mail personnel distribute this item to the five-gallon water can/jug will be used to provide the
detainees. A piece of mail is a complete letter, detainee with cold water. Put ice in the water can prior
regardless of the number of pages, and the envelope. A to the start of the shower and recreation period. The
piece of mail may also be a postcard. water can/jug will not be the same water source as that
m. Additional Items and Privileges. used by the block personnel. The detainee is
(1) Additional Toilet Paper. The detainee responsible to take his cup to the recreation yard if he
normally receives a set amount of toilet paper per shift wants cold water.
at specific times. This privilege allows the detainee to
get toilet paper as required. The detainee is responsible 8-11. Special Rewards
for asking for the additional toilet paper. Guards need a. At times, JIG personnel will give out special
to ensure that the detainee doesn’t receive rewards outside of the normal reward system.
8.7
b. For the special reward of two detainees in the
same recreation yard, the following procedure will
apply:
(1) Putting the first of two detainees in the
recreation yard will be conducted according to current
methodology.
(2) Before placing the second detainee in the
recreation yard, the first detainee must kneel in the
corner opposite the recreation yard door, with his back
towards the door, and grab the fence.
(3) If the detainee refuses to cooperate with the
MP instructions at any time, the detainee will be
subject to disciplinary measures based on his failure to
follow MP instructions.
(4) To take a detainee out when more than one
occupies the cell, reverse the process.
c. For the special reward of a roll of toilet paper, the
following procedure will apply:
(1) Give the detainee the roll of toilet paper
(2) If the detainee tries to force the roll into the
toilet or passes it out to other detainees, confiscate the
roll of toilet paper.
d. With any special rewards, immediately notify the
DOC so that the JIG may be informed of an
uncooperative detainee. In addition, the detainee
will be disciplined accordingly.

8.8
Chapter 9
Maximum Security Units (MSU) Operations Section II – Operations
Section I – In-Processing 9-3. Block Operations
9-1. In-Processing And Documentation a. Block personnel will operate MSU blocks IAW
a. Before placing a detainee in MSU, the following chapter 6 except for the provisions as noted in this
procedures should be followed: chapter.
(1) New detainees will be placed in MSU for b. Due to behavior, some detainees may be house in
processing for up to thirty days. MSU either for their own protection or for security or
(2) DOD and military personnel involved with safety reasons.
detainees in a disruptive behavior must write a sworn c. For detainees other than those in Self-
statement describing the offense committed by the Harm/Injured Behavior, guards will walk the block and
detainee. document the conducted checks every 10 minutes on
(3) PL will annotate discipline measures on DD CD-S341. The Block Guard conducting the checks will
form 508. initial the CD-S341. For detainees in Self
(4) The CO or higher must endorse any discipline Harm/Injured Behavior follow Self Harm/Injured
that includes movements into MSU. The CO can Behavior SOP contained in Section 31-1.
recommend a maximum of ten days of discipline. If d. Feed tray doors will only be open during meal
exceeding 11 days of discipline, the JDOG S-3, Deputy times. It will be opened when detainee is issued a meal
JDOG Commander (DCJDOG) or CJDOG must and left open until the meal remnants and trash are
approve. If a detainee, while at MSU commits another recovered. Once trash has been collected, the feed tray
offense, the JDOG S-3 or the CJDOG can approve an doors will be closed.
extension over 30 days in the same process used for e. The viewing doors will remain open at all times.
Intel detainees. f. Detainees who are in a MSU block for INTEL
(5) When a detainee is sent to MSU, a CD-S341 purposes will be allowed to have their viewing door
must be completed to include offense committed and open at their request.
discipline imposed. g. An Alpha Roster will be maintained on the block
identifying the ISN numbers of all the detainees on the
9-2. Placement For Intelligence Purposes block.
a. Request by interrogation to place detainees will h. Maximum Security Log will be maintained on
be coordinated with the Interrogator Sections Chief and the block with entrance/departure dates of MSU, ICRC
the Interrogation Control Element (ICE) OIC or JIG to access.
ensure there is a valid reason for detainee placement in i. All MSU blocks have a fire alarm system with
MSU. electronic control system that can be reset in false
b. After concurrence by the ICE OIC, requestor or alarm.
section chief will indicate on the MSU transfer Request j. All MSU have an air conditioning system. The
Form the specific reasons for placements in the MSU temperature control system is set at a temperature
and the proposal level of detainee’s access allowed to within five degrees of the week’s average high
ICRC representatives. The request form is then temperature.
forwarded to the JIG Commander or his designated k. Detainee comfort items and confiscated property
representative for approval. The initial period of time, will be stored in box above their cell until time served.
which a detainee may be placed in the Maximum h. Intelligence directed segregation to MSU receive
Security unit without ICRC, access or restricted access level 1, level 2, or level 3 privileges as recommended
shall be 30 days. Unless the JIG approves of a detainee by JIG.
placement in MSU, such placement is not permitted. l. Each MSU cell will have an assigned suicide
c. When a detainee placement is approved, the JIG prevention blanket. This blanket will stay in the
Commander, through his representative at the assigned cell. Day shift will check daily all seams of
Detention Facility notifies the JDOG to transfer the the blankets for cells 1-12 in India and November
detainee to MSU. blocks and cells 1-18 in Oscar block. Swing shift will
d. When it is determined that military necessity check daily all seems of the blankets for cells 13-24 in
justifies continued detention beyond this initial 30 days India and November blocks and 19-36 in Oscar block.
period the J-3 will prepare a notification memorandum If any seam has been chewed, or otherwise
for Commander JTF-GTMO signature to commander compromised, the blanket should be repaired before
US SOUTHCOM. This notification memorandum will reuse. Use of this blanket is not a substitute for careful
be prepared at least five days before the end of the monitoring of individuals on self-harm watch.
initial segregation period and will include justification
for the extended MSU Detention.
9.1

9.2
Chapter 10 10-6. Recreation
NAVSTA Brig Operations a. Detainees will receive two 20-minute recreation
10-1. Purpose periods a week.
To establish a policy and procedure for transportation b. The recreation period will take place inside the
to and US Army security of detainees housed at the NAVSTA Brig day room or recreation yard.
NAVSTA Brig, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. c. If the exercise yard is used, one detainee at a time
will be allowed to exercise in the yard adjacent to the
10-2. Transport To NAVSTA Brig Brig. In order to accomplish this, the following
a. Based on the number of detainees to be moved, procedures apply:
the following vehicles can be utilized: (1) There is a 20-minute time limit placed upon
(1) NAVSTA Brig Vehicle this exercise period.
(2) Detention Hospital Ambulance (2) A green Brig uniform will be issued to the
(3) Detainee Bus. detainee and he will change prior to exiting his cell.
b. As needed, medical personnel will accompany Upon returning, the detainee will change back into his
detainees to the Brig. orange jumpsuit.
c. Detainee will be escorted to the Brig in three- (3) The detainee will be moved in the following
piece restraints; two MPs will provide security inside manner:
the transporting vehicle. Escorts will execute duties (a) The entry gate will be closed.
IAW Chapter 11. (b) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.
d. The vehicle will enter the NAVSTA Brig through (c) The detainee will be escorted to the yard by
the Vehicle Sally Port. At no time will the detainee be two MPs.
outside of the vehicle except when they are inside the (d) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request
NAVSTA Brig compound. of the interrogator.
e. The vehicle will pull to the far end of the block (e) Shackles will not be removed.
for offloading. (4) One MP will be positioned outside the
f. Once positioned inside the compound, two MPs entrance to the Brig leading into the yard. The other
will escort detainee from the vehicle to the cell. The MP will be positioned in the yard by the exit gate.
cells nearest the door will be occupied first. The cell (5) The detainee will be allowed to walk the
will be searched for weapons and contraband before entire yard however the interrogator must be with him
the detainee is placed into the cell. at all times.
g. Detainee comfort items will be searched and (6) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a
placed into cell before detainee arrives. time.
h. Once detainee is inside the cell, two escorting
MPs will conduct standard unshackling procedures. 10-7. Showers And Laundry
a. The three MPs on duty are responsible for all
10-3. Personnel Support Requirements functions that are required for detainee showers. This
a. JDOG will provide three guards per shift when includes, but is not limited to:
detainees are confined in the NAVSTA Brig. (1) Escort to and from shower
b. JDOG will provide Chaplain and Interpreter (2) Sanitation and cleanliness of shower point.
support as needed. (3) Detainees will receive two five-minute
showers a week unless otherwise directed by the
10-4. Medical Support Requirements CJDOG.
Detention Hospital will continue to provide daily (4) The following will be the procedure for
medical support throughout the duration of conducting showers and laundry exchange for the
confinement within NAVSTA Brig. detainees:
(a) There will be no set schedule for showers and
10-5. Meals laundry of the detainees.
a. Detainees will have 30 minutes to consume (b) Showers will be conducted twice per week
meals. JDOG will provide meals for detainees as per detainee.
follows: (c) Laundry will be exchanged or washed on one
(1) Breakfast: 0715-0745 of the days the detainee showers.
(2) Lunch: 1100-1130 b. If there are multiple detainees, one detainee per
(3) Dinner: 1715-1745. day will shower and have his laundry exchanged or
washed.
c. The exception to this policy will be detainees
being interrogated by the JIIF. If a detainee is
10.1
scheduled to shower and have his laundry exchanged at d. Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a time.
a time the JIIF needs to do their interrogation, the e. The detainee will be cuffed and shackled at all
needs of the JIIF will supersede the detainee shower times.
and laundry exchange. That detainee will be re- f. Fifteen minutes is permitted with each detainee.
scheduled for his shower and laundry exchange. At no g. Interrogator and JIIF visit
time will a detainee be excluded from his weekly h. Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized
showers and laundry exchange. unlimited access to the detainees within the brig.
i. Conduct authorized interrogations in one of three
10-8. Special Orders For Guard Staff places:
a. The guard staff is responsible to the Base PL (1) Within the block, cell # 10. When cell # 10 is
(BPL) for all detainees, areas, and all events occurring utilized, the following rules will be adhered to:
within the Brig area. When detainees are in the cells, (a) This will be coordinated by the JIIF with the
this post will be manned 24 hrs a day. The guard staff JDOG prior to the interrogators arriving at the brig.
will handle all the detainee functions and will be (b) One interrogation will be conducted at a time.
responsible for the cleanliness of all the occupied cells, At no time will more than one detainee be out of his
shower room, and the dayroom. JDOG guard cell at a time unless the CJDOG grants approval.
personnel will be familiar with all emergency (c) Detainees will be moved to cell #10 with
instructions. cuffs and shackles secured and the entry gate closed.
b. Maintain accountability of all detainees assigned. (d) The interrogators may ask to have the cuffs
c. Ensure security measures are adhered to for all removed prior to the interrogation beginning. This is
detainees. authorized after the detainee is moved and placed in
d. Ensure close observation of all detainees’ health cell #10. The leg shackles will never be removed.
and welfare to ensure health is maintained. (e) One MP will be stationed outside the door of
e. Ensure medical attention is rendered to detainees cell #10 observing the detainee. The other MP will
during medical emergencies. continue to watch the remaining detainees within the
f. Ensure security measures are adhered to during block.
emergencies. (f) After the interrogation is completed, the
g. Ensure emergency exits and security doors are interrogators will leave cell #10 but remain within the
secured at all times. block. The MPs will re-cuff the detainee and return
h. Ensure daily cleaning of dayroom and showers is him to his cell where he will be secured. At this time,
conducted. Clean occupied cells as needed. the interrogators will be permitted to leave the brig or
i. Ensure search of occupied cells is conducted conduct an interrogation with another detainee.
daily. (2) Within the block at a table. Interrogators are
j. Search detainee whenever removing from or permitted to conduct the interrogation within the
returning to cell. confines of the block.
k. Ensure dayroom is free of any item that may be (a) The detainee will be removed from his cell
used as a weapon. with handcuffs and shackles on.
l. Maintain the proper entries on the CD-S341. (b) The entry gate will be closed when a detainee
m. Maintain good order and discipline in the is not in his individual cell.
dayroom. (c) The detainee will sit at the far table with the
n. Ensure all cleaning gear and chemicals are interrogators sitting across from the detainee.
properly stowed and not easily accessible to detainees. (d) At no time will the leg shackles be removed.
o. Responsible to the BPL for carrying out this post Remove handcuffs at the interrogators request.
order. (3) Within the confines of the adjacent building.
Interrogators and JIIF personnel are authorized to
10-9. Visitation interview/interrogate detainees within the confines of
a. All access to detainees confined at NAVSTA the building adjacent to the holding/cell area.
Brig must first be checked and cleared from the access (a) There is no time limit placed upon the
roster provided by JDOG. interrogators/JIIF personnel.
b. ICRC Visit. ICRC is authorized visitation IAW (b) There will be no limit as to the duration of the
Chapter 18 and designated ICRC Access level. interrogation/interview.
c. Chaplain Visit. The Chaplain is authorized to (c) The interrogators/JIIF personnel will
visit the detainees only if he has coordinated with coordinate with the JDOG for the support of an
JDOG. The Chaplain is not authorized in the brig additional MP to accompany them.
unescorted without the authorization of the CJDOG or (d) The detainee will be moved in the following
the JDOG Operations. manner:
10.2
(-) The entry gate will be closed.
(-) The detainee will be cuffed and shackled.
(-) The detainee will be escorted by two MPs to
the adjacent building.
(-) The small room will be utilized.
(-) The detainee will be uncuffed at the request
of the interrogator.
(-) Shackles will not be removed.
(-) One MP will position himself/herself outside
the entrance to the room being utilized. The other MP
will be positioned outside at the rear door of the room
being utilized. The third MP will remain inside the
block as security for the detainees remaining within
their cells.
(-) Only one detainee will be out of his cell at a
time.
(-) If more than one interview is going to be
conducted, the first interview will be completed in its
entirety before the second interview commences.
10-10. Use Of The Television

a. The television is there for the enjoyment of the
MPs and Brig personnel on duty.
b. Between the hours of 2200 and 0600, the
television will be moved to an area in the vicinity of
the shower (outside the gate).
c. The volume will be at the lowest level possible to
be heard by the MP’s and Brig personnel but not loud
enough to disturb the detainees.

10.3

10.4
Chapter 11 International Committee of the Red Cross or Contract
Escort Operations Workers making improvements or repairs within Camp
11-1. General Delta.
Escorts provide two missions within Camp Delta. The GROUP ONE GROUP TWO
first mission is to provide MPs for the movement of Who Detainees Escorted Personnel
detainees within Camp Delta for JIIF, Medical, and Why JIIF ICRC
ICRC appointments and block transfers. The second Medical Contractors
mission is to provide MPs for escort of all personnel Block Transfers DV Personnel
entering Camp Delta who require escorted access to the
b. Detainee Escorts. Group 1 Escorts typically
facility.
involve two types of escort missions. Each type of
escort mission is explained below.
11-2. Escort Control
(1) JIIF Escort. These escorts are responsible for
a. Description: Serves as the central control facility
moving detainees for appointments with the Joint
for all escorts assigned to Camp Delta. All escorts
Interrogation Facility. These escorts are staged in the
report movement to Escort Control via secure radio or
Brown Bldg located in the JIIF and are notified by
telephone based on the type of escort.
Escort Control when needed to escort a detainee to the
b. Staffing: Escort Control is staffed with a
JIIF. The process follows these steps:
minimum of two personnel familiar with Escort
Operations. However, between the hours of 0700-1800,
the staff should be augmented by one additional staff
CONTROL
member to assist with heighten daytime escort
ESCORT
ESCORT
requirements. STEPS:
TEAM
c. Escort Management: Escort control is
responsible for coordinating all escort operations
within Camp Delta. Escort control will maintain a Interrogator reports to escort control and
tracking board that displays the status and location of notifies escort control of integration.
all escort teams within Camp Delta. Escort control Escort control assigns the Interrogator an
personnel will call for a status check with all escort Interrogation booth based on the √
teams at least every 30 minutes to verify location and Interrogator’s needs and organization.
status of all escort teams. Escort control will Interrogator departs for interrogation
coordinate the assignment of escort teams to escort booth and prepares for interrogation.
missions based on current mission requirements and Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team
ensures that the priority of support doesn’t conflict to pickup the detainee and calls the
with the CJDOG commander’s intent. With the √
escort team to escort control via secure
consent of the on-duty CO, escort control can re-task radio on channel 4.
escort teams as necessary to support the CJDOG’s
The escort team reports to escort control
intent.
and draws shackles and receives an
escort briefing which includes the
11-3. Priority Of Escorts.
following:
The CJDOG establishes the priority of escorts based on √
Current location of detainee (block and
mission and available resources. The normal priority
cell number)
for escorts is:
Location of interrogation booth
a. JIIF.
Special instructions
b. ICRC.
c. Medical. Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √
d. Contractor. Escort control notifies DOC of
√
e. Detainee block transfers. interrogation.
Escort team secures detainee from cell. √
11-4. Escort Teams Escort team calls escort control and
a. Escorts are broken into two distinct groups. √
reports beginning of escort.
Group one provides escort teams typically to detainees Escort control logs the start of escort on
within Camp Delta involving block transfers or moving √
escort control log.
to appointments at JIIF or Medical. Group Two
provides MPs to escort teams who are not authorized Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
unaccompanied access to Camp Delta. Typically, these departure from block and gives new head
escorts involve two groups of people either the count to DOC.

11.1
dispatched by the Detention Hospital and will maintain
CONTROL
contact with Escort Control. These escorts are staged
ESCORT
ESCORT
STEPS: in the Detainee Clinic and are notified by medical
TEAM
personnel when needed to escort a detainee to the
medical. The process typically follows these steps:
Escort team secures detainee in the
√
interrogation booth.
CONTROL
ESCORT
ESCORT
Escort team reports to escort control
√ STEPS:
TEAM
completion of escort via secure radio.
Escort team returns to escort control and
turns-in shackles and place detainee ID Medical personnel notify escort control
√ √
card in the appropriate slot on the of medical escort requirement via phone.
interrogation bldg board.
Escort control assigns a medical escort
Interrogator completes interrogation. team to pickup the detainee and calls the
Interrogator reports to escort control that √
escort team via secure radio on channel
the interrogation is complete. 4.
Escort control assigns a JIIF escort team Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √
to pickup the detainee and calls the Escort control notifies DOC of medical
√ √
escort team to escort control via secure escort.
radio on channel 4.
Escort team secures detainee from cell. √
The escort team reports to escort control
Escort team calls escort control and
and draws shackles and receives an √
reports beginning of escort.
escort briefing which includes the
following: Escort control logs the start of escort on
√ √
Current location of detainee escort control log.
(interrogation booth) Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
Location of cell departure from block and gives new head
Special instructions count to DOC.
Escort team moves to pickup detainee. √ Escort team secures detainee in the
√
Escort control notifies DOC of medical.
√ Medical provides treatment.
interrogation completion.
Escort team secures detainee from Escort team secures detainee from
√ √
interrogation booth. medical.
Escort team notifies escort control that Escort team notifies escort control that
they have detainee in custody and are √ they have detainee in custody and are √
enroute to block. enroute to block.
Escort team secures detainee in the cell. √ Escort team secures detainee in the cell. √
Escort team reports to escort control the Escort team reports to escort control the
√ √
completion of escort. completion of escort.
Escort control logs the completion of Escort control logs the completion of
√ √
escort on escort control log. escort on escort control log.
Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee Block NCO notifies DOC of detainee
arrival from interrogation and gives new arrival from medical and gives new head
head count to DOC. count to DOC.
Escort team returns to escort control and Escort team returns to medical. √
√
turns-in shackles.
(3) Block Transfers. The DOC will direct on a
(2) Medical Escort. These escorts are responsible regular basis the movement of detainees from one
for moving detainees for appointments with the block to another. General escorts will normally be
Detainee Clinic located outside Sally Port 3. At 0830 used to accomplish these escorts. The DOC will give
hours, one medical escort team will report to the the escort control a list of detainees that require
Detention Hospital. At 1000, two more teams will movement during the coming shift. The escort NCOIC
report to the Detention Hospital. These teams will be
11.2
will ensure the timely execution of these cells in Cuba. ICRC escorts are required are managed
movements by using general escorts. through escort control. ICRC provides a list of
c. Accompanied Access Escorts. Group 2 escorts detainees that they would like to visit typically 24
typically involve three types of escort missions. Each hours prior to visit. ICRC escorts are usually staged
type of escort mission is explained below. out of the brown bldg until called upon by escort
(1) Contractor Escorts. Contractor escorts are control. ICRC escort team is composed of three MPs
necessary when personnel need access to Camp Delta unlikely most escort teams which are only composed of
facilities in order to conduct maintenance or two MPs. These escorts should be ready at all times.
improvements. Escorts control will work closely with ICRC escorts typically follow the following process:
sally ports in order to understand and manage
contractor escort requirements. If there is an unused
CONTROL
contractor escort, they will stage at Sally Port 1. The
ESCORT
ESCORT
escorts will not allow any vehicle to be left unattended STEPS:
TEAM
with the motor running. The process typically follows
these steps:
ICRC will call the DOC and notify them
that they are enroute to Sally Port 1.
CONTROL
ESCORT
ESCORT DOC will notify Escort Control.

STEPS:
TEAM
Escort control will assign an ICRC

√
escort team to the mission.
Sally port 1 or 8 will notified escort Escort control will notify the assigned
control concerning requirement for ICRC escort team via secure radio on √
contractor escort over secure radio on channel 4.
channel 4. ICRC escort team will move to Sally
Escort control will assign a general Port 1 and await the arrival of the ICRC √
escort team to provide escort to the √ representatives.
contractors. Escort team calls escort control and
√
Escort team will report to the appropriate reports beginning of escort.
√
sally port and begin escort mission. Escort control logs the start of escort on
√
Escort team calls escort control and escort control log.
√
reports beginning of escort Escort team conducts escort mission. √
Escort control logs the start of escort on Escort team returns to Sally Port 1 with
√ √
escort control log. ICRC representatives.
Escort team will remain with contractors ICRC leaves Camp Delta through Sally
throughout escort and report status every √ Port 1.
thirty minutes to escort control. Escort team reports to escort control the
Contractor will complete assigned work. √
completion of escort.
Escort team will return with contractor Escort control logs the completion of
√ √
to appropriate sally port. escort on escort control log.
Escort team reports to escort control the
√
completion of escort. 11-5. Vehicle Usage
Escort control logs the completion of a. Teams will utilize Gators or Golf Carts when
√
escort on escort control log. moving detainees from Camp II or Camp IV for
Escort team will return to the brown appointments in Medical or JIIF. The keys for the
√ Gators and Golf Carts will be maintained in escort
building and wait next mission.
control.
b. Only JIIF escorts will use golf carts.
(2) ICRC Escort. ICRC escorts are available to
c. Gators will be used for any escort mission. The
escort ICRC personnel during their visitation and
SOG also can use them to move bulk items.
interviews within Camp Delta. ICRC escorts are
d. Gators and golf carts will be utilized in Camp
dedicated to this mission and may not be used for any
Delta only.
other escort mission. ICRC escorts are only required
e. Gators and golf carts will not be operated in
with ICRC personnel are on ground in Cuba. ICRC
excess of 5 MPH.
escorts will not be required when ICRC is not present
11.3
f. Gators and golf carts will be kept clean and free 11-9. NAVBASE Hospital Escorts
of trash and debris. a. A two-man team from day shift will man the
g. Gators and golf carts will be topped off at the end hospital escorts. This team will be on call for 24 hours.
of each shift. Upon notification, the team will go to Camp Delta to
h. Gator and golf cart keys will be maintained in the draw equipment and to be briefed.
Escort Control when not in use. b. Escort to the NAVBASE Hospital will be
i. COs will inspect the vehicle logbook at the end executed using 2:1 ratio with one MP armed with a
of the duty week. 9mm sidearm, and both MPs armed with OC Pepper
j. Maintenance issues will be brought to the Spray.
attention of the JDOG S-3. c. Weapons will be stored at the hospital upon
arrival.
11-6. Equipment Maintenance d. MP hospital escort teams will:
Escort teams assigned duty during midnight shift will (1) Search the interior of the ambulance prior to
conduct PMCS of all escort equipment to include the detainee being placed inside.
shackles, golf carts and gators. The midnight shift (2) Check the exterior and under-carriage of the
Escort Control NCOIC should be sure that PMCS is ambulance prior to the ambulance being moved.
completed and noted in the DOC Staff Journal. (3) Maintain continuous observation of the
ambulance following the search until completion of the
11-7. Communications move.
Communications between Escort Control and Escort e. When the MP hospital escort team is traveling to
Teams will management primarily over secure radios pick up a detainee already at the NAVBASE Hospital,
on Channel 4. Escort Control Call Sign will be Escort or returning to Camp Delta after dropping off a
Control. Escort Teams will be assigned a call sign detainee at the NAVBASE Hospital, it remains the MP
based on the following matrix. hospital escort team’s responsibility to search the
Escort Teams: Call Sign: interior and exterior of the ambulance prior to exiting
Medical Escorts or entering Camp Delta. If continual observation of the
Medical Escort 1 Mike 1 ambulance is lost following the search and before
Medical Escort 2 Mike 2 entering or exiting Camp Delta, the MP hospital escort
Medical Escort 3 Mike 3 team will conduct another full search of the ambulance
Medical Escort 4 Mike 4 before proceeding through any sally port.
Medical Escort 5 Mike 5
General Escorts
General Escort 1 Golf 1
JIIF Escorts
JIIF Escort 1 Echo 1
ICRC Escorts
ICRC Escort 1 India 1
11-8. Distinguished Visitors

COs escort all distinguished visitors inside the Camp
Delta complex. If the visitor is military, it will be for
grade O-5 and above. This will not include PAO tours.

11.4
Chapter 12 h. All items are individually inventoried and sealed
Detainee Property into a packet. Up to 100 packets are stored in a
12-1. Authorized Personnel container secured in a locked storage room located in
a. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store Camp America. Access is limited to a property
detainee property must be designated on a custodian and an alternate. Inventories are conducted
memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel designated upon change of custodian. Records are kept by the
must be in the grade of E-7 or above and shall be the JDOG S-4 and in the DRS system.
only personnel allowed access into the detainee
Property Storage Room.
b. Personnel authorized to receipt, issue, and store
detainee evidence property must be designated on a
memorandum from the CJDOG. Personnel must be
trained in proper handling of evidence.
12-2. Property Handling

a. Upon arrival of aircraft at Leeward Side on US
Naval Base, GTMO, the MP NCOIC signs for detainee
property from the USAF Security Officer assigned the
air bridge mission.
b. The MP NCOIC will sign for all detainee pocket
litter property packets. All property packets containing
items of military intelligence value are signed for by
the J-2. Fleet medical personnel sign for medical
record packets.
c. J-2 personnel will review detainee pocket litter
property packets to determine if any remaining
property has any intelligence value. Packets are
opened, inventoried, and transfer of property
documented on DA Form 4137. Any transfer of
property to J-2 personnel is annotated by item on the
DA 4137 and signatures secured.
d. Upon completion of J-2 review, the remaining
property is transported to the JDOG S-4. Inventory of
remaining property is completed and transferred to the
Property Custodian, JDOG. Signatures are secured to
document property transfer of property packets; copy
made of DA 4137, sealed, and placed in storage locker.
e. JDOG S-4 personnel will use the copy of the DA
4137 to enter the individual property items into the
NDRC database. The property printout is verified
against the DA 4137 to insure 100% accuracy and filed
in the JDOG Property Custodian File.
f. The JDOG S-3 will notify the JDOG Property
Custodian of any scheduled release or transfer
operations to facilitate retrieval of property for transfer
to the former detainee. Final signature will be secured
from the repatriated individual upon receipt of any
personal property and filed in the JDOG Property
Custodian File.
g. The personal property of a deceased detainee will
disposed of in accordance with AR 630-10, AR 638-1,
or AR 700-84 as appropriate. An independent
individual will be appointed by the CJDOG to audit
and sign the detainee’s personal property record for the
detainee.

12.1

12.2
Chapter 13 copies of the mail. Any original photographs
Detainee Mail Operations accompanying the letters will be stapled to the final
13-1. Types Of Mail copy that will be delivered to the detainee.
a. Ordinary Mail. Normal incoming mail processed f. The copy machine and work area must be wiped
through the Washington D.C. postal address not down and cleaned after each batch of incoming mail is
deemed to be from the ICRC or Legal mail. copied. This will ensure nothing is transferred from
b. ICRC Mail. Mail that is written in the presence detainee mail to any other items being copied.
of an ICRC representative, handled through the ICRC, g. After the mail is copied, it is transferred to
and delivered by ICRC representatives. The mail translation (refer to section 13-10).
section only translates and screens the mail. h. After translation, the copy is returned to the
c. Legal Mail. Mail that is obviously from a detainee mail-processing center. Four copies of the
lawyer, court, or other legal representative. translation will be made. One copy of the translated
d. Incoming. Mail that is sent from an outside party mail will be placed in the detainee file. Three copies of
to a detainee. the mail will be transferred to the JDOG S-2 [Possible
e. Outgoing. Mail that a detainee writes. Document Exploitation (DOCEX)]. At this point, the
f. Hold/File. Mail that is designated to be placed mail is entered into the computer as transferred to both
only in a detainee’s mail file and passed on for the JIG and to the JDOG S-2 for screening.
screening purposes. Will not be sent out or given to i. A copy of the incoming mail will be given out to
the detainee. the detainee five days after screening by the JDOG
JDOG S-2 personnel, unless contacted by the JDOG S-
13-2. Incoming Mail 2 section to hold the mail for a specific reason. If the
a. Every time anyone handles ordinary incoming mail has been redacted, then a copy of the redacted
mail, they should wear latex gloves to protect against piece will be given to the detainee. The mail must be
any chemical hazard on the envelopes or letters. All entered into the computer as delivered to the detainee
mail is irradiated against biological hazards, but this on the day it is given out to the detainee.
may not protect against chemical hazards. j. The JDOG S-2 section will screen the mail as a
b. When Incoming mail is received at the JTF APO group according to the transmittal record it is
or postal room, the NCOIC of the postal room will call transferred to the JDOG S-2 shop on. After screening,
the detainee mail section and notify the mail section of a copy of this transmittal record will be given back to
the arrival of mail. A representative of the detainee the detainee Mail Processing section with the date the
Mail Processing Center (DMPC) will then go to the mail is eligible for delivery to the detainee. If any
mailroom to pick up the mail. The representative will items are to be held or redacted, those items will also
count and verify the correct number of incoming mail be annotated on that transmittal record.
items. The representative from the detainee mail
section will then sign for the incoming mail. Detainees 13-3. Outgoing Mail
are not authorized to receive anything other than flat a. Outgoing mail is collected by the detainee mail
letters weighing less than one ounce. All postal units section daily IAW the mail collection schedule. This
have been told any other items will be immediately schedule rotates collection between blocks and
returned to the sender. between types of outgoing mail. This schedule allows
c. The mail will then be entered into the detainee the detainees to write four post cards (6” x 4” in size)
mail-tracking database, Mail Management System and two letters (single side of one piece of paper not
(MMS). larger than 8.5” x 11”) per month IAW AR 190-8,
d. The Alpha Numeric Code representing the Section 3-5, page 7. Note: Per AR 190-8, para 3-5,
sequence number of the detainee that the mail is sec f. (3), maps, sketches, and drawings are not
addressed to is entered into the MMS. As each item is permitted in outgoing correspondences. A sample
entered into the MMS, it is assigned a mail item schedule follows:
number. This mail item number will be written on all
items arriving in the mail and in the envelope. This
includes each page of the letter, any enclosures, and the B LOCKS
envelope. (Example: I-001234) Day Letters Postcards
e. After the mail is entered into the MMS, the
1 Wed
original mail item is copied. The original mail is
placed in the detainee’s incoming mail pending file. 2 Thu A T P Q R K
The copies will be sent to the translators. After the 3 Fri B M N O S
copies of original incoming mail are placed in the 4 Sat
detainee pending files, all work will be done with 5 Sun
13.1
6 Mon C I K L T block, then the detainee should be offered the
7 Tue Q M F G H
opportunity to write.
(3) Detainees are given 20 minutes per postcard
8 Wed R S C D E
and 30 minutes per letter. If a detainee takes longer
9 Thu Det Hosp G A B than this, he should be told to address the item and turn
10 Fri D P Q R it in.
11 Sat (4) If a detainee refuses, he will be instructed to
12 Sun turn in the mail immediately or it will not be sent out.
13 Mon E M N O S
If he still refuses, then it is up to the MPs to retrieve the
mail and the pen in accordance with their operating
14 Tue F N I K L T
procedures. Mail clerks will complete an incident
15 Wed K O F G H report if this occurs.
16 Thu L P C D E d. After the detainee mail clerk allows all detainees
17 Fri M T A B R scheduled to write that day, the mail is taken to the
18 Sat detainee mail-processing center and entered into MMS.
As each letter is entered, the MMS assigns a mail item
19 Sun
number, an alphanumeric tracking number (Example:
20 Mon G R P Q A S
T-001234). The mail item number must be written on
21 Tue H C M N O B the lower left hand corner of both the letter and
22 Wed I D K L T envelope. For postcards, the mail item number will be
23 Thu N E F G H written on the upper left hand corner.
24 Fri O F C D e. After the mail is processed into MMS, the mail is
copied and the original is placed into the detainee
25 Sat
outgoing mail pending file. Then the mail is
26 Sun transferred to the linguist section for translation in the
27 Mon P Det Hosp A B I S same manner as incoming mail (refer to section 13-10).
28 Tue K H P Q R C f. If a detainee declines the opportunity to write,
29 Wed A I S M N O D this declination is documented on the daily mail
30 Thu B K I L E T
schedule. The mail schedules are kept in binders to
document when each detainee was given an
31 Fri L Q F G H
opportunity to write.
g. After translation, the mail is transferred back to
b. If there is a situation that involves a security risk, the DMPC. Four copies of the translated mail will be
and the block is closed down for that specific time, the made. One copy of the translated mail will be placed
mail clerk will be informed and that block will be in the detainee file. Three copies of the mail will be
skipped for that rotation. transferred to the JDOG S-2 (DOCEX). At this point,
c. Detainee mail clerks will take no more than five the mail is entered into the computer as transferred to
pens with black ink to the blocks at a time. The mail both the JIG and to the JDOG S-2 for screening.
clerks can allow up to five detainees to write at one h. Mail is sent to the JTF-GTMO APO or Mail
time. The mail clerk must closely observe the Room (refer to section 13-10) for mailing five days
detainees while they write the letter/post-card to ensure after being screened unless contacted by the JDOG S-2
the detainee is not using the pen to write anything other section to hold the mail for a specific reason. The mail
than the letter/postcard. When leaving the block, the must be entered into the computer as mailed on the day
mail clerk and Block NCO will ensure all pens and it is transferred to the JTF Mailroom.
materials are accounted for. i. The JDOG S-2 section will screen the mail as a
(1) Detainee Mail Clerks should attempt to wake group according to the transmittal record it is
up sleeping detainees and offer them a chance to write. transferred to the JDOG S-2 section on. After
If a detainee refuses to write when he is offered his screening, a copy of this transmittal record will be
chance, the mail clerk continues. If a detainee changes given back to the detainee Mail section with the date
his mind after being offered an opportunity to write, he the mail is eligible for delivery to the JTF-GTMO mail
will not be offered a second chance to write. room. If any items are to be held or redacted, those
(2) If a detainee is praying, prayer should not be items will also be annotated on that transmittal record.
interrupted in order to inform the detainee of the
opportunity to write. However, if the detainee stops
13-4. ICRC Mail
praying on his own and the mail clerk is still in the a. Ordinarily, ICRC mail is collected by
representatives of the ICRC and transferred to the
13.2
detainee mail section by the JDOG’s ICRC liaison. filed in the appropriate detainee Mail binder. Binders
The JDOG representative normally delivers the ICRC are divided according to the type of mail (ICRC or
mail to the detainee mail section. ordinary). Each binder is further sub-divided into the
b. If the ICRC Rep wishes to document outgoing step of the mail process the TR represents (received
pieces of mail prior to handing them over to the from JDOG S-1, to JIG, etc.)
detainee Mail Section a non-networked computer that b. Deliver mail to JIG and have them sign
has no sensitive information on it will be provided for Transmittal Record. Persons delivering the letters will
their use in the vicinity of the mail room. Under no inventory all mail with a JIG representative. Mail is
circumstance may unscreened mail leave the detention usually delivered to the JDOG S-2 Admin
facility. Neither the ICRC Rep nor the JDOG liaison is representative. If this person is not available, the JIG
authorized to remove unscreened mail from the facility. linguists are the secondary POC for mail delivery.
c. When ICRC mail is delivered to the detainee mail After the JIG representative signs for the mail, a copy
section, the mail must first be entered into MMS. After of each TR is made for their record keeping. Original
the mail is entered into MMS, it is transferred to the Transmittal Sheet s is filed in the correct detainee Mail
linguist section for translation in the same manner binders.
ordinary mail is transferred. (Refer to section 13-10) c. JDOG S-2 review of detainee mail. Pull out any
d. When ICRC mail is returned from translation, it redacted, hold/file, rewrites, or INTSUM mail.
is forwarded to the JDOG S-2 for screening (DOCEX). d. Redacted mail. This is mail that is not appropriate
After screening ICRC mail, the JDOG S-2 will return to be mailed out or given to the detainee. This would
the mail to the detainee Mail Processing Center. include:
(1) Mail containing complaints or criticism of
13-5. Cleared Mail any governmental agency or official.
Cleared mail will be stamped “Cleared by US Forces” (2) Refer to events or circumstances of capture.
on each page of a letter and on the back of (3) Comparing camps.
photographs. Incoming ICRC mail will be returned to (4) Containing numbers, ciphers, codes, music
the ICRC rep, while inside the detention facility, for symbols, shorthand marks, or signs other than those
delivery to the detainees. Outgoing mail will be used for normal punctuation.
returned to the ICRC rep for delivery at their expense. (5) Containing military information on numbers
of detainees. This also includes the use of ISN number.
13-6. Redacted Mail (6) Location of the camps. This includes maps,
A redacted copy will be stamped “Cleared by US sketches, and drawings.
Forces” on each page and given to the ICRC rep for (7) Any item that could be used against the
them to deliver. A redacted copy, an unredacted camps as a force protection issue.
translation, and the original letter will be placed in the (8) Any item that has intelligence value.
detainee mail file. Only the redacted copy may be e. Incoming mail. All mail selected for redaction
stamped with “Cleared by US Forces”. will be copied and the copy will be redacted and copied
again. The second redacted copy will go to the
13-7. Held Mail detainee in the incoming envelope. The unblemished
a. If JDOG S-2 determines a letter is to be held they original and redacted copy will go into the detainee
will notify the detainee Mail Section. The original file. Redacts need to be completely marked through
letter or photo will be placed in the detainee mail file. and be unable to read.
ICRC will be notified that the letter has been held. f. Outgoing mail. There are two types of outgoing
Notification to the ICRC will be on a Transmittal Sheet correspondence: letters and postcards. Letters will be
and will include their tracking number and our MMS copied and redacted and the second redacted copy will
identification number. NO COPIES WILL BE be mailed out. The original and redacted copy will be
RETURNED TO THE ICRC. Held mail will be filed in detainee file. Postcards will be redacted on
annotated as CLOSED on the MMS. originals and then copied. The copy of the redaction
b. During absences of ICRC from Guantanamo Bay, will go into the detainee file and the original will be
ICRC mail is handled per directions of the ICRC mailed out.
representative to the JDOG and the CJDOG. g. Hold/File mail. Any detainee mail that is not
addressed to family (incoming and outgoing)(to
13-8. Mail Screening include mail addressed to fellow detainees) needs to be
a. Receive mail from JDOG S-1 for JDOG S-2 and held/filed IAW SECDEF guidance. The JDOG S-2 rep
JIG review. A JDOG S-2 representative will sign and will build a Transmittal sheet and pull the originals
make a copy of each Transmittal Record (TR) from the from the JDOG S-1 files. The originals are then
JDOG S-1 section. The JDOG S-2 copy of the TR is
13.3
appropriately marked as Hold/File and the transfer is e. These are the permanent history of each item that
annotated in MMS computer database. has been transferred through the system.
h. Rewrites. Any mail that needs to be rewritten f. Within the MMS database, ICRC may be referred
will need to be marked with the reason why. A to as BLD or BLD may be linked to ICRC files, such
Transmittal Record will be made in MMS for JDOG S- as: ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep/BLD. This is an
1 to take the original and reasons why back to the organic feature of the current software.
detainee for rewrite. Mail that violates the provisions
of AR 190-8 (listed under Redacted Mail) can be sent 13-10. Mail For detainees Held At Locations Other
back to the JDOG S-1 and the detainee to be rewritten. Than GTMO
i. Intrep mail. This category describes any mail a. In accordance with Joint Chief of Staff guidance,
that contains information pertinent to the intelligence mail for detainees not held at the Camp Delta facility
community. These items may contain suicidal threats, will also be processed and screened by the detainee
capture information, known acquaintances, etc. The mail section.
copy of the designated letter is marked for inclusion in b. Incoming mail for the detainee should be sent to
the daily INTREP and then shredded if the mail is the Camp Delta detainee mail section through the
cleared for delivery. Once noted, the mail will Washington DC address. This ensures the mail is
continue through the detainee mail process. If properly cleared of hazardous materials before
required, the original piece of mail can be pulled from handling. If the mail is sent directly to the other
the JDOG S-1. holding facility, that holding facility should package it,
j. If the mail clears screening, the JDOG S-2 copy unopened, into another envelope and forward the mail
is shredded, as there is no further need for this to the detainee mail section through the Washington
document. The JDOG S-1 will automatically deliver DC address. Once the detainee mail section has
the remaining mail that has not been pulled or marked received the mail, it will be processed and screened in
for non-delivery. the same fashion as all other mail. After screening it
will be forwarded back to the separate holding facility
13-9. Mail Transmittal Records with instructions. If the mail is held, a memorandum
a. Transfer Transmittal sheets will accompany all will be sent to the detention facility documenting the
mail transfers. In all cases the process is as follows: status of the mail.
b. Print three Mail Transmittal sheets; one is c. Outgoing mail can be handled in two ways. The
immediately filed in the appropriate binder in the original document can be sent to the JTF-GTMO
DMPC, this copy is kept only until a signed copy can detainee Mail section through the Washington DC
replace it. address. This mail will then be processed and screened
c. Two copies go with the mail for signatures; one in the normal manner. Once the item is cleared, the
is a file copy to be provided to the receiving location mail will be mailed out and a memorandum will be
(translation, JDOG S-2, etc.). The other will replace sent back to the detention facility documenting the
the unsigned copy that has been filed in the DMPC. disposition of the mail. The mail can also be scanned
d. These records will be kept in binders. There and emailed over secure email to the OIC of the
should be a separate binder for each category of mail as detainee mail section or to the JDOG S-2. This mail
follows: will then be processed and screened. Once the mail has
(1) LETTERS & POST CARDS been screened, instructions for the handling of the mail
(a) Ordinary incoming mail to translation will be emailed back to the Detention Facility.
(b) Ordinary outgoing mail to translation d. The Washington DC Address is:
(c) Ordinary Incoming mail to JDOG S-2/JIG Detainee: XXXXXX (Alpha Numeric Code)
(d) Ordinary Outgoing mail to JDOG S-2/JIG Camp Delta
(e) Ordinary Incoming mail to redact/hold Washington, D.C. 20355
(f) Ordinary Outgoing mail to redact/hold USA
(g) Ordinary outgoing mail to post office
(2) ICRC 13-11. Mail Sent Directly To detainees
(a) ICRC incoming mail to translation a. Any mail containing a return address and sent
(b) ICRC outgoing mail to translation directly to detainees without processing through the
(c) ICRC Incoming mail to JDOG S-2/JIG Washington, DC postal address will be returned to the
(d) ICRC Outgoing mail to JDOG S-2/JIG sender. The mail should under no circumstances be
(e) ICRC Incoming mail to redact/hold opened. The postal room, at their discretion, can write
(f) ICRC Outgoing mail to redact/hold the proper address somewhere on the envelope for
(g) ICRC Incoming mail to ICRC Rep* future reference of the sender.
(h) ICRC outgoing mail to ICRC Rep*
13.4
b. If the mail does not have a return address, the Mail for detainees in MSU will be handled in
mail will be handled IAW with postal room procedures accordance with the most current approved discipline
for processing undeliverable mail without a return matrix. It is up to the JDOG S-3 to ensure the detainee
address. mail section is aware of current discipline matrix
procedures.
13-12. Incorrectly Addressed Mail
a. Mail without a detainee alpha code or return 13-15. Detainees With More Than 12 Items Of Mail
address will be processed and screened as any other a. When the Mail NCOIC notices a detainee who
piece of mail. After the mail has been cleared, a has received a total amount of mail greater than 12
reasonable effort will be made to determine the pieces, the NCOIC should notify the JDOG S-3 section
detainee to whom the mail is addressed. If the detainee in writing of the detainee number and the total amount
cannot be determined, the mail will be placed in a hold of mail he has received. This will assist the JDOG S-3
file. and MPs in controlling the amount of mail in the cells.
b. Mail arriving in the detainee mail bag, clearly not b. If a detainee does accumulate more than 12 mail
belonging to a detainee will be returned to the postal items, the excess mail will be collected by the MPs and
room unopened. sent to the detainee Mail Section for storage.
c. Mail arriving in the detainee mailbag that cannot c. The detainee is allowed to choose which 12
be determined if it belongs to a detainee or not, will be letters to keep in his possession. He is also allowed to
opened and processed. If at some point during the exchange one letter in his possession for a letter held in
process or screening it becomes evident that the mail is the detainee mail section. When the detainee requests
not for a detainee, it will be returned to the postal room a letter held in the mail section, the MPs should notify
with an explanation of why the mail was opened. the detainee mail section.
d. Outgoing mail returned for lack of a country d. The detainee mail section will bring the letter out
name in English will be corrected and sent out again. to the detainee. The mail clerk will bring exchange the
A new transmittal sheet will be created to transfer it to new letter for one already in the detainee’s possession.
the post office. File the transmittal sheet under e. If the mail clerk knows a detainee has 12 mail
outgoing mail for the current day. items in his possession, the clerk should exchange any
new mail items for one already in the detainee’s
13-13. Mail For Released detainees possession.
a. Detainees that are released may have mail in the f. For those detainees in a Level 2 block, this
system. When determination is made to repatriate a number for section 13-16 paragraphs a-e will be 15.
detainee, the JDOG S-2 should notify the detainee mail For those detainees in a Level 1 block, this number for
section, through the JDOG S-1. section 13-16 paragraphs a-e will be 20.
b. The detainee mail section should search the mail
database and determine if the detainee has any mail in 13-16. Detainees Passing Mail Between Cells
the system. If there is mail in the system, the mail a. At no time should anyone from the detainee mail
NCOIC should determine where in the process the mail section pass mail or any other items from one detainee
is. The NCOIC should then notify that part of the to another.
process that the detainee is scheduled for repatriation. b. Items can only be passed between detainees with
The mail should then be treated as priority to complete prior approval from the JDOG S-3, or other specified
the screening process. After screening, the mail should individuals for intelligence purposes. The MP Block
be given to the detainees so it can be carried back with NCO does not have the authority to tell the mail clerks
all other items returned to the detainee. to pass items between detainees.
c. Only mail that has been stamped “Cleared by US c. If a detainee is passing, attempting to pass or
Forces” will be returned to a detainee upon his release. requesting to pass items amongst each other this should
d. When a detainee is released all original mail that be documented on a Significant Activity Report and
has been stamped “Cleared by US Forces” and a copy forwarded to the JDOG S-2 shop including, if possible,
of all redacted items that have been stamped “Cleared the detainees involved and the type of item being
by US Forces” that are in their detainee mail file will passed.
be given to them. d. At no time should ICRC reps pass any mail
e. Mail coming in after the detainee has left the between detainees.
detention facility should be automatically returned to
the sender.
13-14. Detainees In Isolation

13.5

13.6
Chapter 14 guard force’s authority. The data will be compiled, in
Intelligence Operations a spreadsheet, by date as well as by ISN. The
14-1. General The JDOG S-2 is tasked with information will come from the screening of
maintaining records for the following information: Significant Activity Reports, Staff Journal Logs
a. Force Protection maintained on each block, the discipline matrix
b. Significant activities reports maintained in the DOC, and discipline-tracking log
c. Disturbance matrix maintained in the JDOG S3 office.
d. Communication matrix and link diagram
e. Leadership matrices and diagrams 14-5. Communication Matrix And Link Diagram
f. Religious The communication matrix on a monthly basis will
g. Secular track all cross-block communication initiated and
h. Communication received by all detainees within Camp Delta. The
i. Lookouts information for this matrix can be found in Significant
j. Teachers Activity Reports, Staff Journal Logs maintained on
k. Processing and storage of items of intelligence each block, and by observations made by JDOG S-2 CI
l. Detainee mail screening agents. The communication link diagram is a graphical
m. Detainee In-Processing representation of the empirical data contained in the
n. Operational intelligence communication matrix. The diagram will be formatted
o. Source operation reports in such a way as to allow lines of communication to be
p. JIG directed observation reports viewed between every detainee that engages in cross-
q. Counterintelligence Information Reports (CIIR) block communication, while maintaining a graphical
r. Counter reconnaissance support for detainee similarity of Camp Delta, for ease of reading. The
movements. diagram should hold to the structure outlined in STP
34-97B1-SM, Figure 13, however exceptions will be
14-2. Force Protection Information collected within made as the situation dictates.
Camp Delta utilized for the protection of US forces and
detained persons at NAVSTAGTMO. This 14-6. Leadership Matrices The matrices will track all
information will be provided to the JDOG S-2 OIC, discernable acts of leadership that occur within Camp
who will then disseminate it to the JDOG commander, Delta. The individual matrices report various types of
appropriate Military Police (MP) COs, and the JTF- leadership. These types include: religious,
GTMO J-2. The information will be applied to all secular/block, communication, block lookouts, and
operational levels to provide maximum security and teachers. Each instance of leadership will be recorded
safety of personnel under the respective commands. on a spreadsheet. This system will allow the JDOG S-
2 CI section to readily identify the primary leadership
14-3. Significant Activity Report A report generated structure on the blocks and within Camp Delta as a
by Camp Delta Block Guards on a shift-by-shift basis, whole. The data is obtained by screening the
which details the activities of the detainees on each Significant Activity reports, Staff Journal Logs
block. These reports are to include a date time group maintained on each block, CI debriefing of Block
of any incident, the Internment Serial Number (ISN) of Guards working in Camp Delta, debriefing of JDOG
the detainee(s) involved, a description of events, and an linguists, and from interrogation packet review. The
evidentiary custody chain of any items with last being coordinated through appropriate CI
intelligence value collected. This report is turned into personnel assigned to the JIG.
the DOC at the end of each shift, where the PL and the
CO review it. The JDOG S-2 Counter Intelligence (CI) 14-7. Items Of Intelligence Value All items of
agents will then collect and screen the reports for intelligence value collected from detainees will be
pertinent force protection information. The Significant reviewed by JDOG S-2 CI agents and translated by
Activity Report will then be entered into the Internee JDOG linguists if necessary. The JDOG S-2 will then
Management Database (IMD) for production of the provide storage for the items. All such items will be
daily Intelligence Report (INTREP). stored for the duration of the individual’s detention at
Camp Delta.
14-4. Disturbance Matrix This is a comprehensive
monthly matrix detailing the reported instances of 14-8. Detainee Mail Screening All incoming and
disturbances within Camp Delta. A disturbance is outgoing detainee correspondence will be translated by
defined as any aggression or hostile action directed at JDOG linguists and screened by CI personnel. The
US forces or other detainees, inciting riotous or mail will be screened for all material prohibited by AR
inflammatory behavior, and acts that undermine the 190-8. Once the mail has been screened, the JDOG
14.1
mail section will process it. In the event unsuitable b. Uniform
material is found the following actions will be taken in (1) BDU is the normal working uniform.
accordance with the detainee mail SOP: identify (2) Civilian clothing is authorized for counter
unsuitable material, remove mail from distribution, reconnaissance missions.
redact individual lines of text or hold the entire letter as (3) Exception to AR 670-1: nametapes and
appropriate. The censorship of detainee mail will be insignia may be covered when working on blocks
coordinated with the JDOG mail section. In some c. Daily Operations
instances, screened mail will contain information of (1) First Shift
intelligence or force protection value. A Summary of (a) Collect and screen Significant Activity
these letters and the pertinent information will be Reports
included in the daily INTREP. See Chapter 13 for (b) Input data into appropriate matrices
more information. (c) Compile information for overview chart
Follow up all incomplete entries on Significant
14-9. Operational Intelligence Information collected Activities Report
that falls under the purview of the JIG will be (d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis
transmitted through appropriate channels. On (e) Screen detainee mail
occasion, the JIG or J-2 may have cause to request (2) Second Shift
information from the JDOG S-2 CI section. Examples (a) Input data into appropriate matrices
of the type of information provided by the CI section to (b) Compile information for overview chart
the JIG include, but are not limited to: source (c) Follow up all incomplete entries on
operation reports, CI observation reports, and CI Significant Activities Report
Information Reports. Information will be reported (d) Monitor blocks on a rotating basis
back to the requesting authority in a timely and (e) Screen detainee mail
professional manner. (f) Conduct end of day security procedures
d. Monthly Operations
14-10. Source Operations And Reports (1) Compilation of matrices and diagrams
a. Source operations will be conducted in (2) Briefings for appropriate intelligence sections
conjunction with and under the direction of the JIG CI and commanders
element. e. All other products, listed above, will be done on
b. CI Observation Reports. The observations of the an as needed basis.
JDOG S-2 CI section will be recorded in the Agent’s
Notes section of the daily INTREP. The need may 14-12. JIIF MP Personnel
arise to report specific observations to be reported to a. The JIIF will require personnel to monitor and to
other intelligence sections. The SPOT report format react in the event of an altercation between detainee
will be used on these occasions IAW FM 19-4, and Interrogator.
Appendix D. b. A JIIF monitor will be located either in a monitor
c. CI information Reports. In an effort to room that is equipped with two-way mirrors and CCTV
supplement current JIG intelligence and provide or in a CCTV only room.
updated relevant information regarding detainees, a c. A roving MP will be present in the hallways of
CIIR will be produced upon request. The CIIR is to all buildings that have interrogations being conducted.
include all pertinent biographical information, cross This MP will respond to any problems in an
reference and analysis of all CI section matrices, interrogation room.
summation of detainee’s mail files, current d. Detainees will be secured to the eyebolt in the
observations of the detainee, and CI notes and floor of the interrogation room. Detainees may be
recommendations. The notes and recommendations unshackled at the request of the Interrogators.
section is a free remarks section in which the reporting e. JIIF monitors will observe all interrogations.
agent can comment on the intangible aspects of the They will NOT listen to any interrogations. They will
detainee and make suggestions for possible NOT discuss any events that occur inside an
interrogation approaches. interrogation room. If a JIIF monitor observes a
perceived security threat by a detainee, the JIIF
14-11. Duties monitor will alert the roving MP. The roving MP will
a. Duty Day enter the room and alert the Interrogators by note.
(1) First Shift: 0800-1700
(2) Second Shift: 1300-2200
(3) Working hours are subject to mission
requirements.
14.2
14-13. SCIF Security The access control point will allow transmitters in the
a. The following personnel are needed to man full compound but not in the SCIF area. Any individual
Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility (SCIF) with prohibited items will leave those items with the
Operations per shift: access control point MP guard. These items may be
(1) One SOG (E-5 or above) retrieved upon leaving the compound. MP guards may
(2) One soldier for the Access Control Point search bags for these items, as they feel necessary.
(3) One soldier for Roving Patrol (3) The access control point is also responsible
b. SOG: SOG is responsible for the total operation for maintaining the keys to all of the gate entrances to
of the SCIF for their shift. He/She is directly the SCIF. These gates will remained locked at all
responsible to the MP Duty Officer. The SOG will be times with the exception of the one access point unless
responsible for the following: otherwise directed by JTF-GTMO personnel displaying
(1) Posting of the oncoming guard section. a Level 5 access badge. All keys will be kept at the
(2) Disorders and actions taken. access control point desk in a key box and will be
(3) Ensure the duties of shift are carried out. signed out in the key log.
Notify higher authority of any discrepancies or d. Roving Patrol: The roving guard is responsible
alterations to the approved schedule. for identifying and monitoring all possible exterior
(4) Inspect the on-coming shift of escort guards access points to the SCIF for evidence of unauthorized
and pass any information required to maximize access. During daylight hours, the roving patrol will
efficiency and control. perform his/her duties at least once every hour. After
(5) Inspect the entire facility to ensure security of hours of darkness, the SCIF perimeter will be
locks, doors, gates, and fences on their shift. This will monitored at least twice hourly by the roving patrol.
be completed at once per shift. Any discrepancies will When not performing his/her duties as a roving guard,
be noted and reported to the Duty Officer. this patrol will assist the access control point with their
(6) Be responsible for the supervision, discipline, duties.
and performance of the guard section. e. Emergency Actions
(7) Ensure all Military Police Roving Patrols are (1) When a security threat has been observed by
alert and appropriately conducting their duties. an MP, such as persons attempting to enter through
c. Access Control Point: Access to the SCIF will other than the main access gate or taking photos of the
be restricted to a single entrance point, which will be SCIF compound, the following chain of events must be
guarded on a continuous 24-hour basis. followed in order to safely and effectively assess and
(1) Only personnel displaying a JTF-GTMO deal with the situation:
Level 5 access badge will be allowed to enter the SCIF (a) Assess the situation and notify the Special
unescorted. Those personnel displaying a Level 3 or 4 Security Officer (SSO) (see paragraph q) of the current
JTF-GTMO access badge must have an escort and situation. The SSO will advise the guard of any further
must be signed in with the SSO in room 2226. All action necessary.
other personnel with a Level 1 or 2 access badge must (b) Once action has been taken, notify the SOG
be escorted at all times by an individual with a Level 5 of the situation.
badge in order to access the SCIF. They will also be (c) If necessary, and upon direction from either
logged into the SCIF logbook by name, name of the SOG or SSO, call 911.
organization, name of escort, and time in and out of the (2) In the event of an emergency, caused by a
SCIF. These personnel will also be given a yellow and hostile entity (armed or unarmed), the guard will:
red visitor badge in exchange for their ID card. The (a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.
number of each visitor badge will also be annotated in (b) Do not leave SCIF unsecured in any attempt
the SCIF logbook. Any escort with a Level 5 access to stop a hostile entity.
badge will escort no more than 4 personnel at one time (c) Immediately notify the Naval Security Police,
into the SCIF area. Fire Department, or EMS (ambulance) (911) for further
(2) The access control point will question all instructions.
individuals (regardless of rank or clearance) entering (d) Notify the SSO of the situation.
the SCIF for possession of the following items: (e) Contact the Military Police SOG.
(a) Transmitters or receivers (i.e. Cell phones, (3) In the event of an extreme emergency (severe
Pagers, Handheld radios of any kind) threat to national security or imminent personal
(b) Cameras and film (video and photo) casualties or fatalities):
(c) Firearms of any kind (a) Use Rules of Force IAW paragraph p.
(d) Ammunition (b) Keep SCIF as priority for security while
(e) Pyrotechnics (smoke grenades, flares, reacting to the threat.
fireworks, etc.)
14.3
(c) The SCIF guard will call 911 for further Midnight shift is responsible to turn in these forms to
instructions. appropriate office at the end of the their shift.
(d) They will then notify the SSO of the situation. m. MP Meals. SOG will coordinate with his/her
(4) In the event of a gate found unsecured, the company’s CP for providing meals to MP personnel.
guard will: n. Transportation. SOG and Access Control Point
(a) Take the appropriate action to secure the gate. Guard will have transportation while at the SCIF.
(b) Notify the SSO of the unsecured gate. Transportation will be coordinated between the SOG
(c) Notify the MP SOG of the security violation. and his/her company.
f. Communications. o. When an incident happens at the SCIF, the
(1) Primary communications will be by hand- Access Control Point notifies the following personnel
held radio. The SOG will carry one long-range saber via phone in the below order IAW paragraph:
radio. The access control point will have one long- (1) JTF-GTMO Special Security Officer (SSO)
range radio for communications with the SOG. Both (2) JTF-GTMO Assistant Special Security
the access control point and the roving patrol will carry Officer
one short-range saber radio. In addition to these hand- (3) MP SOG
held radios, the SCIF access control point will have (4) MP PL
communications with the MP Duty Officer and (5) MP CO
Commanding Officer at all times via land line at p. SCIF ROE. If circumstances dictate, deadly
x3102. force may be used in self-defense or a threat against
(2) Secondary communications will be by national security.
landline at extension 3102. (1) Deadly force is authorized in defense of the
(3) Tertiary communications will be by SCIF.
messenger. (2) Never use more force than the minimum
g. Uniform. All soldiers will wear garrison MP necessary to maintain discipline and compliance.
brassard. The access control point and roving patrol (3) Warning shots are not authorized.
will each carry one 9mm pistol and wear their law q. Communication Plan.
enforcement gear. (1) Special Security Officer 2031/2032
h. Facility Equipment Requirements. The following (2) Asst SSO 3104
is a list of all equipment necessary to operate the T- (3) JTF-GTMO Duty NCO 3008
SCIF: (4) Camp Delta DOC 3239
(1) Four SABER Radios (5) Security Police 911
(2) Two 9mm Pistols (6) Fire 911
i. Cleanliness Of The Facility. All those who work (7) EMS/Ambulance 911.
in the SCIF must clean up after themselves. MPs are
responsible for cleaning the access control point desk
and the area around the desk. MPs are to be security
focused during shift. They are not responsible for any
janitorial duties such as sweeping stairwells, emptying
trashcans, or picking up trash outside the compound.
In addition, MPs will not monitor cell phones for any
JTF-GTMO personnel, with the exception of general
officers. Any unreasonable requests such as these
made by personnel that work in the SCIF will be
directed toward the SOG.
j. Smoking Policy. Smoking inside the facility is
prohibited. The only smoking authorized will be done
outside the facility doors.
k. Entertainment Policy. Security of the facility is
the primary focus during guard shift. Any distractions
that prohibit guards from carrying out their duties are
prohibited.
l. MP Documentation. DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff
Journal), DA 5513-R (Key Control Register) and any
other form used at the T-SCIF will be held at the SCIF
for the month and then turned in to the JDOG
Administration Section on the 1st of every month.
14.4
Chapter 15 administrative and disciplinary actions should be
Linguist Operations addressed by the NCOIC prior to being presented to the
15-1. General OIC. In instances where this is not practical, the issue
a. The interpreter section’s role in detainee may be raised directly to the OIC/AOIC.
operations is to facilitate communication between JTF- c. Shift NCO. The Shift NCO is the senior ranking
GTMO personnel and the detainees. Interpreters will member assigned to the shift and is primarily
translate, to the best of their ability, the dialogue responsible for ensuring his/her team members are
between the requesting agency and the detainees. present for duty when scheduled. He/she is also
Interpreters will at all times make every effort to responsible for maintaining good order and discipline
convey the intent of the requesting official’s statement. of shift members, both on and off duty. The shift NCO
They may also offer any cultural insight into the will forward and administrative and/or disciplinary
situation that may affect the understanding of a given issues that warrant NCOIC or OIC involvement up the
statement between requesting official and detainee. chain of command. As in any military organization,
Interpreters will perform their duties IAW JTF GTMO shift NCOs have full authority to make on the spot
Rules of Engagement and the JTF-GTMO Rules on corrections.
Use of Force (ROE/RUF). d. Interpreter. Interpreters will carry out
b. The interpreter section will maintain a language interpreter/translator duties as directed by the chain of
library consisting of materials in a variety of languages command. Interpreter section members will maintain
for the detainees. Additionally, the library will their military bearing and will conduct themselves in a
maintain foreign language training materials for professional manner at all times. They will present for
assigned interpreters. duty as directed and will utilize the chain of command
beginning with the shift NCO to address and
15-2. Organization requests/concerns. Should the concern lie within the
a. The interpreter section organization will, when immediate chain of command, the member may go
manning permits, be comprised of an Officer In Charge directly to the NCOIC or OIC for resolution. In all
(OIC), a Non-Commissioned Officer In Charge cases, issues should be resolved at the lowest level
(NCOIC), and Shift Supervisors. Interpreters will be possible.
assigned to teams to provide the best possible coverage e. Assigned Driver. Personnel the NCOIC
of all required languages on every shift. At least two designates as drivers are responsible for the transport
Arabic interpreters will be assigned to each day shift of section members to and from their assigned duty
when manning permits. Typically, two Arabic locations. Additionally, the assigned driver will
interpreters will be assigned to the night shift. During conduct scheduled and unscheduled
surge operations, all members will perform interpreter Exchange/Commissary runs and other transportation
duties as required. requests by section members as time permits. Official
b. Linguists will be assigned to DOCEX as businesses always take priority over non-duty runs.
required. If the flow of material does not warrant The following list sets the priorities for various uses of
permanently assigning a member with a specific transportation assets assigned to the section
language skill, members of the interpreter cell with that f. Changes to the van schedule are authorized;
skill will perform DOCEX duties when they arise. however, both parties involved will notify the OIC or
Translations requests will be accomplished in the NCOIC prior to making the change. The assigned
timeliest manner possible. driver will take the duty vehicle to the motor pool
every Monday for Preventive Maintenance Check and
15-3. Roles And Responsibilities Service (PMCS) and cleaning. Drivers will
a. Officer in Charge (OIC). The OIC’s foremost immediately notify the OIC or NCOIC of any
responsibility is for the effective and safe conduct of maintenance problems. Assigned drivers will monitor
the section’s interpretation and translation mission their radios at all times during their shift and will
IAW JTF-GTMO directives. He/she is also ultimately ensure the van is fueled at the end of their shift.
responsible to the JDOG for all administrative and Failure to accomplish the PMCS or perform driver
disciplinary issues of assigned members, regardless of duties as assigned will result in disciplinary action.
service affiliation. The OIC may delegate the day-to-
day management of these duties as he/she sees fit. If 15-4. Camp Delta Operations
there is another officer assigned to the section, the OIC a. The interpreter section will monitor the Saber
may designate this officer as assistant OIC (AOIC). radio at all times while on duty; all transmissions on
b. Non-Commissioned Officer in Charge (NCOIC). the radio will be professional and concise.
NCOIC duties include the day-to-day oversight and
administration of assigned enlisted personnel. All
15.1
b. Upon request, the appropriate interpreter will other languages such as Farsi, Dari, Tajik, Uzbek, etc if
proceed to the requested location immediately or at the available per request.
specified time. b. Operation
c. If an interpreter for a requested language is not (1) Receive mail from JDOG S-1.
available, the interpreter section will inform the (a) Each packet of incoming mail comes with
requesting agency when the interpreter will be two copies of the Mail Transmittal Sheet (MTS).
available. (I.e. the next shift, tomorrow, etc.); if there is Process the incoming mail by going through every
an immediate and compelling need for the interpreter, item, checking that the Item Numbers on the mail and
the shift supervisor will contact the OIC/NCOIC who the MTS match, and marking the languages on the
will make every effort to locate and dispatch an MTS.
interpreter with the requested language skill. (b) Keep one copy of the Outgoing/Incoming
d. Interpreters will translate, to the best of their Mail Transmittal Sheet for DOCEX, and after signing
ability, the statement of the requesting official or the 2nd copy, return it to JDOG S-1.
detainee; if the interpreter does not understand or (c) File the mail to be processed according to
cannot convey the statement, the interpreter will language.
convey as much as possible and inform the requesting (2) Translate the mail.
agency of what he/she was unable to convey. (a) Translate the mail on computer. This allows
e. If detainees utter obscene or inappropriate for rapid editing and easy quality control.
statement, interpreters will inform the requesting (b) Some mail must be translated by hand, due to
agency of the general nature of the detainee’s statement lack of sufficient computer resources.
and will then ask the requesting agency if they want to (c) The following languages are translated
know exactly what the detainee said; if so, the locally: Arabic, Pashtu, French, Farsi, Urdu, Tajik,
interpreter will state, as closely to verbatim as possible, Uzbek, Uighur, Russian, Turkish, Spanish, and
the detainee’s statement. German.
f. At the end of the shift, a tally of all (d) Due to lack of qualified DOCEX linguists, the
interpretations, by shift and language, will be entered following languages must translated off-island:
into the “Interpreter Calls” log located on a clipboard Bosnian, Bengali, Divehi (Maldive), Kurdish. Hand
in the interpreter section office. this mail to JDOG S-2 and record the date. Annotate
g. Should an interpreter overhear or otherwise the MTS accordingly.
obtain information of potential intelligence value from (e) Check English mail items for any non-English
detainees, the interpreter will annotate this on the text and return these items to JDOG S-1.
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form (See Section 16- (3) Process the translated mail.
10 below). (a) A so-designated Quality Control Linguist
reviews each piece of translated mail.
15-5. Detainee In-Processing Operations (b) Update the DOCEX log to reflect the new
a. During detainee in-processing operations, one hand-written and computer-typed mail.
interpreter per bus will accompany detainees; the (c) Record the Item Numbers of the translated
assigned interpreter/s will rendezvous with escort mail on the MTS.
teams at a predetermined location (usually the JTF- (d) Log the total number of processed mail also
GTMO hanger) and time and will be issued a flak on a daily basis according to language.
jacket to be worn when there is a loaded weapon on (e) Separate the processed mail into Outgoing
board the bus. and Incoming stacks and return to JDOG S-1, who,
b. The on-duty interpreter shift will be augmented after their internal action, will pass the mail to JDOG
with additional interpreters as required to facilitate S-2 for evaluation, and (if necessary), redaction.
administrative and medical processing. (f) On a weekly basis, put all the logs, which
c. All interpreters will be on call and readily contain information about the numbers of each
available during detainee in-processing operations. language, and whether individual mail items are hand-
written or typed; on to a CD-RW and back this up to
15-6. Document Exploitation (DOCEX) the SIPRNET.
a. At least 2 native Arabic linguists, 2 native Urdu (4) Redaction.
linguist and 2 native Pashtu linguists who are qualified (a) JDOG S-2 will return any letters that require
to read and write handwritten materials will be redaction back to DOCEX.
assigned to DOCEX as manning permits. Other (b) After redaction, return the finished items to
linguists such as French, Russian, and Turkish will JDOG S-2.
assist with mail as needed. JIG linguists will assist in

15.2
15-7. DOCEX Translation Guidelines h. If anything strange catches your attention or
a. If there’s anything anywhere in the letter that anything dubious exists in the letter, make sure it’s
could possibly be used as a code of some sort, be sure noted in the Interpreter’s Comments section on the
to make note of it in the Interpreter’s Comments DTF.
section. i. Determine whether the letter is addressed to a
b. Write clearly and legibly, and skip lines. Keep in family member or not and annotate the DTF
mind a one-page letter shouldn’t come out to more than appropriately.
three finished pages. j. Ensure the translator has included his/her name
c. Make your translation as close as possible to the on the DTF.
meaning of the original text.
d. Don’t use abbreviations (e.g. CA for California, 15-9. Detainee Library
TU for Tuesday). a. The Detainee Library (DL) is established to
e. Don’t write in the third person format, i.e. support the approved Rewards/Punishment guidelines
“detainee XYZ says hello to his family”. Maintain the as set by the JTF GTMO commander.
same tense and person the writer used. b. The DL is presently staffed, maintained by, and
f. Don’t translate proverbs word for word. Give responsible to the JDOG. It is tasked with supporting
intended meaning only. the joint interrogation process and assisting in
g. Don’t translate poems word for word. Read the maintaining order in the Camp with emphasis placed
poem and summarize it to the best of your ability. on Force Protection and fostering maximum
h. When translating a Quranic verse or Islamic cooperation from the detainees.
expression, give the closest possible meaning rather c. The DL will have two full-time service members
than a word-for-word translation. drawn from the JDOG Interpreter Cell to perform
i. If you aren’t sure about the meaning of a word, duties as librarians during hours of operation. One of
then ask someone else for help. If you have to guess these personnel will serve as the NCO Supervisor/
the meaning of some words, make sure to note those Librarian and the other as the Assistant Librarian. Two
parts in the “Interpreter’s Comments” section, (i.e. a, b: more interpreters will assist the librarians in the actual
best possible translation). distribution and return of the reading materials. These
j. In general, use the Interpreter’s Comments designated personnel will be the sole POCs authorized
section if you need to further clarify something to the for issue / return of reading materials from the DL.
reader. The librarians will ensure that all reading materials are
k. Write names in CAPITAL letters. issued / returned in accordance with this SOP. In
l. If you don’t know how to spell a word, look it up special situations, other federal agencies may wish to
in the dictionary. issue reading material to detainees for reading outside
m. Make an effort to finish the letter you started. interview sessions (in their cells). These special
n. Remember that our job is to translate letters, not circumstances must be coordinated with library
analyze them. personnel. This would include cases where the
interrogators need to deliver books personally to
15-8. DOCEX Quality Control detainees. At no time will detainees receive or return
a. Ensure that the DOCEX Template Format (DTF) reading materials through a third party. In particular,
reflects whether the letter is incoming or outgoing. military police must not engage in unaccounted book
b. Check the DTF for proper format: Army, ICRC, exchange.
and Overseas mail. d. The JDOG will provide an appropriate location
c. Ensure the ISN number is recorded correctly on for storage of all library reading materials and issuance
the DTF. documentation. This location will provide physical
d. Ensure the date (if any) is recorded correctly on security (lock and key) to prevent unauthorized access.
the DTF. The DOC will maintain a contingency spare key. One
e. Ensure the addresses for Sender and Addressee computer will be designated for library operations.
are recorded correctly on the DTF. e. Hours of operation for book issue / return are
f. Ensure that the language has been identified and 0800-1530 (Monday-Friday). The circulation schedule
annotated on the DTF. is subject to change. A typical circulation schedule will
g. Scan the entire translation for grammar, spelling, be as follows:
and accuracy of translation, to include Quranic versus Day of Cell Lev
and poems. Apply any minor corrections if required. Week Bloc el
If errors larger than a paragraph exist in the translation, k
return it to DOCEX. Monday A, 1
D,
15.3
H (6) With the exception of the Interrogators, the
Tuesday K, R 1 Chaplain and library section members will issue
Wednesd Q, P 1 reading materials. The Chaplain will issue Korans and
ay other reading materials.
Thursday B, F 2 (7) The Chaplain has unrestricted access to
Friday E, G 3 library materials in the performance of his duties;
f. Cells at level 1 are allowed a Koran, and six however, reading material presented to the detainees by
books. Cells at level 2 are allowed one Koran, and four the Chaplain should be performed using the guidelines
books. Cells at level 3 are allowed one Koran, and two as prescribed in this SOP. Library personnel will
books. Native Arab speakers are allowed one Arabic accompany the Chaplain during the reading material
Koran only, while non-native Arabic speakers are exchange as needed.
allowed one Arabic Koran and a translation of the (8) Reading material provided by the JIG during
Koran in their native language. Cells at level 4 (I and interrogation should be screened and approved by
N) and at level 5 (M, T, and O) do not normally receive interrogators and coordinated with the librarian before
reading material. Cells at level 4 and level 5 may they enter the library system for cataloging. For these
receive books by exception. additions, the letter “I” will be included in the ID
g. The following procedure will be used for every number of the publication.
issue of reading material: (9) No English instructional materials,
(1) Confirm detainee is authorized reading dictionaries, or other related reading material will be
material privileges. distributed unless requested by the JIG. These
(2) Confirm detainee is authorized that particular materials will be kept in a separate section in the
title (category). library.
(3) Examine the reading material for damage or (10) A copy of the reading material distribution
markings (report any evidence of covert messages to process and number of approved publications will be
JDOG S-2 immediately). included in the binder at each block as a reference to
(4) Annotate on the issue sheet: date, ISN, the MPs. Documentation should include an updated list
publication ID, and title. For publications requested by of any detainees who have lost reading privileges due
interrogators, annotate requesting person and to discipline problems. MPs are not allowed to
publication pull date. distribute or exchange reading material from one
h. The following procedure will be used for each detainee to another.
return of reading material: (11) On order, the DL will implement a
(1) Examine the reading material for damage or distribution process in support of the JIIF Reward or
markings (report any evidence of covert messages to Incentive Program which presently allows levels 1, 2,
JDOG S-2 immediately). and 3 detainees to receive Korans and other reading
(2) Annotate on the issue sheet (enclosure) DTG materials, while detainees in level 4 (discipline hold)
of return and name of person returning the reading and level 5 (intelligence hold) will not receive Korans
material. or any other reading material unless specified by the
i. General library guidelines: interrogators.
(1) All approved materials will be cataloged prior (12) Interrogators are the final approval authority
to circulation. for the issuance of reading material. It is their duty to
(2) Selected detainees are authorized reading assist the librarian in updating the issuance database.
material according to level of cooperation and as the Library personnel will submit a weekly summary to the
reading material supply allows, unless otherwise J-2 Analysis commander to include detainee ISN, book
directed by camp officials. title, and date checked out / in.
(3) Dictionaries may be issued in addition to the j. Reading Material Purchases / Screening.
reading materials listed above (to include English Funding for new reading material purchases will be
dictionaries if desired by the interrogators). requested through normal J-4 process. A “Non-
(4) Two interpreters distribute reading material. expendable / consumable request form” (enclosure 2)
Reading material may be issued or returned during will be completed and forwarded through J-4 JTF-
unscheduled days, at the discretion of the Library GTMO. Qualified interpreters will screen new
personnel within the Interpreter Section. publication titles. Any books, which include the
(5) Each selected detainee is offered reading content listed below, will not be circulated and will be
material once a week in exchange for a publication immediately returned to the source (e.g. ICRC, private
already in the detainee’s possession. A new book will donor, etc…):
not be issued until the previous publication has been (1) Extremism (Modernist writing that incites
returned. Jihad)
15.4
(2) Militant Islam / Militant Jihad (14) If they’re angry, why?
(3) Anti-American topics
(4) Anti-Semitic topics 15-12. Security Considerations
(5) Anti-Western topics a. Interpreters will practice good OPSEC and
(6) Any military topic COMSEC both on and off duty; essential elements of
(7) Sexual situations. friendly information (EEFIs) will be protected at all
k. Library Working Group. The Library Working times; operations within the camp are not to be
Group will meet bi-weekly to review library operations discussed outside the JTF-GTMO channels.
and forward recommendations to the JIIF commander. b. Interpreters are ordered to guard their personal
This group will consist of the Chaplain’s office, JDOG, information from disclosure to detainees. Nametapes
J-2 (JIG and CI), J-3 (IO and PSYOP), CTC, CITF, will be covered by duct tape. In addition,
and others as needed. This SOP is subject to change by recommended practices include the concealing of
recommendation and approval of the Library Working service affiliation, rank, and unit patches.
Group.
15-10. Passive Collection Of CI Information

a. Collaboration between Interpreter and JDOG S-2
provides a framework within which interpreters can
materially contribute to the intelligence mission.
b. Each Interpreter is allowed to loiter in blocks and
be drawn into conversations with detainees.
c. The interpreter notes what the detainees say, ask
for, and the overall mental climate of the block.
d. The interpreter maintains radio contact with the
dispatcher and is subject to recall or redirection.
e. When the Interpreter leaves the block, he/she
immediately records findings on Standard Intelligence
Reporting Form (SIRF; see section 4.6.d.)
f. JDOG S-2 collects SIRFs from Interpreter Shift
NCO daily.
g. JDOG S-2 digests information gleaned from the
SIRFs.
h. JDOG S-2 directs further interpreter sorties.
i. The Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
(SIRF).
15-11. Intelligence Reference Guide For Linguists

a. Interpreters are to use the following list as a
reference when walking the blocks. They are to make
casual observations on the following detainee behavior:
(1) Communication
(2) Hostile actions
(3) Reverence to other detainees
(4) Wanting to give the other detainee an item
(book, etc…)
(5) Cheering when the other detainee says
something or passes by to the shower, etc…
(6) Leading Prayer
(7) Teachers
(8) Lookouts
(9) Any type of leadership behavior
(10) Instigators
(11) Anything suspicious or out of the ordinary
(12) Alliances those detainees have formed with
their neighboring detainees
(13) General attitude of the block
15.5

15.6
Chapter 16 16-4. Fasting Requests
Religious Support a. Detainees will be given the opportunity to
Section I – Accommodation of Religion identify themselves as wanting to fast per week.
16-1. Chaplain b. For reoccurring fasting periods, such as the every
a. The chaplain is responsible for administering the Monday and Thursday fasting, the following procedure
religious program for the facility and shall be directly will be used:
responsible to the CJDOG for providing religious (1) The day shift on the Friday before the week
coverage and pastoral care to all detainees. The of Friday will ask the detainees if they want to fast.
chaplain is the principal advisor to the CJDOG on the Detainees will not be added to or removed from the list
religious needs of detainees. after the Friday day shift ends.
b. The chaplain is authorized unaccompanied access (2) Each block will list the fasting detainees by
to the detainee holding areas and will be allowed to ISN and cell number.
speak freely with detainees. The chaplain is allowed to (3) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the
distribute books and religious items to detainees in end of the shift.
accordance with the detainee Library SOP. Block (4) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,
Guards will give as much privacy to the chaplain as which contains the ISN and cell number.
possible. A linguist and/or a chaplain assistant may (5) The list will be marked as “Monday and
often accompany the chaplain. The chaplain may Thursday Fasting” and distributed to all MP
request an MP escort in circumstances where personal companies.
security is of concern. (6) Detainees on this list will not be removed
c. The chaplain provides the CJDOG an additional unless directed by a medical professional.
resource by detainee issues and concerns can be (7) The count will be forwarded through the
addressed. The chaplain will provide observation and supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs
recommendations pertaining to both the general will be available.
detainee population and to individual detainee (8) The list of fasting detainees will be
treatment requirements to the CJDOG and appropriate distributed to the blocks on the day of fasting.
staff officers. c. For other fasting periods, such as Ramadan or
Eid, the following procedure will be used:
16-2. Religious Practices (1) The chaplain will write an announcement to
a. All detainees regardless of religious be read over the camp PA system. The announcement
denomination will be given complete liberty in the will include at the minimum what the fasting period is
exercise of their religion on the condition that they for, that the MPs will be asking if the detainees want to
comply with the disciplinary routine prescribed by fast, and once they are on the fasting list, the detainee
JDOG in a manner consistent with the articles of the will stay on the fasting list.
Geneva Conventions to the extent allowed by military (2) JDOG will approve the announcement and it
necessity. will then be translated.
b. JDOG may choose to accommodate certain (3) The chaplain will read the English version
detainee religious rites and observances when mission followed by the other translated text three days prior to
requirements and military necessity permit. the start of the fasting period. The announcement will
c. The religious practices listed in sections 17-3 and be completed NLT 1000 hours in all camps.
17-4 will be considered for accommodation when (4) Block personnel will then ask the detainees
military necessity allows. who wants to fast.
d. At no time will personnel working at Camp Delta (5) Each block will list the fasting detainees by
will not say or act in a manner that disrespectful to any ISN and cell number.
religion or religious practice. (6) This list will be forwarded to the DOC by the
end of the shift.
16-3. Chaplain Requests (7) All lists will be consolidated into a single list,
a. Any requests to see the chaplain by the detainees which contains the ISN and cell number.
will be called into the DOC by the block. (8) The list will be marked with the special
b. The DOC will annotate all requests to see the fasting period and date and distributed to all MP
chaplain on the Chaplain Requests form and placed in companies.
the chaplain distribution box. (9) Detainees on this list will not be removed
c. If the detainee requests to see a Christian unless directed by a medical professional.
chaplain, this will be annotated on the request form. (10) The count will be forwarded through the
supply room personnel to the JDOG S-4 so the MREs
will be available.
16.1
(11) The list of fasting detainees will be
distributed to the blocks on the day of fasting. 16-7. Muslim Fasting
a. Ramadan
Section II - Muslim Detainee Religious Practices (1) A month long fast in which a Muslim abstains
16-5. The Muslim Prayer from food, drink, sexual relations, smoking, and in
a. Muslim detainees perform prayer at least five general taking anything into the body from the hours of
times daily according to a specific prayer schedule. dawn (time of the 1st daily prayer) until sunset (time of
The chaplain will provide prayer times and are 4th daily prayer). Ramadan is the ninth lunar month of
announced by camp personnel. the Islamic calendar.
b. The Muslim Prayer requires the detainee to wash (2) Muslim detainees are provided a pre-dawn
with water his/her face, hands, arms, head, and feet meal to be served no later that 45 minutes prior to the
before prayer. In addition to the washing, the time of the 1st daily prayer (dawn).
detainee’s body must also be free of filth. A source of (3) Dates and honey is provided for Muslim
running water should be provided. detainees to break their fast at time of the 4th prayer
c. The Muslim prayer requires the detainee to pray (sunset).
towards the direction of Mecca, Saudi Arabia. Prayer (4) Muslim detainees are served a full meal 15
direction should be predetermined with the assistance minutes following sunset (4th prayer).
of a subject matter expert in the Islamic faith. (5) The Chaplain will provide scheduled prayer
d. The Muslim prayer requires that the prayer be times, which includes projected times for dawn (1st
made in a place free of filth. An ISO mat and large prayer) and sunset (4th prayer).
towel is provided for this purpose. (6) Special Ramadan prayers (called Ta-ra-weeh)
e. The Muslim prayer requires that the male are performed after the evening (5th prayer) daily
detainee pray in clothing that covers at minimum the during the month of Ramadan. These prayers could
area between the navel and knees. At a minimum, last approximately 1-2 hours.
clothing issued to detainees should meet this b. Other Muslim Fasts
requirement. Detainee issued orange suit meets this (1) There are several days of prescribed fasting
requirement. The Muslim prayer requires that the based on authentic prophetic tradition. These days of
female pray in clothing that modestly covers all except fasting are highly recommended religious practices
the hands and face. An additional headscarf should be based on Islamic law. These days of fasting include:
provided to Muslim females to cover the hair, head, (a) Post Ramadan. Six days of the 10th lunar
and neck areas. month of the Islamic calendar (Shawwal). This lunar
f. It is preferable according to Islamic doctrine that month (30 days) immediately follows the holy month
the Muslim prayer is prayed in congregation. This of Ramadan. Some Muslim detainees may desire to
aspect of prayer is accommodated based on operational fast these six days consecutively immediately
conditions of the camp. following the Muslim Eid Al-Fitr holiday (Feast of
Breaking the Fast which occurs the first day
16-6. Friday Prayer Service immediately following the completion of Ramadan).
a. According to Islamic law, the weekly Friday Muslim detainees will not fast on Eid Al-Fitr.
Prayer Service is traditionally held on Fridays during (b) Mondays and Thursdays
the time of the noon (2nd daily) prayer time. (c) The 9th and 10th days of the first lunar month
b. The congregational Friday Prayer Service of the Islamic calendar (Muharram).
includes a message or sermon and a shortened noon (d) The first nine days of the twelfth lunar month
prayer. The Friday Prayer Service can be lead by any of the Islamic calendar (Dhul Hijjah). These are the 9
male Muslim knowledgeable in the requirements of days immediately preceding the Eid Al-Adha (Feast of
conducting the Friday Prayer. Sacrifice) holiday.
c. Muslim requirements for participating and c. The manner of fasting these prescribed days is
attending the Friday Prayer Service are the same as in performed in the same manner as one would fast a day
paragraph 17-4.b through 17-4.e listed above. of Ramadan.
d. The Muslim Friday Prayer Service is d. Muslims detainees desiring to maintain this
accommodated by providing an open room or place practice of fasting these prescribed days are
with a clean area free of filth, and spacious enough for accommodated in the same manner as in
a congregation of Muslims to perform the prayer in accommodating a day of fasting in Ramadan.
straight rows facing a specific direction of prayer. In
addition, Muslim detainees will be provided the 16-8. Muslim Holiday - Eid
opportunity to perform the Friday Prayer Service to the a. Islam has two major religious holidays: Eid Al-
extent allowed by military necessity. Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) and Eid Al-Adha
16.2
(Feast of Sacrifice). Eid Al-Fitr celebrates completing 16-11. Wear and Appearance of Clothing
the month long fast of Ramadan. Projected dates will a. Islamic guidelines for clothing and dress require
be provided by the chaplain or by a subject matter that Muslim detainees be covered with specific limits
expert in Islam. of physical bodily exposure.
(1) Eid Al-Fitr (Feast of Breaking the Fast) b. Muslim male detainees will be provided clothing
celebrates completing the month long fast of Ramadan. that at a minimum covers the body from the naval to
It occurs on the first day immediately following the knees.
Ramadan and is traditionally determined by the c. Female Muslim detainees will be provided
sighting of the new moon. clothing that modestly covers her entire body with the
(2) Eid Al-Adha (Feast of Sacrifice) exception of the face and hands. A separate headscarf
commemorates the Biblical and Quranic sacrifice of that covers the hair, head, and neck areas should be
Abraham. It occurs on the 10th day of the twelfth lunar provided to female Muslim detainees.
month of the Islamic calendar (Dhu Hijjah), which is
approximately 69 days following the Eid Al-Fitr. 16-12. Showers and Hygiene
b. On both Eid holidays, an Eid Prayer Service is a. Islamic law establishes limits to exposing areas
held in the morning after sunrise but before the noon of ones body to another, male or female.
(2nd) prayer. The Eid Prayer Service is congregational b. Detainee showers will allow the Muslim male
and consists of a group prayer followed by a message detainee enough privacy to ensure that his genitals
or sermon. and/or area between the naval and knees is not exposed
c. The Eid Prayer Service is accommodated in the to another individual.
same manner as in accommodating the Friday Prayer c. Detainee showers will allow the Muslim female
Service. Eid holiday meals with traditional Arabic detainee enough privacy to ensure that the area
sweets are provided to detainees on the day of Eid Al- between her shoulders and her knees is not exposed to
Fitr and Eid Al-Adha. Islamic tradition also another female individual.
encourages Eid holiday meals on the three days d. All detainee showers will allow the Muslim
following Eid Al-Adha. Muslim detainees will not fast detainee complete privacy from members of the
on the Eid holidays. opposite sex.
e. Islamic guidelines for health and hygiene dictate
16-9. Dietary Practices the practice of shaving the body hair of armpit and
a. Meals and food provided to Muslim detainees pubic areas. Periodically, razors will be provided for
will strive to meet standards according to Islamic Muslim detainees desiring to maintain this practice
guidelines. unless the detainee is in a MSU block.
b. Muslim detainees will not be served pork,
alcohol, any foods, which may contain by products 16-13. Religious Items
thereof, or meats (beef, chicken, lamb, etc) not a. The chaplain will provide specific religious
slaughtered according to Islamic guidelines. items to Muslim detainees to facilitate worship and
religious practices. Those items include but are not
16-10. Medical Practices limited to the following:
a. Medical personnel will consider Muslim detainee (1) Koran
religious practices when administering medical care to (2) Prayer Cap
Muslim detainees. (3) Prayer Beads
b. Medical personnel will inform Muslim detainees (4) Islamic Oils
of any medications, injections, and vaccinations that (5) Religious Books (Provided by detainee
contain pork and alcohol by products or ingredient. Library personnel).
c. Female medical personnel will administer b. Religious items are distributed in accordance
medical care to female Muslim detainees whenever with the detainee Rewards Program.
possible. In addition, for medical care involving the
exposure of a Muslim male detainee’s genitals and/or Section III – Islam
the areas between the naval and the knees, male 16-14. Cultural Considerations
medical personnel will administer the treatment. In a. Do not disrespect the Koran (let it touch the floor,
general, consideration should be given to provide same kick it, step on it).
sex medical treatment for Muslim detainees whenever (1) Muslims even wash their hands before
possible. touching the Koran; non-Muslims should avoid
touching a detainee’s Koran whenever possible.

16.3
(2) Anyone disrespecting the Koran most likely (2) Direct your statement to the detainee and then
will get no cooperation and could provoke a violent pause for the interpreter to translate.
reaction from detainees. (3) Avoid using slang (e.g., “…we’re in the same
b. Friday is the Islamic holy day; prayer time is boat.”) when utilizing an interpreter. Slang is difficult
most sacred on this day. to translate and often loses its meaning during
c. Do not talk, play loud music in front of, or translation.
otherwise interrupt detainees during prayer or the call
to prayer. Section IV - Christian Detainee Religious Practices
(1) Interrupting a Muslim during prayer is 16-15. The Christian Prayer
considered inappropriate and he is unlikely to respond. a. Prayer is an important element in the
(2) Avoid mocking or imitating detainee’s prayer. development of the Christian detainee.
d. Do not eat or drink in front of detainees during b. The Christian detainee should be allowed to pray
the Islamic holy month of Ramadan. daily.
(1) Ramadan has significant religious c. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide
importance. additional information on the impact of prayer for the
(2) Detainees will be fasting during daylight Christian detainee.
hours.
(3) During Ramadan, the detainees will for the 16-16. Christian Holidays
most part be non-argumentative and non- a. Christianity has two major religious holidays,
confrontational as to not upset their fast. Christmas and Easter.
e. Do not ask about female members of a Muslim’s b. Some Christian groups also celebrate Pentecost
family (e.g., wife, daughter, mother, sister, etc.); it is Sunday.
culturally unsuitable. Do not insist on asking the c. The Roman Catholic Church celebrates Ash
names of the women. Wednesday and the Lenten season, both of which are
f. Do not use the left hand to give a detainee food. linked to the celebration of Easter.
Muslims use their left hand to clean themselves and it (1) Ash Wednesday often involves the smearing
is culturally inappropriate to offer food with the left of ashes on the forehead on the Wednesday before
hand. Easter.
g. Do not relate terrorism to Islam. It is (2) Special sacraments that are essential to the
inappropriate to equate any religion to such heinous Roman Catholic:
activity. (a) Sacrament of confession
h. Do not point a finger at detainees as it is (b) Sacrament of Holy Communion
considered very disrespectful and derogatory. (c) Sacrament of healing (to be administered just
i. Avoid using foul language as it displays a lack of before death, or during a serious illness.
composure. (3) Additional special days to be observed by the
j. Female Block Guards and interpreters should not Roman Catholic Church are as follows: (also known as
insist that the detainees make eye contact with them Holy Days of Obligation)
during interactions. Close contact with unrelated (a) January 1—the solemnity of Mary, Mother of
females is culturally inappropriate. God
k. Detainees might cover their eyes or not talk to (b) Thursday of the Sixth week of Easter—the
female Block Guards. Such actions are not considered solemnity of the Ascension
disrespectful but instead are considered a form of (c) August 15—the solemnity of the Assumption
modesty by the detainee. of the Blessed Virgin Mary
l. The loudspeakers should not be covered nor any (d) November 1—the solemnity of All Saints
form of music be played through the unit block (e) December 8—the solemnity of the
speakers. The playing of the call to prayer should not Immaculate
have the volume adjusted up or down. d. Christian detainees (to include those who follow
m. If you do not understand what is going on or have the beliefs of the Roman Catholic Church) should be
questions about some cultural practice, ask the Islamic allowed to celebrate these special days in accordance
Chaplain. with their personal faith.
n. Communicating Through An Interpreter e. The Christian chaplain can be used to provide
(1) Interpreters are tasked to facilitate the additional information relating to the celebration of
communication process between camp personnel and these days.
the detainees. Interpreters will relay detainee
questions/requests to the Block NCO or other authority
as appropriate for follow up.
16.4
16-17. Religious Items: purifcatory bath consists of washing the head, beard,
a. The chaplain may provide specific religious items and body each three times. The washer begins each
to Christian detainees to facilitate worship and repetition by washing the right side of the deceased,
religious practices. Those items include but are not front and back, to the feet. The repetition is completed
limited to the following: by doing the same to the left side. The washer ensures
(1) The Holy Bible that water reaches and covers every external part of the
(2) A Crucifix body and that the body is free of all filth. The hair and
(3) Rosary Beads beard if matted is gently combed with a wide-tooth
(4) Religious Books (Provided by detainee comb being careful not to extract any hair. The final
Library personnel) washing should be performed with water containing
b. Religious items are distributed in accordance some camphor or perfume.
with the detainee Rewards Program. g. The washer and the assistant should utilize hand
towels, wash cloths and gloves.
Section V – Muslim Funerals h. The place of washing should be on an incline
16-18. Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites allowing the water to flow from the head downward
a. The chaplain will perform or provide for the and away. The assistant helps in pouring abundant
honorable burial of a deceased detainee in a manner water.
consistent with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention i. Incense should be burned during the washing.
to the extent allowed by military necessity. j. Upon completion of the washing, the body of the
b. Funeral and burial rites according to Islamic law deceased is dried with a clean towel, laid on his back
necessitate that 4 actions be performed. All four with his feet towards the direction of prayer, and
actions must be performed by persons of the Muslim covered completely with a white sheet until shrouded.
faith. Muslims performing these actions must be
knowledgeable in the requirements of Islamic 16-20. Shrouding the Body
purification and Muslim funeral/burial rites. The 4 a. Shrouding to completely cover the nakedness of
necessary actions are to be performed in the following the body is a religious obligation.
order: b. The body of the deceased Muslim is perfumed
(1) Washing the body with scented oils like sandalwood
(2) Shrouding the body c. The body of the deceased Muslim is wrapped in
(3) Funeral prayer (Janaza prayer) three washed, white shrouds (Approx. 7ft x 7ft, cotton
(4) Burial. sheets). The three sheets are spread out one on top of
the other. The deceased (covered with a sheet) is lifted
16-19. Washing the Body and laid on his back on the top sheet. Some scent or
a. Protect the nakedness of the deceased by keeping perfume should be applied with cotton on the parts of
the body clothed while the washing is performed. In body upon which one rests during prayer prostration,
addition, if the deceased is male, then only a Muslim i.e. forehead, nose, hands, knees and feet. Also include
male should wash the body of the deceased. Likewise, the eyes, mouth, nostrils, and ears.
if the deceased is a female, then a Muslim female will d. If possible, the deceased left hand is placed on
wash the body of the deceased. the chest, and then the deceased right hand is place on
b. Only the washer and an assistant should be the left – similar to the position of the hands in the
present during the washing of the body. form of the Muslim prayer. Each shroud covers the
c. The body will be clothed in an ankle-length shirt. whole body. The edge of the top sheet is folded over
The washer will be able to insert his hand from the the deceased right side, then the other edge is folded
sleeve while pouring water over the garment to wash over the deceased left side. The second sheet is folded
the body under it. The seam from the side under the in the same manner, and then the third sheet is folded
arm can be torn to facilitate the washer’s access to the in the same manner. If the deceased is male, the body
body, however at no time will the area between the is wrapped without the ankle-length shirt or
naval and the knees of the deceased be uncovered. turban/prayer cap. If the deceased is female, the
d. Any waste from the stomach should be forced following is done before wrapping of the sheets:
out, and private parts of the deceased by cleansed of (1) Two approx 4ft x 1 ft loin cloths are first
filth. wrapped around the upper legs acting as underwear
e. The washer performs the usual ablution before (2) One approx 6ft x 3 ½ ft sheet is used to wrap
prayer (in Arabic “wudu”) for the deceased and on the the lower portion of the body
deceased. (3) The body dressed in a full, loose fitting
f. The washer then performs the purificatory bath sleeveless shirt, full length and long enough to cover
(in Arabic “ghusl”) with religious intention. The from shoulders to feet
16.5
(4) The head is veiled with a Muslim headscarf d. The deceased is not buried in a coffin, but one
e. The sheets are then fastened with four cloth strips may be used to transport the body of the deceased to
or tie ropes above the head, under the feet, and two the grave.
around the body. e. The grave must be dug deep enough to totally
f. Materials used to wrap and dress the body of the hide the body of the deceased. A recommendation is to
deceased should be cotton. dig the grave a depth equal to the height of an average
g. The washed, white cotton shrouds are scented man with his arm fully extended upward (approx. 6 ft
with incense or aloes and sprinkled with an aromatic in depth).
compound of camphor, scented oils and/or perfumes. f. The grave must be perpendicular (facing,
h. Procedures for funeral prayer. horizontal) to the direction of prayer/Mecca.
(1) If possible, the funeral prayer over the dead g. A trench centered on the floor of the grave will
should be a congregational prayer. be dug. The trench should be just wide and deep
(2) The funeral prayer is lead by an Imam or any enough to place the shrouded body of the deceased on
other Muslim male fully knowledgeable of the his right side (Figure 16-1).
conditions and requirements for the funeral prayer and h. Muslim men will bury the deceased regardless of
capable of performing the funeral prayer (“Capable of the gender of the deceased.
performing the funeral prayer” also infers one’s ability i. The body of the deceased enters the grave from
to recite/supplicate necessary integrals in the Arabic the direction where his feet will be (from the rear of the
language). grave).
(3) The shrouded body of the deceased may be j. The body of the deceased will be placed in the
transported to the place of the funeral prayer site in a trench of the grave resting on his right side, close to the
coffin. wall and supported so that the body will not fall back.
(4) The funeral prayer should not be held at the The face of the deceased will be towards the direction
grave or burial site of the deceased. of prayer (Figure 16-1).
(5) The enshrouded body of the deceased is place k. The tie at the head and feet of the deceased will
lying on his/her right side facing the direction of be undone.
prayer. l. A bottomless burial vault is further placed over
(6) The body of the deceased may remain in a the floor of the grave to prevent the earth from being
coffin during the funeral prayer. put directly on the body when the grave is filled
(7) The Imam or Muslim leading the funeral (Figure 16-1).
prayer stands behind the body by the head if the m. Marking the grave is permissible.
deceased is male, and by the posterior if the deceased is n. Muslims present at the burial once the grave has
female. been filled should supplicate for the steadfastness and
(8) At minimum, the one performing the funeral forgiveness of the deceased.
prayer includes the following:
(a) The intention of praying the funeral prayer
(b) Performing the prayer standing
(c) Saying “Allahu Akbar” four times
(d) The Fatiha (Opening Chapter of the Koran)
(e) The Prayer for the Prophet
(f) Supplication for the deceased, the minimum
being “O Allah, forgive this deceased.”
(g) Ending the prayer by saying “As-Salaamu
‘Alaykum” (Peace be upon you ) – the first of two
mentioning.
16-21. Procedures for the Burial.

a. The deceased will be buried in a cemetery, and
not in a grave where another person is previously
buried. Muslims should not be buried beside non-
Muslims, nor non-Muslims beside Muslims. Muslims
should have their own graveyard.
b. The burial should be done as soon as possible
after death, and within 24 hours.
c. The burial should take place immediately after
the funeral prayer.
16.6
MUSLIM BURIAL
(Side View)
Figure 16-1

16.7

16.8
Chapter 17 17-3. ICRC Visitation Rules
International Committee Of The Red Cross (ICRC) The following rules apply to ICRC personnel while
17-1. Personnel they are at any part of Camp Delta.
a. There will be four ICRC escort teams consisting a. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees
of two MPs. on all blocks at the detainee’s cell as long as there is no
b. There will be one ICRC monitor located in Juliet interference with the safeguard of U.S. Forces or
block. detainees, except for detainees placed at the Maximum
c. ICRC escort teams or the ICRC monitor will Security Units (MSU).
escort all ICRC personnel at all times while in Camp b. ICRC personnel are allowed to talk to detainees
Delta. who are placed in MSU for disciplinary reasons only
d. Escort Control will control all ICRC escorts and with the exception of the following:
the ICRC monitor. (1) Detainees placed in MSU by the JIG will be
e. The Juliet Block monitor will escort all ICRC listed on the MSU log. Their level of allowable contact
personnel If the visit is an individual interview, the with ICRC will be listed on the MSU log.
Juliet Block monitor will escort the ICRC personnel to (2) If the log is unavailable, the PL or SOG will
Juliet block. One MP will stay with the ICRC contact the JIG during duty hours for clearance. They
personnel while the other two get the detainee and will also receive from the JIG what visitation level the
return with him. If it is a cell visit, the three-man team ICRC has with the detainee.
will escort the ICRC personnel to and throughout the (3) Detainees will not be allowed to leave the
block visit. MSU block for ICRC visits.
17-2. Operations 17-4. Levels of Visitation

a. The physical security of U.S. Forces and All detainees will have a level of ICRC contact
detainees in U.S. care is paramount. Safety and designated for them. These different levels are as
security of U.S. Forces and detainees will not be follows:
compromised in an effort to conform to the wishes and a. No Access: No contact of any kind with the
requests of the ICRC that are not covered in this SOP. ICRC. This includes the delivery of ICRC mail.
b. The ICRC will provide the JDOG a list of b. Restricted: ICRC is allowed to ask the detainee
detainees on the ICRC Request form. This list will about health and welfare only. No prolonged
stipulate either individual interviews or cell visits. questions.
c. All ICRC personnel and detainees will be c. Unrestricted: ICRC is allowed full access to talk
escorted by MPs and detainees will be in three-piece to the detainee.
suites while they are out of their cell. At no time will d. Visual: Access is restricted to visual inspection
the detainee be unaccompanied by MPs. of the detainee’s physical condition. No form of
d. If any interviews by ICRC are conducted on the communication is permitted. No delivery of ICRC
blocks, the MPs will remain with the ICRC far enough mail.
away as to not interfere with the interviews. This is to
ensure the safety of the ICRC personnel and the
detainee.
e. ICRC personnel must collect any item, such as a
pen to write with, that they give to a detainee prior to
moving on to the next detainee.
f. While in the interview block, only one hand may
be unshackled to allow the detainee to write.
g. ICRC personnel are allowed access to all blocks.
ICRC visit lists should be scrubbed to insure there are
no discrepancies such as disciplinary actions or
restricted ICRC access. There is no time limit for
ICRC visits.
h. JDOG will also provide an alternate place for
ICRC so that the ICRC may conduct interviews
without other detainees present. This location is
currently Juliet block.

17.1

17.2
Chapter 18 i. During times of fasting or religious requirements
Food Service for the detainees, modifications to this portion of the
18-1. Responsibilities SOP will be directed as appropriate.
a. J-4 Food Service Personnel are responsible for j. At any time there is large pieces of construction
delivering, serving and providing all necessary supplies equipment such as portable generators in the roving
to feed the detainees. sally area of Camp 1, the food service truck will stop at
b. Block personnel will serve the meals to the Sally Port 4.
detainees.
18-3. Duties
18-2. Operations a. JDOG S-4. The JDOG S-4 will be responsible
a. Detainees will be provided with three meals per for coordinating the hours of all meals with the needs
day according to the meal time needs of the facility. of the facility.
For camps 1-3, this will usually this will be at the b. PL. PLs will coordinate meals for those
following times: detainees who are on discipline measures that include
(1) Breakfast at 0630 loss of hot meals.
(2) Lunch at 1200 c. SOG. The SOG will keep the PL informed of all
(3) Dinner at 1930. issues pertaining to the meal feeding times. The SOG
b. For camps 1-3, the rations schedule consist of will ensure the meal hours are in accordance with the
two hot meals a day for breakfast and dinner and a Schedule of Calls. If the meals arrive late, the SOG
MRE for lunch, except under inclement weather in will notify JDOG S-4.
which case it shall be MREs for all meals until the d. Block NCO. The Block NCO will accept and
weather passes. For Camp IV, the ration schedule will account for the utensils used for eating from mess
consist of three hot meals. personnel. In Camp I-3, while the Block Guards are
c. For camps 1-3, all meals will be served through serving the meal to the detainees, the Block NCO will
the bean hole in the cell gate and consumed inside the pass out the utensils to each detainee. In Camp IV, the
cell. For Camp IV, all meals will be served through the Block NCO will serve the meal and distribute the
bean hole in the block gate and consumed in the bay. utensils at the same time. Once the mealtime is
d. For camps 1-3, Food Service Section will provide completed, the Block NCO will account for all utensils
cooks to deliver and portion all food in the correct that were passed out. The SOG will be notified if
portions while the MPs issue the food to the detainee utensils are not returned and a search will be conducted
through the bean hole in the cell gate. For Camp IV, to locate the missing spoon.
Food Service personnel will provide cooks to deliver e. Block Guards. In camps 1-3, they will issue
and portion all food in the correct portions while the meals to the detainees and monitor them during chow.
MPs issue the food to the detainee through the bean At the conclusion of the meal, the Block Guards will
hole in the block gate. The food service personnel collect the trash from the detainees. Block Guards will
shall ensure that also any dirty dishes are returned to inventory the return of all packaging, plates, spoons,
the contractor for cleaning. and Styrofoam cups. If items are not returned and
e. Meals will be served on all blocks cannot be found, the detainee will receive his meals
simultaneously. Serving and consumption of meals poured onto a paper plate for the next three days. This
will be allowed a maximum of 30 minutes per detainee. is done with the intention of reducing the amount of
f. MPs on duty are responsible for providing escort trash being flushed down the toilet. In Camp IV, the
to the cooks, directing the detainees in an orderly Block Guards will only be able to observe the detainees
fashion and ensuring that all required items are issued, eating from their observation location.
returned, and accounted for. MPs are also responsible
for the removal of trash from all compounds and
placing it in the designated dumpsters per the waste
disposal SOP in chapter 33.
g. During inclement weather, all meals will be
MREs.
h. The PL is responsible to the Commanding
Officer for the adequate quality and quantity of food
served to detainees and U.S personnel and that
sanitation, preparation, handling and servicing of food
meet established criteria. Detainees will have 30
minutes in which to consume their meals.

18.1

18.2
Chapter 19 command before applying restraints (time permitting).
Detainee Health Services Sound judgment applies in emergencies.
Section I – Procedures f. Only medical personnel will authorize the use of
19-1. Restraint Procedures suicide prevention smocks. Only medical personnel
a. Restraints will be used at all times when will authorize discontinuing the use of the smocks.
detainees are moved from their cell, as a precaution
against escape; for medical reasons as directed by a 19-2. Dispensing of Medications
medical officer; or to prevent self-injury, injury to a. The assigned hospital corpsman shall review
others, or property damage. NAVMED 6550/8 Medication Administration Record
b. Restraints should not be applied for more time (MAR) and compare detainee ISN number and location
than is necessary. Detainees will not normally remain against current alpha roster. If necessary make
in three-piece restraints for more than two continuous appropriate changes in individual MAR folders and
hours. Restraints will only be removed from the move medications to appropriate place in medicinal
detainee when the detainee is secured in his cell, or locker.
other secure area. Any deviation of this policy must be b. Gather appropriate medicinals from Camp Delta
authorized by the CO, PL, or the on duty SOG with Clinic. Notify security personnel of each block which
prior approval of the JDOG CDR, and will never be detainees require meds.
applied as punishment. c. The hospital corpsman will dispense the
c. Restraint types: medication at each cell’s bean hole. The hospital
(1) Three-piece Suit: Hand-irons, Leg-irons, corpsman will verify the following prior to dispensing
connecting chain, and belly chains. any medications.
(2) Four/Five Point Position: Arms, head, and (1) Have orders and MAR been verified by
legs are secured. nursing staff?
d. Emergency use of special restraints: (2) Are you authorized to give this medication?
(1) The SOG will obtain advanced approval from (3) Is it the correct patient? Verify against ISN
the CO and a Psychologist prior to placing four/five- wristband.
point restraints on a detainee. (4) Is it the correct medication?
(2) If four/five point restraints are applied to a (5) Is it the correct dose?
detainee, the CO will contact the CJDOG and on-duty (6) Is it the correct route of administration?
medical officer or designated representative. (7) Is it the correct time to give the medication?
(3) Direct visual observation by Block Guard will d. Document the administration of all medications
be continuous until on-duty medical officer or and or refusals on the MAR and notify nursing staff of
designated representative arrive and assess the any concerns.
situation. e. Transcribe any changes to medications on MAR.
(4) The medical officer will assess the detainee’s The nursing staff will verify accuracy on a regular
physical condition and psych evaluate mental health, basis.
and advise the CO on the necessity of further medical f. Medication types and frequencies will determine
treatment. when medications are dispensed.
(5) If the detainee is not transferred to a
medical/mental health facility and is restrained in a 19-3. Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks
four/five point position, the block personnel will a. Prior to completion of the psychiatric unit use of
continuously observe the detainee and document the seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and
activity every 15 minutes until the restraints are blankets for a psychiatric patient on self harm
removed. This will be recorded on a CD-S319. precautions or in administrative or disciplinary
e. Routine use of restraints: segregation will be at the discretion of the psychiatric
(1) To ensure safety and prevent injury, guard nurse or licensed independent practitioner and
will maintain positive control of all detainees being documented in the patients chart.
escorted while wearing restraints. b. After completion of the psychiatric unit medical
(a) When a detainee is in full restraints, the guard use of the seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and
will grasp the belly chain behind the detainee with blankets will be as follows:
his/her strong hand. (1) Required use for a psychiatric patient on self-
(b) When a detainee is restrained with their hands harm precautions or in medical seclusion, unless
in the rear, the guard will grasp the detainee’s upper clinically not indicated and documented by a licensed
arm just below the armpit with his/her strong hand. independent practitioner, in the patient’s chart.
(2) If there is an injury that could be aggravated, (2) For a psychiatric patient in administrative or
guards should seek guidance through the chain of disciplinary segregation use will be at the discretion of
19.1
the psychiatric nurse or licensed independent (2) Code Yellow: Utilized for potentially life-
practitioner and documented in the patients chart. threatening medical condition (decreased level of
c. For non-psychiatric detainees recommend that consciousness, chest pain, unconsciousness for
the use of seclusion cell/suicide prevention smocks and unknown reason, loss of feeling/motor skills in an
blankets be utilized on a case-by-case basis in extremity.) Requires expedited treatment.
administrative or disciplinary segregation cells. (3) Code Red: Utilized for serious life-
Strongly recommend consultation with a psychiatric threatening medical condition (penetrating trauma to
nurse or licensed independent provider at the Detention the torso, severe loss of blood, severe head injury, and
Hospital. The reason for case-by-case use is that, like chest pain followed by unconsciousness.) Requires
being stripped, smocks can be humiliating for some immediate treatment.
and may actually increase the risk of suicide. (4) Code Blue: Utilized for critical life-
Additionally, the anticipated humiliation may deter a threatening medical condition (no breathing/no
detainee from voicing their psychological concerns. heartbeat.)
d. Detainees should not be transported in smocks (5) Code Black: Utilized to describe a dead
except within the psychiatric unit or in an emergency. person. (Rigor mortis, Post mortem lividity,
decapitation, decomposition, etc.)
19-4. Sick Call b. MPs on duty will utilize the following
a. Both medical and dental sick calls are conducted instructions to respond to emergency conditions within
in accordance with the same procedures. Detainees Camp Delta. CO will respond to the scene of all
needing to see a dentist will be screened at normal sick emergencies to assess the situation. Once the situation
call and referred, if necessary, to the Dental Clinic is DOC led, the CO will make appropriate
b. The medic will screen all detainees while notifications.
conducting rounds. If the medic is able to treat the c. Medical Code Blue: This is a medical emergency
detainee’s ailment, he/she will do so and advise the condition in which a person in the camp has been
detainee that he does not need to see a doctor. If the medically triaged as “Code Blue.” This means that the
detainee still wishes to see a doctor, he or will not be person has no heartbeat or respiration or both, and
denied that right. requires immediate medical care.
c. The medic will compile a list of all detainees and (1) Guards involved with the Code Blue patient:
detainees who were seen each day. The list will be (a) State call sign, location, and “Code Blue” on
turned into the front office before the medic leaves the radio.
facility. (b) Contact medical directly and request medical
assistance for a Code Blue. If unable to contact
Section II – Emergencies medical, contact the DOC and request medical
19-5. Emergency Sick Call assistance for a Code Blue. Give medical the location
a. Detainees who have a medical emergency will be of the incident.
seen immediately at any time. (c) Render medical care as appropriate based on
b. During duty hours, all medical/dental problems the guards’ level of training and equipment available.
deemed a possible “emergency” will be referred to the Continue until medical arrives.
Health Clinic for evaluation as to whether or not a real (2) DOC RTO:
emergency exists. (a) If requested, notify medical of the emergency
c. After duty hours, the SOG will determine and the location.
whether an emergency condition exists. He will (b) Broadcast on the radio notification to all
consult via telephone with the Detention Hospital as blocks that there is a Code Blue. RTO will establish
needed to assist in making the determination. emergency traffic radio conditions by stating
“EMERGENCY TRAFFIC ONLY”. This means that
19-6. Emergency Condition Responses only personnel with radio traffic about the situation or
a. The International Color Codes for triage will be another emergency will use the radio.
utilized to conduct triage of a patient to convey the (c) Notify the CO or PL of the situation.
seriousness of a patient’s medical condition. The (d) Continue monitoring the radio.
following criteria are examples of medical conditions (3) CO/PL/SOG:
indicating a specific triage: (a) Respond to the scene as needed to assess the
(1) Code Green: Utilized for non-serious, non- situation. Render medical care as appropriate based on
life threatening medical condition (cut hand, scrape, the level of training and equipment available. Continue
broken arm, nausea, and headache with no other until medical arrives.
indicators) does not require immediate medical
attention.
19.2
(b) Consider altering the security posture of the (c) A medical officer must see all individuals
facility (Lockdown, etc) as appropriate to facilitate who receive these medications from a Combat
medical access to the patient. Lifesaver within 24 hours.
(c) Make appropriate notifications IAW the (2) Administer intravenous solution.
notification instructions on the notification matrix. (a) Before attempting to start an intravenous (IV)
(d) Supervise reporting of the incident. infusion, 911 must be called.
(4) Sally Ports: (b) Combat Lifesavers who determine a casualty
(a) Be prepared for medical personnel to need needs an IV solution may administer it.
immediate access through the sally port. This includes (c) No more than two attempts will be made on
vehicle access to the area and departing from Delta. any one patient to initiate an IV.
(b) Stop other traffic through sally port if it (d) No more than one 1000 ml bag will be given
impedes with the movement of personnel associated to any one patient.
with the Code Blue situation. (e) Upon initiation of an IV, the patient must be
(c) Be prepared to implement a Lockdown if seen by a medical officer and cleared for duty.
called by the CO/PL/SOG. f. Medical Supplies (Class VIII) Combat Lifesavers
(5) Block NCOs/Block Guards/Other duty are authorized to carry:
positions:
(a) Monitor the situation by radio and be NSN Nomenclature QTY Description
prepared to take action as directed (Lockdown, etc.) Adhesive tape, surgical,
(b) Be prepared for reaction by other detainees as 651 0009268882 2 1 in 1 SP
they learn about the situation. Airway pharyngeal,
651 5006878052 1 large adult
19-7. Combat Lifesavers Airway pharyngeal,
a. Combat Lifesavers will be permitted to provide 651 5009582232 1 small adult
medical care in accordance with the Combat Lifesaver Bandage adhesive ¾ X 3
curriculum. 651 0009137909 18 inches flesh
b. Combat Lifesavers will not treat any detainee for
any medical problem. 651 0000583047 2 Bandage gau4- ½”
c. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that Bandage muslin
they may perform without restriction on the compressed brown 37 X
installation. 37 X 52” triangular
(1) Monitor a pulse 651 0002011755 2 w/pins
(2) Monitor respirations Catheter & needle unit,
(3) Apply a Splint, Aluminum, Malleable splint 651 5013156227 2 d12 I.V. 18ga
(4) Insert an oropharyngeal airway Dressing first aid field
(5) Evaluate a casualty. camouflaged 4”w X
d. Combat Lifesavers must fill out a Field Medical 651 0001594883 4 6.25-7.25”Ig, abs
Card at the time of incident and transfer this to the 651 0002017425 1 Dress FLD 11-3/4IN
receiving medical unit with a complete patient report. 651 5002267692 3 pr Gloves, exam lrg
e. Medical tasks taught to Combat Lifesavers that Intravenous inj set, 7
they may perform with the below restrictions, on the comp macrodrip 10
installation: 651 5014721863 2 drops/ml 2
(1) Administer Acetaminophen and Pad povidone-iodine
Pseudoephedrine tablets. The purpose of these impre, ster 2 X 1.375”
medications in the Combat Lifesaver bag is to 651 0010100307 12 brown
eliminate minor complaints until the soldier can be
651 0007863736 12 Pad isopropyl alcohol
seen at sick call by medical personnel.
(a) While in garrison, Combat Lifesavers may 651 0014640826 12 Sponge Surg 2X2
not dispense these medications. Scissors bandage
(b) While on the installation, but not in garrison 1.5”Cut lg. 7.25” O/a lg
(i.e., field training exercises), Combat Lifesavers may 651 5009357138 1 both blades blunt crs
dispense these medications IAW the Medical Tasks Splint universal 36 X
subcourse of the Combat Lifesaver course. They are 4.5” malleable alum
not to dispense more than eight tablets per individual. 651 5012254681 1 radiolucent ltwt

19.3
g. Resupply for Combat Lifesaver Class VIII items f. As directed by the DOC, the admin section will:
will be the JTF-Joint Aid Stations (JAS). (1) Make a blotter entry recording when a
h. POC for Combat Lifesavers is the JAS XO. detainee was placed on the Hunger Strike Protocol, and
how many consecutive meals were refused at that time.
Section III – Medical Problems (2) Make a blotter entry recording when the
19-8. Hunger Strike Health Clinic Medical Officer of the Day (MOD)
a. A detainee is considered to be on a hunger strike conducts checks with IAW paragraph f.
when he refuses to eat nine consecutive meals as a (3) Make a blotter entry recording when a
form of protest or refuses fluids for 48 hours. The detainee was removed from the Hunger Strike
protest may or may not be verbalized. Detainee’s who Protocol, and which medical officer conducted the
eat portions of the meals are not normally considered to examination and recommended the termination of the
be on a hunger strike. Hunger Strike Protocol.
b. The hunger strike is terminated when the g. The Health Clinic will ensure that the following
following occur: occur:
(1) The detainee eats a meal or portion of a meal (1) The CO is briefed daily on the detainee’s
(excluding liquids). condition.
(2) A Medical Officer or Physician’s Assistant (2) During duty hours, a Physician Assistant (PA)
(PA), after examining the detainee, recommends that will examine the detainee.
the Hunger Strike Protocol be terminated. (3) After duty hours, the Medical Officer of the
(3) The CO or DOC will terminate the Hunger Day (MOD) will examine the detainee.
Strike Protocol. h. Immediately after the Hunger Strike Protocol has
c. Initial Monitoring Procedures. been initiated, the following procedures will occur:
(1) Submit an Observation Report to DOC (1) A blood sample (CBC, SMA-20, Albumin,
recording a detainee’s refusal to consume a meal. and Iron Panel) will be drawn from the detainee.
(2) Make a blotter entry. (2) A urine sample (24-hour urine for Creatinine
(3) Continue to monitor the detainee during meal and Protein) will be taken from the detainee.
times to see if he refuses to consume any other meals. (3) An electrocardiograph will be conducted (a
(4) Continue to inspect the detainee’s food tray to 12 lead EKG).
see if any portion of the meal was consumed. Check i. Consider supplemental feeding when the
the tray before and after each mealtime. detainee’s body weight reaches 85-90% of ideal body
(5) Record any subsequent refusal to consume weight, when incapacitated, or ordered by a Medical
meals and number them sequentially. Officer. The detainee will be admitted to Naval Station
(6) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and Hospital if supplemental feeding is necessary.
record/report anything out of the ordinary to DOC. j. Consult with the Command Judge Advocate
(7) Notify DOC when a detainee refuses to before force treatment is initiated. The legal opinion
consume nine consecutive meals. should be noted in the detainee’s medical chart.
(8) After the Hunger Strike Protocol has been k. The Duty Investigator will take the photographs
initiated, ensure that the detainee does not receive any required for the Hunger Strike Protocol.
caffeine products (coffee, tea, hot chocolate) because l. The CO will review the situation and ensure it
of its diuretic affect. Only water is provided during the meets the criteria required for the Hunger Strike
hunger strike. Protocol. Coordinate with medical authorities for
d. Close Confinement Procedures. detainee health considerations.
(1) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal
consumption. 19-9. Bodily Fluids
(2) Notify the SOG who will then notify DOC, a. Protective equipment is available in each block,
the CO, and the Health Clinic when a detainee refuses and a resupply is on hand in the supply room. A
to consume nine consecutive meals. Biohazard Spill Care Kit includes:
(3) Segregate the detainee for better observation (1) A protective polypropylene gown.
by moving them to Delta Block. (2) One pair of shoe covers.
e. DOC Procedures. (3) Eye shield and mask.
(1) Brief the CO. (4) One Red Biohazard bag.
(2) Monitor the detainee’s behavior and meal (5) One pair of vinyl gloves.
consumption. (6) ¾ oz. pouch absorbent.
(3) After a detainee has refused to consume nine (7) Scoop shovel.
consecutive meals, ensure the Health Clinic begins the (8) Sani-Cloth surface disinfectant.
Hunger Strike Protocol. (9) Two anti-microbial hand wipes.
19.4
(10) Two paper towels. available, use other strong plastic bags and label with
(11) Bleach. “BIOHAZARD” markings.
(12) Hand soap. j. Disposal of contaminated items.
b. The Guard Force will always carry disposable (1) The staff will:
gloves and a CPR physical barrier. (a) Take any bags containing contaminated items
c. The staff will make sure their own open wounds to the Delta Medical Center.
and sores are covered with clean dry bandages to (b) Inform the Health Clinic personnel that the
prevent possible exchange of blood and other body bags contain contaminated items.
fluids. Change wet bandages frequently. (2) The Navy Health Clinic will:
d. The staff will assume that all detainees and any (a) Take bags containing contaminated material
exposed body fluids carry an infectious disease. to Delta Medical Center.
e. The staff will remain aware of the fact that a (b) Ensure that all disposable contaminated
respirator mask is required to protect against airborne material is placed in red biohazard bags before
infectious diseases. transporting it.
f. The staff members who conduct a forced move of k. Suspected Exposure. Staff who suspect exposure
an unruly detainee must take universal precautions in to body fluids will:
order to prevent accidental transmission of diseases (1) Wash the area with warm water and soap.
through transfer of a body fluid. When mucous membranes may have been exposed,
g. Cell and Body Searches. Staff will: flush the areas with warm water for 10 minutes.
(1) Wear disposable gloves when conducting a (2) Report the incident to the SOG and seek
search. medical attention at the Navy Health Clinic.
(2) Avoid punctures with any sharp objects (e.g.,
knives, razors, or needles). 19-10. Heat Category Measures
(a) Do not place hands in areas where there may a. The following are the heat categories and flag
be sharp objects that could cut or puncture the skin. colors being utilized at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.
Look first then probe. (1) Green Flag: Heat Stress Index 75F-85F.
(b) Do not slide hands across surfaces when Discretion required in heavy exercise for new
searching. personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.
(c) Use a crushing motion when conducting frisk Acclimated personnel who participate in regular
searches. physical exercise are unrestricted.
h. Controlling aggressive or violent Detainees. (2) Yellow Flag: Heat Stress Index 86F-100F.
Staff will: Strenuous exercise should be curtailed for new
(1) Wear protective apparel anytime that there is personnel during the first weeks of heat exposure.
a possibility of being exposed to an infectious disease. Acclimated personnel who participate in regular
(2) Wear protective apparel; body armor and physical exercise are unrestricted.
clothing that prevent breaks in the skin. (3) Red Flag: Heat Stress Index 101F-115F. All
(3) Develop a plan of action that will reduce the physical training should be halted for those who have
risk of exposure to infectious diseases. not become acclimated by at least 30 days of routine
(4) Assess each incident separately. Determine if physical activity at this temperature. Those who are
the urgency of the situation will allow time for more properly acclimated may carry on limited activity.
protective measures to be used. (4) Black Flag: Heat Stress Index above 115F.
i. Cleaning of blood or other body fluid spills. All strenuous activity should be halted.
Clean contaminated equipment and supplies b. Due to the demands of the mission, it is not
immediately in the following manner: possible to stop all strenuous activity at Black Flag.
(1) Wear disposable gloves and use a disinfectant Reduction in workloads at lesser heat categories will be
solution of household bleach. Dilute one part bleach balanced with the mission requirements. It will be
with ten parts water (1:10 ratio) to clean work surfaces. necessary for shifts to perform relief of their own
(2) Place contaminated clothing in a red personnel. Suggested relief measures include using
biohazard bag and destroy it as soon as possible. ICRC, medical escorts, and IRF Team members to
(3) Clean contaminated equipment (e.g., periodically relieve Sally Port guards, escorts, and
handcuffs, leg irons, flashlights, crime scene kits) with Block Guards.
a disinfectant solution of hot water and household c. The following actions will be taken at each heat
bleach. stress index:
(4) Place contaminated disposable items such as (1) Green Flag: No special actions taken.
gloves, mask, prongs, rags, or other material in red
plastic biohazard bags. If red biohazard bags are not
19.5
(2) Yellow Flag: Increase water intake to ¾ (10) Perform security check with Detention
quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1 Hospital staff and advise of security deficiencies and
quart/hour for hard work. concerns.
(3) Red Flag: Increase water intake to ¾ (11) Attend the daily Detention Hospital staff
quarts/hour for easy and moderate work and 1 meeting.
quart/hour for hard work. Leaders monitor the (12) Assist with the clean up in the break area.
condition of soldiers and take any additional (13) Conduct a daily assessment of personnel.
appropriate actions on an individual basis. (14) Maintain a record of security force shift.
(4) Black Flag: Increase water intake to NLT 1 (15) Maintain SigAct sheets and turn in at the end
quart/hour. Un-blouse boots and implement relief for of shift.
soldiers in more exposed positions. Block fans are f. Escort Team:
turned on. (1) Two teams per shift
d. BDU blouses will not be removed. (2) Escort detainee through the Detention
e. If wearing body armor, add 5oF to WBGT index. Hospital (operating room, recovery ward, therapy, and
If wearing MOPP overgarment, add 10oF. radiology).
f. Hourly fluid intake should not exceed 1-½ quarts. (3) Escort team will apply, modify, and maintain
the appropriated level of restraints of each detainee
Section IV – Facilities while being escorted through the Detention Hospital.
19-11. Detention Hospital (4) Escort team will search detainees prior to and
a. MP personnel have been tasked to provide a after any movements.
security force to the United States Navy Fleet Hospital (5) Report any information between detainees to
(“Detention Hospital”). Primary responsibilities of the the JDOG S-2.
security force are: g. Operating Room Escort:
b. Ensure the secure custody and control of all (1) Two escorts as needed
detainees being quartered and treated at the Detention (2) Inside OR MP (One MP scrubbed) will
Hospital. provide security support to the OR staff inside the OR.
c. Ensure the safety of all hospital staff (3) Outside OR MP (One MP) will provide
administering medical care to the detainees. security support and access control to the OR and apply
d. Detention Hospital Guard Detail NCOIC: & maintain appropriate level of restraints to the
(1) Attend Detention Hospital daily staff meeting detainee.
at 0900. h. Ward Security:
(2) Communicate JDOG and Hospital concerns (1) Number dependant on detainee patient
to Military Police personnel working in the Hospital. population.
(3) Identify, and reduce mission deficiencies. (2) Monitor detainee behavior & movements.
(4) Overseeing all shift operation and will report (3) Provide direct security to hospital staff
all feedback to the Camp Operations. administering care to the detainees.
(5) Report any information between detainees to (4) Search detainees as appropriate.
the CI Intel personnel. (5) Report any information discussed between
e. Shift NCOIC: detainees to the JDOG S-2.
(1) One per shift (6) Check, apply and maintain appropriate level
(2) Supervise, inspect and train the security force. of restraints.
(3) Maintain Daily Staff Journal (DA 1594) and (7) Accountability of the keys and restraints.
turn in weekly to Camp Delta DOC. i. Escort & Security Force Special Instructions.
(4) Coordinate with hospital staff for changes in (1) All detainees will be properly restrained prior
staffing requirements and duty positions. to being escorted. Exceptions will be made at the
(5) Maintain communications between the Fleet discretion of the security force Shift NCOIC.
security force and Delta DOC, making radio checks (2) All escorts will be executed using 2:1 ratio
every hour. (MP:detainee).
(6) Ensure accountability of all security force (3) MPs will not allow detainees to talk to each
equipment (radios, keys, batteries, charger, and other during any escort.
restrains). (4) Upon completion of escort, detainees will be
(7) Escort, brief and monitor all visitors. properly restrained to their gurneys. Padded leather
(8) Brief the on-coming NCOIC. restraints will be utilized.
(9) Report any information between detainees to (5) Report any unusual activity or conditions to
the JDOG S-2. the shift NCOIC.

19.6
(6) For escort to the Base Naval Hospital, see (1) Shift NCOIC will inspect all personnel during
Section 11-10 Hospital Escorts. guard mount.
(7) If normal restraints interfere with a procedure, (2) NCOIC will assign personnel to their post
detainees may be restrained with flex-cuffs. prior of taking over the shift.
(8) While in the OR, detainee will remain (3) Upon arrival at the hospital, all personnel will
restrained until the sedative takes effect. Detainees be posted without delay and will conduct a “relief-in-
will be unrestrained during surgery. place.”
(9) After surgery, detainee(s) will again be fully (4) Out-going NCOIC would collect all keys and
restrained and secured. turn them over to the in-coming shift.
(10) When detainees are sitting in the chair, they (5) NCOIC should ensure that security force is
will remain in full restraints. given frequent rest. (10-15 minutes every two hours, at
(11) During latrine escorts, one hand of the least). MPs should be rotated from post to post to
detainee will be unsecured while the detainee is using combat fatigue and complacency.
the latrine. Detainee will be in full restraints prior to (6) The desk guard, stationed at a desk near the
escorting the detainee back. front door, will know who key medical personnel are
(12) NCOIC should consider medical condition & and their location so that they can direct entering
background of the detainee when determining level & people to the proper individual.
method of restraint. If there are questions about the
level of restraint, the Shift NCOIC will make the final
determination regarding the level of restraint necessary.
j. Communications & Coordination.
(1) Shift NCOIC will conduct radio check with
the DOC.
(2) Radio checks will be conducted once per hour
and logged in the Daily Staff Journal (DA1594).
(3) At the start of the new shift, the briefing
should include, but is not limited to, the following: # of
detainees, losses or gains, visitors to the hospital,
special cases, any incident on the previous shift.
(4) Shift MPs will maintain a Significant
Information (SigAct) sheet, for Intel purpose only. This
record will be use for intelligence record, should
include: Conversation between detainees, personal
information between detainees and hospital staff,
personal information detainees may relate to MP or
translator.
k. Log Entries. Shift NCOIC will maintain a daily
staff journal DA 1594 detailing all activities at the
Detention Hospital. The journal will be continuous and
will be passed on to the next shift. The staff journal
should include the following:
(1) Shift changes
(2) Detainees head count and ISN
(3) Detainee movement within the facility
(4) Communication check with DOC
(5) Any radio or phone communication between
Detention Hospital, DOC, and Camp Operations
(6) Visitors to the Detention Hospital
(7) Feed times
(8) Searches of gurneys
(9) Injuries or illness of members of the security
force
(10) Additional entries can be made at the
discretion of the NCOIC.
l. Posting procedures.

19.7

19.8
Chapter 20 e. Camp Delta Emergency Work Orders.
Repair And Utility Emergency work will take into account the possibility
20-1. Work Orders of moving detainees to other areas reducing the
a. Procedures for repair work and modifications to emergency to a lower priority; this will be at the
Camp Delta and other areas designated by the CJDOG. discretion of the DOC.
The primary goal of the R&U section is to significantly (1) Duty Hours (0700-1700)
reduce the number of work orders being submitted to (a) A R&U subject matter specialist will
contractors for work inside Camp Delta. determine if work is an emergency work order or
b. Priorities of Work. routine.
(1) Camp Delta Emergency Work Orders. (b) Subject matter specialist will determine,
Critical repairs needed to be completely as soon as through his or her chain of command, if the work can
possible. Seriously affects the security of the be done by the R&U or if a contractor must perform it.
detainees, health of US personnel and detainees, or (c) Supply for parts and material will be
safety of US personnel or detainees. Repairs need to requested through the JDOG S-4 only.
start within 1 hour of the report. (d) ONLY R&U will coordinate directly with any
(2) Camp Delta Routine Work Orders. Non- contractor, no other personnel or section is authorized.
critical repairs needed that can wait until the next day. (e) The DOC will be notified as to the status and
Repair work need to start in 1 to 5 days of the report. estimated repair time.
(3) Non-Detention Operations Emergency Work (f) Completed work orders will be filed with
Orders. R&U with a copy sent to the DOC.
(4) Non-Detention Operations Routine Work (g) Completed Work order will include cause of
Orders. problem; work performed; date and time of work
c. Contractors consider label emergency work completed; and name of DOC personnel contacted.
orders as O-2. All calls will go to the Kvaerner trouble (h) R&U will log the work done, along with
desk at x4224. Kvaerner will log the work order, estimated cost.
assign a number, and call the appropriate contractor to (8) If any R&U repair work cannot be done
perform the repairs. All emergency work orders have a completely, then the DOC will establish the priority of
30-minute response time unless told otherwise. work.
Emergency work orders can be called in with time (2) Non-Duty Hours (1700-0700)
periods such as one, two or eight hours. (a) The DOC will contact R&U OIC or NCOIC.
d. Procedures (Camp Delta/Detention Operations). (b) A subject matter specialist will review the
Repair & Utility (R&U) will pick up sanctioned work work order in the DOC to determine if emergency
orders from the DOC each morning NLT 0800 hours. action is needed. If deemed necessary by the DOC,
They may pick up subsequent work orders (post-0800 R&U will be required to physically inspect the problem
hours) from the DOC as time and missions permit. to determine the best course of action.
MPs will remove detainees from requisite cells prior to (c) If the DOC and R&U representative disagree
any work being done. At no time will work be done in on the emergency status, then the DOC Operations
a cell with a detainee present in said cell. Officer will have the final determination.
(1) Prevent further damage and establish a safe (d) Supply for parts and material will be
environment. This will ALWAYS be done with requested through the JDOG S-4 only.
personal safety, safety of detainees, and good judgment (e) If the work cannot be performed by R&U,
in mind. R&U will contact contractors through the J-4.
(2) Attempt to correct the problem if within your (f) The DOC will be notified as to the status and
means/ability (i.e. plunging a clogged drain). estimated repair time.
(3) If you cannot, or it fails, individual initially (g) Completed work orders will be filed with
reporting item will complete the work request order. R&U with a copy sent to the DOC.
(4) Notify the Block NCO who will in turn log (h) Completed Work order will include cause of
the problem in their pass-along logbook. problem; work performed; date and time of work
(5) Any outstanding problems/work orders (and completed; and name of DOC personnel contacted.
their status) will be verbally briefed to the oncoming (i) R&U will log the work done, along with
Block NCO to avoid duplication. estimated cost.
(6) Block NCO will notify the DOC and the DOC (j) If any R&U repair work cannot be done
will annotate the date/time group and nature of completely, then the DOC will establish the priority of
problem in the staff journal. work.
(7) The DOC will determine work order priority (3) Processing of emergency work orders.
judicially based upon the needs of the mission. (a) Emergency work order is called in to x4424.
20.1
(b) Kvaerner’s work order number is recorded. g. Tools and equipment shall be inventoried and
(c) Escort Control dispatches an escort team to accounted for by both the incoming and outgoing work
Sally Port 8 from 0600 to 2200 or to Sally Port 1 from crew for those work orders that span more than one
2200 to 0600. The escort team will have the Kvaerner shift. The outgoing shift shall clear the work area of
work order number. The arriving contractor will not debris prior to handoff. Shift change will not take
have any paperwork, just the work order number. place unless all tools and equipment have accounted
Emergency work order calls will not require the for.
paperwork that normal work orders require.
e. Camp Delta Routine Work Orders.
(1) During Duty Hours (0700-1700). Same
procedures as emergency, just the time started and
finished will be delayed according to priorities set by
the DOC.
(2) During Non Duty Hours (1700-0700). Same
the DOC.
f. Non-Detention Operations Emergency Work
Orders
the DOC.
the DOC.
g. Non-Detention Operations Routine Work Orders
the DOC.
the DOC.
20-2. Tool Accountability

a. Tool boxes/pouches shall be assembled for the
use specifically inside Camp Delta.
b. Items included in such boxes will be inventoried
prior to entry into the facility and an inventory sheet
will be maintained in the R&U office and provided to
other offices that request such information.
c. Tools will be secured in R&U storage room
adjacent to building 7.
d. Tools will be inventoried upon check out for use
and upon return for storage when daily work has been
completed.
e. In the event addition tools are needed, they will
be added to or removed from the inventory log as the
situation arises.
f. Upon completion of work in the facility, the work
party will account for all tools and equipment and
ensure the work area is free of debris.

20.2
Chapter 21 their cell, or if that is not possible, to the closest vacant
Force Protection cell. Inform the DOC if a detainee was not returned to
Section I – Precautions their original cell.
21-1. Searches (b) Lock the end doors for each block.
Anyone entering Camp Delta implicitly consents to a (c) Take any defensive actions necessary to
search of his/her person and property/vehicle at any protect camp personnel and detainees within the limits
time within the bounds of Camp Delta or any of its of the ROE.
outlying activities, for the purposes of safety, security, (d) CO will initiate contact with higher command
or custody and control of the facility. and provide a SITREP.
(e) The tasks under each measure are not all
21-2. Security Inspections And Vulnerability inclusive and commanders are encouraged to
Assessment implement other tasks under each measure as needed
a. The JDOG commander will appoint a safety IAW the ROE. They should coordinate these
officer in writing. This can be an additional duty for an additional implementations with the JOC.
officer.
b. At the end of every shift, an After Action Review FPCON ALPHA
(AAR) will be conducted. The Safety Officer will This condition is declared when there is a general
insure to collect the information from those AARs, threat of possible terrorist activity against personnel
make the necessary observations, and take the proper and facilities, the nature, and extent of which are
provisions. unpredictable, and circumstances do not justify full
c. The Safety Officer will conduct a security implementation of FPCON BRAVO measures.
inspection every two weeks to insure alls the security However, it may be necessary to implement selected
provisions had been taken. measures from FPCON BRAVO (this would be called
FPCON ALPHA +). The measures in this FPCON
21-3. Fire Prevention Precautions must be capable of being maintained indefinitely.
a. The JDOG commander will appoint a Fire (1) Measure 1. At regular intervals, remind all
Marshal in writing. This will be an additional duty for personnel to be suspicious and inquisitive about
a senior NCO. This NCO will coordinate fire strangers, particularly those carrying suitcases or other
prevention activities with the Fire Department. containers. Watch for unidentified personnel on or in
b. All personnel working at Camp Delta should be the vicinity of JTF or NAVBASE facilities. Watch for
familiar with the Fire Response and Evacuation Plans. abandoned parcels or suitcases and any unusual
c. The only smoking areas at Camp Delta are the activity.
break area to the rear of DOC and the break area
between the JIG and QRF building.
d. It is responsibility of all personnel working at (a) All JTF personnel shall be particularly
Camp Delta turn the cigarettes butts off and put them suspicious of strangers carrying parcels, suitcases, or
inside the specific container. other containers.
e. Do not smoke 50 meters close to a container
and/or any flammable and combustible liquids, grease, (1) Be alert to scantily clad individuals as
material or gases. they may be Cuban Asylum Seekers (CAS) or
f. Fire extinguishers will be available in all detainees who have escaped and are trying to hide their
structures except blocks. For blocks, the fire identity.
extinguishers will be centrally located in the central
causeway. All personnel should know how to operate (2) Be inquisitive of strangers/persons taking
them. photographs or video of sensitive items and areas such
as; Magazines, Antennas, JTF HQ, detainee
Section II – Measures Operations, Detention Facilities, Radio Range Site, etc.
21-4. Change In FPCON Report all incidents to the JTF Joint Operations Center
a. The implementation of FPCON Charlie or (JOC) Watch Officer at 5010/5038/5037, tactical
FPCON Delta will include several levels of response: telephone at (411) 2219-954, or in person immediately.
Immediate Response and Sustained Response.
(1) Immediate response.
(a) Upon identification of a move to FPCON (3) Review unit-level terrorism awareness
Charlie or FPCON Delta, immediately initiate a training.
lockdown on the camp and conduct a headcount as
soon as possible. This includes returning detainees to (b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the
21.1
implementation of all steps for FPCON Alpha IAW (1) Ensure that classified materials are
this PLAN. secured.
(2) Measure 2. All personnel with access to (2) Ensure that personnel assigned to conduct
building plans/area evacuation plans must be available I.D. checks at access points are briefed and understand
at all times. Key personnel should be able to seal off their responsibilities.
an area immediately. Key personnel required to
implement security plans should be on call and readily (3) Ensure that all personnel have required
available. identification cards in their possession at all times.
(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensure that: (4) Ensure guard force members conduct a
100% I.D. check on all personnel entering restricted
(1) All Camp Delta evacuation plans are areas (i.e., Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II).
exercised monthly.
(b) JDOG S-2, coordinate with JTF AT/FP
(2) Conduct refresher briefings of all Officer to conduct weekly after hours
personnel concerning fire, bomb, and terrorist threat counterintelligence inspections of all JTF Headquarters
evacuation procedures monthly. spaces (including garbage dumpsters, etc).
(3) Radio and telephone communications are (5) Measure 5. Limit access points for vehicles
tested daily. and personnel commensurate with a reasonable flow of
traffic.
(4) All JDOG and Company CQs are familiar
with Blue Dart and White Pinnacle procedures. (6) Measure 6. As a deterrent, apply measures 14,
15, 17, or 18 from FPCON Bravo, either individually
(3) Measure 3. Secure buildings, rooms, and or in combination with each other.
storage areas not in regular use.
(7) Measure 7. Review all plans, orders,
(a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensures that all personnel details, and logistic requirements related to
outbuildings in vicinity of Camp America not being the introduction of higher FPCONs.
used are secured.
(a) Commanders, review all watch stander
(b) Commanders or 1SG conduct daily procedures and ensure each watch station is aware of
inspections of common troop areas (messing facilities, their duties and responsibilities.
troop billeting, latrines, recreation sea huts, etc.) for
suspicious/abandoned packages. If assistance/guidance (b) JDOG AT/FP Officer attend Force
is required, contact the JTF JOC Watch Officer at Protection Committee meetings and ensure subordinate
5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411) 2219-954, units understand their responsibilities and can
or in person immediately. effectively respond to threats in all FPCON levels.
(c) Subordinate Commanders/OICs ensure (c) JDOG RTO, ensure phone listings are up to
vehicle accountability daily. Ensure vehicle drivers date and passed out to all sections and companies
conduct daily searches of vehicles for tampering before within the JDOG. Ensure that the companies are
operating. briefed on the security communication system
frequencies/call signs utilized by the JTF.
(4) Measure 4. Increase security spot checks of
vehicles and persons entering the JTF areas. (d) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure key
personnel understand they are subject to immediate
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, conduct recall.
security spot checks during normal work hours.
(1) Inform all personnel to fuel all
21.2
government vehicles, and keep them full at all times.
(4) Measure 13. Move cars and such objects as
(e) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure trash containers, etc., from vicinity of all buildings.
approved ROE and UOF policies are passed down to Consider the application of centralized parking.
the lowest levels so that all personnel understand it’s
application. (a) JDOG AT/FP Officer, coordinate with the
Public Works Officer and affected department heads to
(8) Measure 8. Review and implement, as remove all dumpsters, cars, etc. away from all JDOG
appropriate, security measures for high-risk personnel Headquarters buildings and areas. Reference (a)
(HRP). requires a minimum 100-foot standoff from high-
density soft targets.
(9) Measure 9. As appropriate consult with
NAVBASE Security and NAVBASE N2 on the threat (b) JDOG AT/FP Officer coordinate with JTF
and mutual antiterrorism measures. AT/FP Officer to have all dumpsters, cars, etc,
removed from vicinity of Camp Delta and guard force
billeting areas.
(10) Measure 10. Review nuclear, biological,
chemical (NBC) threat and mission oriented protective
posture (MOPP) level. (5) Measure 14. Secure and regularly inspect all
buildings, rooms, and storage areas not in regular use.
(a) JDOG Operations Officer, consult with
JDOG Intelligence Officer concerning the (a) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensure all abandoned
chemical/biological threat; be prepared to raise MOPP structures in vicinity of Camp America previously
levels as necessary. secured in FPCON Alpha are inspected daily.
(b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, review (b) Subordinate Commanders/OICs,

NBC measures with all personnel. immediately conduct inspections of all secured
buildings and areas and report any discrepancies or
FPCON BRAVO abnormalities to the JOC Watch Officer via telephone
This condition is declared when there is an increased at ext. 5010/5038/5037, tactical telephone at (411)
and more predictable threat of terrorist activity even 2219-954, or in person immediately.
though no particular target has been identified.
However, it may be necessary to implement selected (6) Measure 15. At the beginning and end of each
measures from FPCON CHARLIE (this would be workday, and at other regular and frequent intervals,
called FPCON BRAVO +). Measures in this FPCON inspect for suspicious activity or packages of the
must be maintainable for weeks without causing undue interior and exterior of buildings in regular use.
hardship or affecting operational capability.
(1) Measure 11. Repeat measure 1 and warn (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, at the
personnel of any other potential form of terrorist attack. beginning and end of each workday, and at four-hour
intervals during the workday, inspect the interior and
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure exterior of buildings in regular use under your control
antiterrorism awareness briefing for all personnel, for suspicious activity or packages. Report your
including mail procedures and vehicle searches for all findings, positive or negative to the JTF JOC watch
hands. officer at ext. 5010/5058/5037, tactical telephone at
(411) 2219-954, or in person immediately.
(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the
implementation all steps for FPCON Bravo IAW this (7) Measure 16. Examine all mail (above the
PLAN. Ensure that NAVBASE Security Police are regular examination process) for letter or parcel bombs.
briefed on additional security measures implemented in
this FPCON. (a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure
USPS Poster 26 is distributed throughout office spaces,
(3) Measure 12. Check plans for implementation billeting, and unit mailrooms. Review mail-handling
of next FPCON. procedures with all unit mail personnel.
21.3
as soon as elevated FPCON is set and all action being
(8) Measure 17. Inspect all deliveries (including taken.
soda, vending machines, etc) to facilities.
(12) Measure 21. Operate random patrols to
(a) AT/FP Officer, ensure that interior building check vehicles, people, and buildings.
guards conduct inspections of all deliveries to their
respective buildings. All delivery personnel are to be (a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
escorted while in JDOG AOR. GTMO FPCON measures.
(b) Delta Shift OIC, ensure that all civilian (13) Measure 22. Remind drivers to lock parked
contractor vehicles (waste removal trucks, etc) that vehicles and to institute a positive system of checking
need access to the inner perimeter of the Camp Delta before they entering or exit the vehicle.
detention facilities are searched prior to entry.
Commence inspection of one of every ten civilian
commercial or contractor vehicles entering Camp Delta (14) Measure 23. Implement additional security
TAOR. measures for high-risk personnel, as appropriate.
(9) Measure 18. Increase surveillance of domestic (a) Not Used. Does not apply to units located
accommodations, schools, messes, clubs, and other soft at RRDF.
targets to improve deterrence and defense and to build
confidence among JTF personnel. (15) Measure 24. Brief personnel who may
augment guard forces on the use of Deadly Force.
(a) JDOG S-2 Intelligence Officer, as far as Ensure that there is no misunderstanding of these
resources allow, increase surveillance of all soft instructions.
targets.
(16) Measure 25. Pre-stage materials for any
(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- additional barriers that may be needed in elevated
GTMO FPCON measures. FPCON.
(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (a) AT/FP Officer, coordinate with JTF AT/FP
GTMO FPCON measures. Officer and JTF Intelligence Officer to design and pre-
stage the necessary Class IV construction materials and
pre-constructed barriers at designated access points to
(d) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- the JDOG TAOR (VH897015) commensurate with the
GTMO FPCON measures. current threat indications and warnings. Assist JTF-
GTMO, as required.
(e) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
GTMO FPCON measures. (b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
GTMO FPCON measures
(10) Measure 19. Make JDOG and Company
staffs and personnel aware of the general situation in (17) Measure 26. JDOG AT/FP Officer attends
order to stop rumors and prevent unnecessary alarm. increased frequency of AT/FP Working Group
Meetings as necessary.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, inform
personnel of general situation as it progresses or FPCON CHARLIE
regresses. This condition is declared when an incident occurs or
intelligence is received indicating that some form of
(11) Measure 20. At an early stage, inform terrorist action is imminent. However, it may be
members of local security committees/of any action necessary to implement selected measures from
being taken and why. FPCON DELTA (this would be called FPCON
CHARLIE +). Implementation for more than a short
period will probably create hardship and affect the
(a) JDOG OPNS inform subordinate elements NAVBASEGTMO peacetime operations.
21.4
(1) Measure 27. Inform all personnel of the Officer to cancel all non-mission essential deliveries
increased FPCON and continue all FPCON BRAVO (soda, vending machines) to JDOG AOR and Camps
measures. Delta. JDOG S-4 coordinate with JTF Logistics Officer
to stop aerial spraying of insecticide from truck.
(a) JTF JOC Watch Officer and JDOG OPNS
inform all personnel listed in the recall list of this (f) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
PLAN to remain at their place of duty/billeting in the GTMO FPCON measures.
event of a recall.
(4) Measure 30. Enforce control of base entry of
(b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the residents/visitors.
implementation all steps for FPCON Charlie are IAW
this PLAN. (a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
GTMO FPCON measures.
(c) All JTF personnel have body armor, helmet,
load-bearing equipment (LBE/LBV), protective mask, (b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
and weapon readily accessible. All JTF personnel on GTMO FPCON measures.
duty/at work will wear body armor, helmet, LBE/LBV,
and protective mask (in carrier) while outdoors, and
carry a Condition Three weapon. (5) Measure 31. Enforce centralized parking of
vehicles away from sensitive buildings.
(2) Measure 28. Keep all personnel responsible
for implementing antiterrorist plans at their places of (a) Ensure that all non-military vehicles not
duty. necessary for the operation of the JDOG AOR are
parked in the parking lot next to Seaside Galley.
(a) Subordinate commanders/OICs, institute
check out log for personnel on liberty status. (b) Ensure that all non-military vehicles
(contractor, government sedans, etc) are parked at least
100 meters from military work areas (parked in parking
(3) Measure 29. Limit access points to lot next to Seaside Galley) and no non-military
vital/restricted areas to an absolute minimum. vehicles are permitted to approach or park within 100
meters of Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II, or Detention
(a) Subordinate Commanders/ OICs, limit Hospital.
access points to an absolute minimum. All contractor
personnel will be escorted while conducting business (6) Measure 32. Issue weapons to guards. Local
around Camp America, Camp Bulkeley, Camp Delta I, orders should include specific orders on issue of
and Camp Delta II, if personnel permit. ammunition.
(b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (a) JDOG S-4 coordinates for issue of weapons
GTMO FPCON measures. and ammunition to subordinate units.
(c) Shift OIC, Camp Delta, ensures 100% (b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
inspection of civilian commercial and contractor GTMO FPCON measures.
vehicles entering Delta Detention Facilities.
(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-

(d) JDOG AT/FP Officer ensures that no GTMO FPCON measures.
vehicles are parked near occupied buildings. All non-
military vehicles will be parked in the lot by the bus
stop located near Seaside Galley. All military vehicles (7) Measure 33. Increase patrolling of JDOG
will be parked in the parking lot West of Evacuation areas of responsibility.
Route #1.
(a) JDOG OPNS establishes a 24-hour roving
(e) JDOG S-4 coordinate with JTF Logistics patrol of Camp America and Camp Bulkeley.

21.5
(a) All JDOG personnel (both on and off duty)
(b) JDOG OPNS utilizes Infantry to increase draw weapons and ammunition (30 rounds 9mm, 60
patrols of likely avenues of approach/observation rounds 5.56). Maintain weapons condition four
points to Camp Delta. (M16A2 and M9) for off duty personnel; weapons
condition three for on duty/at work personnel when
outdoors. All JDOG personnel will wear body armor,
(8) Measure 34. Protect all designated vulnerable helmet, protective mask (in carrier), and weapon
points. Give special attention to vulnerable points readily available. All JDOG personnel will wear body
outside of military establishment. armor, helmet, and protective mask (in carrier) while
outdoors.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
GTMO FPCON measures. (b) JDOG AT/FP Officer, ensure the
implementation of all steps for FPCON Delta IAW this
(b) Increase frequency of roving patrols of APPENDIX. Ensure that the JDOG’s FPCON status is
guard force billeting areas reported to higher headquarters.
(9) Measure 35. Erect barriers and obstacles to (c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
control traffic flow. GTMO FPCON measures.
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- (2) Measure 39. Augment guards as necessary.
(b) Emplace barriers in front of or inside sally GTMO FPCON measures.
ports for Detention Hospital and Delta II.
(b) JDOG OPNS increase size of internal
(c) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- guards force as manpower allows.
(3) Measure 40. Identify all vehicles in
(10) Measure 36. Consult local authorities about operational or mission-support areas.
closing public roads and facilities that might make sites
more vulnerable to attacks. (4) Measure 41. Search all vehicles and their
contents before allowing entrance to JTF TAORs.
GTMO FPCON measures. (a) Camp Delta will search all vehicles
entering the camp.
(11) Measure 37. The CJTF will institute a
mandatory curfew for all JTF personnel not on duty. (b) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF-
The curfew time will be determined by the CJTF. GTMO FPCON measures.
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, institute (5) Measure 42. Control access and implement
buddy system for individuals in liberty status. positive identification of all personnel – no exceptions.
FPCON DELTA
This condition applies in the immediate location where (a) Camps Delta will conduct 100% ID check
a terrorist attack has occurred or when intelligence is of all personnel entering the camps. Any personnel not
received that terrorist action against a specific location necessary for the operation or command and control of
is likely. Normally this FPCON is declared as a the camps will not be allowed access. Any personnel
localized warning. inside the camps who are not necessary for the
operation or command and control of the camps will be
(1) Measure 38. Inform all personnel of the escorted out of the camps. JIG personnel will be given
upgraded FPCON and continue to introduce all to option of leaving or staying IAW their own SOP.
measures listed for FPCON BRAVO and CHARLIE. Any non-military or non-JIG personnel that must enter

21.6
the camps will be searched and escorted at all times. 21-5. Alert Roster/Recall Roster
Commanders will implement an alert roster/recall
roster for the members of their unit to be implemented
(6) Measure 43. Search all suitcases, briefcases, in the event of an increase in FPCON. Initial contact
packages, etc, brought into all JTF buildings, facilities, attempt will be by telephone. Secondary will be by
and areas. radio and/or cellular phone. Notifications of units at
Camp America/Camp Bulkeley will be by runner if
(a) Delta OIC and SOGs will ensure all items necessary. JDOG S-1 section will maintain and
brought through the sally port are searched. distribute the Alert Roster/Recall Roster.
(7) Measure 44. Be prepared to displace JDOG 21-6. Brevity Codes For Implementation Of FPCON
OPS and company operations to alternate DOC. Levels
(Buildings West of Camp Bulkeley.) Line Situation Brevity Code
#
001 IMPLEMENT FPCON Preakness
(a) JDOG OPNS ensures that all staff sections CHARLIE MEASURES Stakes
have identified primary personnel and essential 002 IMPLEMENT FPCON Belmont Stakes
materials that would need to be moved on short notice DELTA MEASURES
to an alternate DOC. 003 IMPLEMENT FPCON Kentucky Derby
BRAVO MEASURES
(8) Measure 45. Make frequent checks of the The radio traffic to send the brevity code will be:
exterior of buildings and parking lots. “(Receiving Unit) this is (Sending Unit) I have FLASH
traffic…(BREAK)…I send (Brevity Code).
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs, ensure that Acknowledge receipt of code. OVER.”
designated personnel conduct frequent inspections of
building exteriors and parking areas. Section III – Alert Systems
21-7. Duress Condition
a. Can be indicated by Block Guard utilizing a
(9) Measure 46. Minimize all administrative duress code, yelling for help, using a radio, blowing a
journeys and visits. whistle, or other means.
(1) Guards on the affected block attempt to DOC
(a) Subordinate Commanders/OICs cancel pass the situation and call for assistance as necessary.
and days off for all personnel. All personnel will be at (2) If a call for assistance is made, one Block
place of duty, dining facilities, billeting or staging area. Guard from each of the neighboring blocks will
respond to the affected block. A Block Guard from a
non-affected block will contact the DOC to notify them
(b) JDOG S-4 will be prepared to provide field
of the situation.
rations/MREs to JDOG units should dining facilities be
(3) Roving sally port guard will let responding
declared off limits due to threat. JDOG S-4 should
Block Guards out of their block and into the affected
anticipate the need to provide rations for the detainees
block. Roving sally port guard will not enter the
being held at Camp Delta I, Camp Delta II, and
affected block with the sally port keys.
Detention Hospital.
(4) As the situation continues, Block Guards will
advise when the situation is under DOC or if additional
(10) Measure 47. Consult intelligence authorities Block Guards are needed.
about closing public roads and facilities that might (5) RTO will establish emergency traffic radio
make sites vulnerable to terrorist attack. conditions by stating “EMERGENCY TRAFFIC
ONLY” and stating the location and type of
(a) Not Used. Does not correspond with JTF- emergency. Only personnel with radio traffic about the
GTMO FPCON measures. situation or another emergency will use the radio until
emergency traffic is cleared.
(6) PL and SOG will respond and/or assist as
(11) Measure 48. CJTF-GTMO will consider necessary.
NBC threat and increase in MOPP level.
21-8. NAVBASE Siren System
a. The NAVBASE tests the siren system at 1200
hours every Wednesday.
21.7
b. This alarm has 5 different sounds and a PA b. Personnel designated as unit armorers and
system. NCOIC will be duly designated by the CJDOG and
c. The following action will be taken when the siren granted unaccompanied access into the facility.
is sounded: c. The weapons and ammunition storage facility
(1) Wail (General Alert). support team consists of unit armorers and the NCOIC
(a) Turn on TV/radio for additional information. and are directly responsible for access and control of
(b) Non-emergency alert. all operations at the facility.
(c) Example: hurricane readiness condition d. Unaccompanied access to AT-18 will be kept to
upgraded. an absolute minimum consistent with operational
(2) Alternate Wail (Take Cover - non-immediate requirements. All personnel authorized unaccompanied
threat). access will be on the access roster to receipt for and
(a) Return to quarters all non-essential personnel. turn-in keys for the facility.
(b) Stay in quarters until further notice. e. Armorers escorting unit personnel will maintain
(c) Stay there until all clear is sounded. visual contact at all times. Unit personnel will not be
(3) Pulse Wail (Take Cover - immediate threat). authorized direct access to ammunition and weapons.
(a) Return to nearest secure location and take Unit armorers will facilitate issue control at all times.
cover. All personnel entering AT-18 will sign in and out on
(b) Immediate danger; 15 minutes or less. the access control log and are subject to identification
(c) Stay there until all clear is sounded. card validation and search.
(d) Example: Tornado or in-bound unknown f. Unit armorers will issue and receive weapons and
aircraft. ammunition only for their respective unit. Weapons
(4) Pulse Steady (Recovery). issued for less than twenty-four hours will be issued by
(a) Recovery Disaster Teams report to duty. weapons card. Soldiers will only receive their assigned
(b) All non-essential personnel remain in weapons. Weapons card will be placed in the rack
quarters. where the weapon was removed. Weapons issued for
(c) Example: Emergency personnel: PW recovery periods in excess of twenty-four hours will be signed
teams, Fire Department out and in on the permanent issue log control book.
(5) Steady (All Clear). Resume normal activities. g. Upon issue of weapon, the bolt will be locked to
the rear and the weapon placed on safe. The weapons
Section IV – Weapons will be handed to the assigned soldier butt first, barrel
21-9. Weapons Conditions pointed up and in safe direction. Upon return of
a. Condition 4: weapon, soldier will clear the weapon at the cleaning
(1) No magazine in the magazine well barrel in accordance with posted instructions. A unit
(2) Bolt forward on an empty chamber NCO will be posted at the clearing barrel to insure
(3) Weapon on safe safety in return of weapons. Once the weapon is
(4) Ejection port cover closed cleared, the soldier will proceed directly to the door of
b. Condition 3: the magazine with barrel of weapon pointed up and in a
(1) Loaded magazine inserted safe direction. Soldier will hand the weapon to the
(2) Bolt forward on an empty chamber armorer butt first. Armorer will inspect the chamber
(3) Weapon on safe and insure the weapon is on safe. The following
(4) Ejection port cover closed procedures will be used:
c. Condition 2: (1) M-16: Armorer will hit the bolt release; place
(1) Does not apply to the M-16A2 service rifle the weapon on semi, and dry fire, then place weapon in
d. Condition 1: arms rack.
(1) Loaded magazine inserted (2) M203/Shotguns: Armorer will close the
(2) Bolt forward, round in chamber barrel, place weapon on semi or safety off, dry fire,
(3) Weapon on safe then place weapon in arms rack.
(4) Ejection port cover closed (3) M249: Armorer will ride the bolt forward;
close the cover, then return weapon to arms rack.
21-10. Weapons And Ammunition Storage Facility h. Keys are controlled and contained in a Class IV
a. All personnel assigned to duties at the weapons safe in the S-2 Office at Camp America and are issued
and ammunition storage facility will be familiar with and returned daily utilizing the Key Control Roster.
the provisions of directives, instructions, and Upon entry of the magazine (AT-18), the armorer or
regulations contained in references. NCOIC will log the time, date, and initial entry log on
the inside of the magazine posted on the wall. Keys
will remain on the person until the close of the day. At
21.8
the end of the day the armorer or NCOIC will return
the keys to the Battalion S-2 Office and verify posting
is completed to the key control log.
i. Armorers will conduct a barrel count of weapons
upon opening the weapons and ammunition storage
facility. The assigned armorer of a unit will not count
their own weapons. Monthly sensitive items inventory
will be by serial number and conducted by an E-6 or
above from respective units. Armorers are to inspect
10% of assigned weapons monthly to insure proper
weapons maintenance is being performed. Any
deficiencies or maintenance related problems are to be
reported to the respective unit maintenance officers for
resolution. Additional assistance can be obtained from
the JDOG S-4.

21.9

21.10
Chapter 22 issue, printed name and signature of individual who
Key Control issued the key, the printed name and signature of the
person issued the key, date and time the key was
22-1. Overview returned, and the printed name and signature of the
This program will establish guidelines, procedures, person who received the key back on the DA Form
policies, and measures to ensure efficient 5513-R-Key Control Register and Inventory.
implementation of all policies set forth in this plan.
22-4. Key Access Roster
22-2. Key Custodian A roster of all personnel authorized access to any key
a. A Key Custodian will be appointed to maintain located in Camps Delta will be maintained at all times.
accountability for operational keys used in the The key access roster is made out by rank, name, duty
operation of Camp Delta. The Key Custodian will also position, and who has access to each. A copy of the
ensure that alternate key custodians are designated to key access roster is maintained with the key control
issue, receive, and account for keys and they clearly register.
understand key control procedures. The key custodian
will adhere to the following: 22-5. Key And Lock Accountability
(1) Overall supervision of the key control There will be separate 20-26 gauge boxes labeled
program appropriately for each type of key used. Sally port
(2) Inventories, inspections/regulation of keys (1), handcuff keys (2), office keys (3), block keys
keys/locks (4), and so forth as applicable. Each box will be
(3) Custody of master/control keys, if applicable marked conspicuously with an inventory sheet located
(4) Conduct investigation of lost keys to include on the inside dated for each semi-annually inventory.
pecuniary liability Each key will begin with the number one and end in
(5) Records maintenance sequence. Any individual who signs for a key(s) must
b. The Key Custodian/Alternate will maintain a be in the possession of that key(s) at all times unless
record of keys by serial number shown on DA Form authorized by the PL, SOG, or Block NCO. Keys to
5513-R establishing the following: locks in use (i.e., detainee cells, shackles, sally ports),
(1) Location of lock/key will be spot checked to determine if the individual is
(2) Total number of keys on hand/issued signed for that particular key. When a key to a padlock
(3) Certificate and/or DA Form 2062/3161 to is found broken, the key to the broken padlock is either
whom issued replaced with any additional keys or the entire padlock
(4) Prepare/maintain key control registers IAW is replaced. When a key to a padlock is found to be
ARs referenced in paragraph 1 and retain file for one missing, the padlock will be replaced immediately and
(1) year. reported through the proper channels. At no time will a
(5) Inventory all keys and paperwork semi- shift leave without 100 percent accountability.
annually, or as often as needed IAW AR 190-13.
(6) Retain keys in a locked 20 or 26-gauge key 22-6. Key Issue Procedures
control container when not in use. a. Shift PL /SOG.
(7) Ensure that all keys are turned in before and (1) During shift change the off going shift PL, in
after each shift, e.g., (Days, Swings, and Midnights that Camps 1-4, will sign over the key box key on DA
apply). Form 5513-R and the Equipment Sign Out sheet. DA
(8) Maintain a key control register/equipment Form 5513-R is maintained in a binder located in the
sign out roster for personnel provided with keys. Key Control book at each camp.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R/Equipment Sign Out
22-3. Key Control Register sheet is filled out completely, a new form is started and
Keys are signed out to authorized personnel as needed the old form is placed in the Key Control Book under
on a key control register. DA Form 5513-R (Key issue the appropriate tab. DA Form 5513-R must be
and Turn-in) section is utilized for this purpose. The maintained for one year.
key control register/equipment sign out roster contains (3) When DA Form 5513-R is turned in from
the following: identification of the key, date, hour Block NCOs, Sally Port Operators, and Roving Sally
issued, signature of recipient, and initials of the Port Operators, the form is placed in the Key Control
individual receiving the returned key. Keys are Book under the appropriate tab.
identified by serial number. A key tag with a number b. Block NCO.
stamped on it will accompany each key and correspond (1) During shift change, the off going shift Block
on the key control register. If a key is signed out, it NCO will sign over the block keys to the oncoming
must have the following: the key tag number, date of
22.1
Block NCO on DA Form 5513-R maintained in the (3) The Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain
binder located on that particular block. physical control of the sally port keys at all times
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out unless relieved by the proper authority or another
completely, the NCOIC for that block will submit it to Block Guard.
the PL or SOG who will submit the completed forms to (4) When unlocking the roving sally port gate,
the DOC for filing. the Roving Sally Port Operator will maintain physical
(3) The Block NCO will have positive control of control of the keys and at no time will the door be
the block keys at all times. At no time will the Block pushed open with the key still in it and unsecured.
NCO go beyond the steps leading out to the shower
and recreation while detainees are in these areas. If the 22-7. Emergency Procedures
Block NCO is needed in the aforementioned areas, the a. Upon loss of control of a detainee, (i.e., detainee
most senior block personnel will take control of the is out of cell and unrestrained) the Block NCO will
keys until the Block NCO completes his/her assigned immediately transfer custody of all keys to the Roving
task. Sally Port Operator through the block sally port.
(4) The Block NCO will maintain physical b. If a key is misplaced or lost, the following
control of the block(s) keys at all times. At no time procedures will be followed:
will the block door be pushed open with the key (1) The Block NCO will immediately notify the
located in it and unsecured. PL and/or SOG of the situation.
c. Senior Block Guard. (2) The block will immediately implement a
(1) The most Senior Block Guard will take 100% lock down and will continue until the CO or
possession of any block or sally port keys while the JDOG S-3 state otherwise.
Block NCO is not present. (3) The IRF team will be notified and be ready in
(2) The Senior Block Guard will maintain the event of compromise.
physical custody of the shower and recreations keys. If (4) An immediate search of the block area will
not present, the keys will be given to a Block Guard begin; this search will include but is not limited to, any
other than the Block NCO. one area within Camp Delta.
(3) When unlocking a cell or sally port the Block (5) All blocks are searched or are subject to
NCO and/or Senior Block Guard will maintain physical search. The search will be conducted and supervised
control of the keys. At no time will the door be pushed by the PL and/or SOG.
open with the key in it and unsecured. (6) If keys are still compromised, a 100% lock
d. Sally Port Operators. down of Camp Delta will occur and all shower,
(1) During shift change the off going sally port recreation, and appointments are cancelled until the
operator will sign over the sally port keys to the on- keys are located.
coming sally port operator on DA Form 5513-R (7) The PL will notify the CO if, after step 23-
maintained in a binder/clipboard located at that sally 7.b.4 above has been completed and the key(s) are still
port. missing.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the forms will be turned over to the PL or
SOG who will submit the completed forms to the
respective DOC for filing.
(3) The sally port operator will maintain physical
custody of sally port keys at all times unless relieved
by the proper authority or another Block Guard.
(4) When unlocking the sally port gate, the sally
port operator will maintain physical control of the keys
and at no time will the door be pushed open with the
key still in it and unsecured.
e. Roving Sally Port Operators.
(1) During shift change the off going Roving
Sally Port Operator will sign over the sally port keys to
the oncoming Roving Sally Port Operator on DA Form
5513-R maintained in a binder/clipboard in their
respective camp.
(2) When DA Form 5513-R is filled out
completely, the Roving Sally Port Operator for that
camp will submit it to the respective DOC for filing.
22.2
Chapter 23 c. FPCON BRAVO.
External Security Operations (1) The platoon with the tower security mission
23-1. Conduct Of Infantry Soldiers will man six towers, with one soldier per tower.
a. Platoons will rotate in the following order: (2) The platoon with the dismounted/mounted
towers, QRF, patrols/TCPs/OPs, reserve (rearm/refit/ patrols, LP/OPs, TCPs, and the blocking position will
training cycle). establish a mobile reaction force.
b. Soldiers will stay in the designated uniform while (3) The platoon with the QRF mission will
on duty. All soldiers are required to follow the uniform remain at a high alert status capable of responding to a
policy established by the CSM. disturbance within five minutes. The QRF will be
c. The reserve forces will conduct detainee positioned inside Camp Delta. This QRF Element will
movement operations. The focus of this force is have riot gear staged with non-lethal munitions. Its
training and rearm/refit. Detainee movement primary function is to assist the MP IRF Teams inside
operations are an O/O mission. The reserve forces will Camp Delta. During detainee arrival missions, this
also be responsible for ID checkers at designated element will be on standby if needed to provide
locations on post. additional support to the QRF assigned to the detainee
d. The primary means of communication for the movement operation.
company is FM. At no time shall a soldier allow (4) The company in reserve will perform the
anyone outside the unit to use internal radios. Key detainee movement operations and provide security
leaders will utilize SABER radios as necessary in their details on main post. The soldiers of this company will
duties. conduct individual and collective tasks training IAW
e. Soldiers must wear a Kevlar helmet when riding the METL and mission specific tasks. This company
in a military vehicle off road. Soldiers will wear will also provide details around the Radio Range area
goggles while operating as the gunner on the mounted as needed. The companies will also re-arm/refit during
patrol in the M-1025. Otherwise, follow the JTF- this cycle.
GTMO and company policy, regardless of rank, d. FPCON C:
distance traveling, or time of day or night. (1) Soldiers will man M249 or M240B fighting
f. PLs and PSGs are responsible for submitting duty positions at the TCPs.
rosters by name and duty position to the 1SG or to the (2) Patrol Platoon will continue to man OP
NCOIC of the company prior to assuming a new Richmond and will man two out of four dismount
mission and upon subsequent platoon internal rotations. bunkers with either a M249 or M240B. Additionally,
The duty rosters must be constantly updated and one out of two defilade vehicle positions with a .50 Cal
submitted in order to ensure timely accountability of all MG will be manned along the coastline.
personnel. (3) Random vehicle searches will increase IAW
g. Soldiers are not permitted to wear personal with the special instructions of that SOP and the
knives on their LBV. Soldiers are not permitted to published Random Anti-Terrorism Measure (RAM).
carry any type of knife into Camp Delta. e. FPCON D:
h. Soldiers will carry in their left breast pocket a (1) Patrol platoon will occupy all vehicle-fighting
copy of the ROE/RUF (dated 30 NOV 02) and JTF positions at the TCPs.
GTMO Policy Memorandum #11. (2) Patrol platoon will man the mounted fighting
positions.
23-2. Task Organization (3) Patrol platoon will continue to man OP
a. To accomplish our mission the battalion is Richmond.
organized with: (4) Both Kittery and Windmill Beaches will be
(1) Three infantry companies. closed.
(2) Two platoons per company. (5) Vehicle searches will increase IAW the
(3) Four squads per platoon with nine soldiers special instructions contained within the SOP and
each. published RAM.
(4) Two fire teams per squad with four soldiers (6) The reserve forces or other designees will be
each. activated and operate all four bunkers along the
coastline.
23-3. Infantry FPCON Actions (7) The patrol platoon will increase the frequency
a. The battalion will use FPCON B as its minimum of roving patrols per the published patrol order.
operating FPCON level.
b. The companies will use the following measures 23-4. Tower Operations
for securing the Camp Delta Area of Operations (AO) a. The assigned Infantry unit will occupy security
at the appropriate FPCON level. towers in order to observe the exterior approaches to
23.1
Camp Delta. In addition, the element serves as a show (2) Alert status 2: The SOG uses this status
of force to deter individuals outside the facility and when the threat level is medium, high, or there is a lot
detainees within the facility from hurting U.S. Military of activity in or around the facility. Soldiers will carry
or other detainees. weapons at the ready and ensure the weapons are
b. The element will man security towers with one visible from outside the tower.
soldier per tower. Soldiers will not spend more than k. BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio, protective
four consecutive hours in the towers. The SOG will mask (carried), assigned weapon, night vision devices
rotate soldiers from the designated QRF to relieve (NVDs), Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF GTMO
tower personnel. ID Card, and the ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) in
c. The SOG will conduct a guard mount prior to the left breast pocket. Soldiers will have their Kevlar
assuming duty. During the guard mount, at a and body armor in the tower at the ready. At increased
minimum, the SOG will inspect all soldiers to ensure FPCON levels, soldiers don the Kevlar and body
they are in the proper uniform, have performed armor.
personal hygiene, and have water. In addition, he will l. Soldiers will maintain the following equipment in
account for all ammunition and assign posts. Once the each tower: a Camp Delta map, binoculars, sector
SOG has completed the inspection, he will put the sketches, range cards, and the SOP binder. The soldier
soldiers in a formation and march to the detainment in the tower is responsible for these items; before
facility, unless vehicle support is available. Prior to relieving a soldier, every soldier must report to the
entering the facility, the SOG will ensure all soldiers SOG and log all damaged or missing items.
clear their weapon using the clearing barrel and then m. All towers have assigned numbers. Soldiers will
insert a magazine. No soldiers will lock a round into conduct hourly radio checks, on the hour, and report to
the chamber of the weapon. ROE/RUF, dated 30 Nov the SOG in sequence. All soldiers in the tower will
02 applies. give status reports at irregular intervals not exceeding
d. Before assuming post, each soldier will do a 60 minutes. Soldiers will adhere to the debriefing
quick search of the area immediately surrounding the format. Soldiers will focus their watch based on the
tower and report any safety hazards or anything out of debrief format.
the ordinary to the Tower SOG. The oncoming soldier
will then take a position to observe the tower’s area of 23-5. Debrief Format
responsibility (AOR) and sign for all tower equipment. a. All information should include as many specifics
The oncoming soldier will review the sector sketch and as possible to include the detainees ISN.
range card pertaining to his AOR. The outgoing soldier b. Any potential threat to U.S. Military Forces or
will brief important information such as changes to detainees. Include any suspicious activity to include
guard orders, security concerns, and any changes in detainee self harm.
detainee activity. Prior to departing, the outgoing c. Verbal communication between external security
soldier will pick up any trash in or around the tower U.S. Military Forces or between two or more detainees
and discard appropriately. to include: Length of conversations, frequency of
e. Once on post, the soldier must maintain conversations, subjects discussed (if known), and any
continuous security and surveillance of the detainment additional comments.
facility and surrounding area. The soldier in the tower d. Any unusual behavior of detainees or attempts to
will: damage the detainee facility or miscellaneous
f. Remain standing and visible as a show of force. equipment.
g. Report to the SOG and log any suspicious e. Any unusual interaction between U.S. Military
personnel, vehicles, aircraft, and activity in the area in Forces and detainees. Examples include: routine
the tower binder. conversations with same detainee, prolonged
h. Report to the SOG and log all security concerns conversations outside interrogation areas, etc.
(i.e. holes in fence and open or unlocked gates). f. Any unusual behavior of civilian contract
i. Report to the SOG and log any suspicious or workers. Examples include: attempting to map the
unusual activity concerning detainees or personnel area, attempting to communicate with detainees,
within the facility. attempting to hide contraband, etc.
j. The SOG will determine the alert status for the
soldier in the tower. There are two alert statuses: 23-6. External Positions
(1) Alert status 1: The SOG uses this status a. The mission consists of one rifle platoon.
when the threat level is low and there is little or no b. There is one LP/OP (Richmond), two TCPs
detainee movement within Camp Delta. At this level of (Lexington and Harrisonburg), and one blocking
alert, soldiers must maintain weapons within arms position (Staunton).
reach.
23.2
c. The patrol platoon mans OP Richmond during all TOC will identify Sectors and named areas of interest
FPCON levels (This OP is further discussed under the (NAI), which will be the focus of the Patrols. The
mounted security section). The platoon with this FRAGO will be published 48 hours in advance. COs
mission will man one HMMWV w/ 50 Cal MG during will back-brief the Battalion Commander the day of the
FPCON C. During all FPCON levels, this Platoon mission cycle changes.
mans the two TCPs, the Blocking Position, conducts (1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, kneepads,
Dismounted/Mounted Patrols, and conducts any ICOM radio, protective mask (carried), assigned
published/scheduled RAM. weapon, Camelback, ID card and dog tags,
d. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Lexington): Three JTF_GTMO ID Card, and ROE / RUF card (dated 30
soldiers will man TCP Lexington (24) hours a day. Nov 02) in left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the
During RAM measures and elevated FPCONS, uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor.
manning of Lexington will be increased to reduce the The Squad Leader will carry a SABER radio.
impact of additional searches on the traffic pattern. (2) Information to report: The squad will report
This TCP will validate that all personnel who attempt any unusual activity, which may include unauthorized
to enter the Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter. personnel and vehicles in the obscure areas of the
The TCP will use the published JTF policy letter on routes, any unusual activity in the Contactors Labor
badges to determine who has access. In addition, the Camp, personnel taking photographs within the AOR,
soldiers at this TCP will ensure they control traffic unexploded ordinance, and unidentified boats and
flow through the TCP and follow all of the special aircraft. EOD personnel will handle unexploded
instructions. ordnance. Patrols will mark, provide a grid, and notify
e. Traffic Control Point “TCP” (Harrisonburg): the BN TOC.
Two soldiers will man this TCP 24 hours a day. i. Additional instructions: The following additional
Soldiers will not allow anyone to pass who does not instructions pertain to the platoon that has this mission.
have the JTF-GTMO ID. All others, to include civilian (1) Either the PL or the PSG will maintain
contractors, must come through TCP Lexington. command and control (C2) of their patrols at all times.
Windmill Beach is closed from 1930 to 0600 hours. (2) The platoon will provide one soldier to guard
No vehicles are allowed through Harrisonburg during the mobile arms room.
these hours except for internal patrols or vehicles with
prior coordination and authorized by the TOC. 23-7. Special Instructions
Soldiers are not allowed to pass through this TCP a. Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: These
during this time frame unless they are conducting PT. Instructions pertain to all vehicles entering the Camp
All soldiers will display the JTF-GTMO ID badge Delta Facility. Each FPCON has specific criteria that
upon re-entry. will be followed:
f. Blocking position “BP” (Staunton): Two (1) FPCON BRAVO: Soldiers will allow all
soldiers will man this position 24 hours per day. This military and government vehicles to pass through the
position will allow no one, regardless of unit, to enter TCPs once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
through this point. Soldiers are allowed to exit through valid JTF-GTMO ID card. The soldiers at the TCP
this point to conduct PT but they must enter the area will stop one out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and
through one of the two TCPs. There are no exceptions conduct an inspection in accordance with paragraph
to this policy of re-entry. 23-6(d). (Note: JTF-GTMO Civilian Model Vehicles
g. Uniform and Equipment: Soldiers at the two are considered Government Vehicles.)
TCPs and the one BP will wear the following uniform (2) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
and possess all the equipment listed below: tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all of the
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
radio, protective mask (carried), assigned weapon, one Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
road vest per soldier, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30 conduct an inspection in accordance with 23-6(d).
Nov 02) in the left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, (3) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
the uniform will include Kevlar helmet and all out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
pertinent body armor. vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a vehicles. Soldiers will conduct the inspection in
Logbook, and one 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will accordance with 23-6(d).
also have two mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of b. When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
vehicles. passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
h. Dismounted Patrols: These patrols will move compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
IAW the patrol order published by the BN TOC. The Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and
23.3
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers material is being carried in the truck. The soldier will
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner then conduct an exterior search of the vehicle and
during the search. undercarriage. The soldier will first perform a cursory
c. In the event that weapons or a suspicious package search of the exterior of the vehicle to attempt to
are found, immediately separate the vehicle occupants, identify any hazards or obvious signs of danger.
and move soldiers away from the vehicle. Do not Special attention should be given to possible explosive
allow anyone to remove or go into the vehicle. devices, obvious leakage coming from the vehicle, or
Immediately call the CP, and have the CP notify the anything else that is unusual. The soldier will then have
JOC. Keep the car secure and personnel detained until the driver open the front hood of the vehicle so that the
appropriate authorities arrive on site. engine compartment can be searched. After the engine
d. Civilian Contractor Bus: Due to the amount of compartment is cleared, the soldier will have the driver
personnel on a civilian contractor bus, when a civilian open any other compartment that is on the truck. After
contractor bus comes to the TCP, the soldiers at the the vehicle is determined to be safe, the driver and
TCP will have the bus pull over to the shoulder of the passengers will be allowed to reenter the truck and
road and dismount all personnel. One soldier will have continue through the TCP. In the event that weapons
the civilian workers line up and another soldier will or a suspicious package are found, immediately
enter the bus and do a thorough search of the bus. separate the vehicle occupants, and move soldiers away
When the bus is clear, one soldier will pull security from the vehicle. Do not allow anyone to remove or go
while another soldier match the workers’ identification into the vehicle. Immediately call the CP, and have the
numbers to the roster in the TCP binder. As the soldier CP notify the JOC. Keep the truck secure and
verifies a worker’s identification, the soldier will allow personnel detained until appropriate authorities arrive
that person to reenter the bus. The soldier who is not on site. In the event that a HAZMAT (Hazardous
involved with the civilian worker bus will continue to Material) leak is detected on the truck during the
check other vehicles as necessary. search, immediately contain the area by closing the
e. Detainee Movement Operation: Before the TCP. If the driver can safely stop the leak, then allow
convoy moves from the battalion area, ensure that the them to do so if there is no other threat. If the driver
right lane exiting the compound is clear from any cannot stop the leak, secure the personnel and move to
obstacles (i.e. Jersey Barriers and Concertina Wire); a safe position. Immediately call the CP, and have the
this will allow smooth passage of the convoy as they CP notify the JOC. Keep the truck secure and
pass the TCP. Once the convoy is en-route back to the personnel detained until appropriate authorities arrive
TCP and reaches checkpoint five, stop all traffic on site.
entering or exiting the TCP. To execute this, one
soldier will move 100 meters toward the compound 23-8. Mounted Patrols
while another soldier will move 100 meters in the a. The Mounted Patrols will consist of two
opposite direction. Each soldier will direct the HMMWVs with .50-caliber MGs and LRAS. The
oncoming vehicles to move onto the shoulder on the primary means of communication is FM and the
west side of the road. The soldiers will direct the alternate is SABER. The patrols call signs are their
driver to turn his vehicle off, all occupants to exit the designated Platoon call signs. The patrols will move
vehicle, and step to the opposite side of the car than the along the designated routes and report the status of
road. Once the convoy has passed and it has been each check point to the CP. When the patrols are
announced over the radio that the buses have entered complete, the crews will report all clear to the CP. The
the Camp Delta, traffic may continue to move crews will patrol the AO once every three hours IAW
normally. Soldiers will then replace all barriers and with the schedules below.
obstacles in their original positions and request that the (1) Patrol schedule 1: Per the published patrol
barriers are filled with water thru the S-4. order. The BN TOC will provide a FRAGO 48 hours in
f. Tanker/Fuel Trucks: When a tanker/fuel truck advance of mission assumption. The COs will back-
comes to the TCP, the soldiers at the TCP will have the brief the Battalion Commander the day of the mission
truck pull over to the shoulder of the road and cycle change.
dismount all personnel. One soldier will monitor the b. Weapons Control Status:
driver and any passenger. A soldier will search the (1) .50 caliber machine guns: Each .50 Cal MG
interior of the truck. When the truck’s interior is clear, will have 100 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the
one soldier will pull security while another soldier ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in
verifies the identity of the driver and any passenger the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.
using JTF-GTMO badges or workers’ identification (2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30-
numbers. After the soldier has verified the driver’s round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine
information, the soldier will determine what type of into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered.
23.4
c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU, (1) Date, time, and name of soldier who lost the
Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried), ammunition.
assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog (2) Explanation of the activity of the soldier
tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF Card (dated missing the rounds—(“I don’t know” is not an
30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will acceptable answer).
have their body armor in the HMMWV with them, (3) The procedures taken to retrieve the lost
except for the gunner who will wear his as a Force ammunition.
Protection Measure. During black flag conditions, the (4) The signature of the soldier and the SL.
gunner may remove his blouse. At FPCON C and D, (5) Before releasing his soldiers, the SL will
all soldiers will wear body armor. inform the PL or PSG that he has secured his ammo
and all rounds are present and accounted for. If any
23-9. Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP) rounds are missing, the PL or PSG will immediately
a. Each LP/OP will consist of two personnel. The notify the XO or First Sergeant (1SG). Notify the TOC
primary means of communication is FM per the BN immediately. An investigation will follow.
SOI. The alternate means of communication is (6) Taped over magazines or coloring the last
SABER radio. The LP/OP will report and record any round in a magazine is not a sufficient means for
suspicious activity or unauthorized personnel, conducting an accurate round count. This method may
boats/ships, or vehicles in the JOA. be used for periodic leader checks, but a by-round
b. Weapons Control Status: count must be completed after each mission cycle.
(1) .50 caliber machine gun: Each LP/OP will (7) When entering the cantonment area clear
have 400 rounds. The gunner will NOT insert the weapons at the ammunition transfer point (ATP), rod
ammunition belt. The ammunition belt will remain in the weapon, and put weapon on safe.
the container at all times unless instructed otherwise.
(2) M16A2: Each M16A2 will have two 30- 23-11. Lexington TCP
round magazines. The soldier will insert the magazine a. Three soldiers (one NCO) will man TCP
into the weapon, and ensure NO round is chambered. Lexington at all times. This TCP will validate that all
c. Soldiers will wear the following uniform: BDU, personnel who attempt to enter the Camp Delta AO are
Kevlar helmet, LBV, protective mask (carried), authorized to enter. The soldiers are responsible for
assigned weapon, NVDs, Camelback, ID card and dog thoroughly inspecting badges, to include the front and
tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated back of the badge. If an individual attempts to show a
30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. Soldiers will badge thru the window the soldier should ask the
have their body armor in the HMMWV with the individual to roll the window down and visually and
exception of the gunner who will wear his as a force physically inspect the badge for authorization. The
protection measure. At increased FPCON levels, all TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to
soldiers will wear body armor. determine who has access. Soldiers shall carry
d. Named areas of interest (NAI): See published flashlights at night to inspect the interior of vehicles.
patrol orders. b. All soldiers operating the TCP and controlling
e. The LP/OP will report all contact in the SALUTE the flow of traffic must wear a road guard vest and will
format to the TOC. carry their assigned weapon. The only exception is for
the soldier in the soldier guard house monitoring the
23-10. Ammunition Handling radio. The weapon will be at the ready at all times and
a. The Company Executive Officer (XO) is overall within arms length.
responsible for the accountability of all ammunition. c. The interior/exterior area of the soldier guard
b. Each platoon and squad is responsible for the house will be kept clean and organized at all times.
accountability and security of their assigned Trash will be discarded properly at each shift change.
ammunition. Through direct supervision, the Squad d. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will
Leader (SL) will ensure soldiers follow the proper also visually look inside all vehicles, to include the bed
loading and unloading procedures upon start and of trucks, opening the back and/ or side doors of vans.
completion of each mission. The following will be e. Marine Corps Vehicles: Do not have to produce
completed after each mission: a JTF-GTMO badge to pass thru the TCP. The
c. The SL will conduct a round count. Marines are only authorized to pass through the
d. The SL will contact the PL or PSG to inform him checkpoint with prior coordination. Coordination will
that the count is accurate. If the count is not accurate, be a call to the TOC, over the react net, stating the
the soldier missing ammunition will write a statement approximate time the vehicle will arrive at the TCP, the
containing the following information: first phonetic alphabet letter of the day of the week and
the numeric date of the arrival. Example: 15 minutes,
23.5
Foxtrot 10 equates to 15 minutes on Friday the 10th. (c) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
Their vehicle will also be identified with a red placard out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
on the front bumper with the acronym MCSFC in white vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
lettering. If a vehicle reaches the TCP without prior vehicles. Soldiers will conduct a thorough inspection.
coordination, they will be detained at the TCP until (2) When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
they communicate the above requirement over the net passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
to the TOC. compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
f. All JTF-GTMO soldiers with lost badges may Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and
enter through the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers
for their identity. will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner
g. Contractors are allowed to bring alcohol through during the search.
the TCP as long as there are no open containers. If an (3) In the event that weapons or a suspicious
open container is observed, detain the vehicle, its package are found, immediately separate the vehicle
occupants, and report it immediately to the TOC. occupants, and move soldiers away from the vehicle.
h. All soldiers must be on alert for any suspicious Do not allow anyone to remove or go into the vehicle.
activity in the area, to include individuals attempting to Immediately call the CP, and have the CP notify the
bypass the TCP on foot. JOC. Keep the vehicle secure and personnel detained
i. The generator lights will be turned on prior to until appropriate authorities arrive on site. If a
sunset or dusk. It is important that the generator light suspected explosive device is discovered, immediately
be tested during daylight hours to ensure it is in proper clear the area. All vehicle passengers must be detained
working condition. If there is a problem with the and moved at a minimum of 200 meters from the
generator, notify the TOC immediately. vehicle. All TCP soldiers will also clear at a minimum
j. Record all activity in the logbook. If possible, of 200 meters from the vehicle. A soldier should be
record the names and SSN of all individuals who posted 200 meters out from each side of the TCP to
harass TCP soldiers. Record all names of individuals stop all traffic from moving towards the TCP. All
who attempt to pass thru the TCP without the proper vehicles must have their engines turned off. No cell
badge or authorization. phones or radios will be used. A TCP soldier will
k. When crew-served weapons are employed at the notify the TOC immediately after the area is cleared.
checkpoint, they must have sector sketches. Personnel (4) Civilian Contractor Bus: Due to the amount
will rehearse actions for the employment of the crew- of personnel on the bus, when a bus comes to the TCP,
served weapon systems. All personnel will know their the soldiers at the TCP will have the bus pull over to
weapon system sectors of fire. the shoulder of the road and all personnel will
l. If any questions arise, soldiers will contact the dismount. One soldier will have the contract workers
TOC immediately. line up and another soldier will enter the bus and do a
m. Special Instructions: thorough search of the bus. When the bus is clear, one
(1) Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: This soldier will pull security while another soldier matches
pertains to all vehicles entering the facility. There are the workers’ ID numbers to the roster in the TCP
different procedures for FPCON B, C, and D. The binder. As the soldier verifies a contract worker’s ID,
procedures are outlined below: the soldier will allow that person to reenter the bus.
(a) FPCON BRAVO: Soldiers will allow all The two soldiers who are not involved with the
military and government vehicles to pass through the contract worker bus will continue to check other
TCP once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a vehicles as necessary and allow them to pass.
valid ID Card. The soldiers at the TCP will stop one (5) Detainee Movement Operations: Before the
out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and conduct a convoy moves from the area, ensure that the right lane
thorough inspection of the inside and outside of the exiting the compound is clear of any obstacles (i.e.
vehicle. (Note: JTF-GTMO civilian model vehicles barrels and concertina wire); this will allow smooth
are government vehicles.) All soldiers will maintain passage of the convoy as they pass the TCP. Once the
proper military bearing and remain professional at all convoy is en-route back and reaches checkpoint five,
times. stop all traffic entering or exiting the TCP. To execute
(b) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all this, one soldier will move 100 meters toward the
tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all compound while another soldier will move 100 meters
occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card. in the opposite direction. Each soldier will direct the
Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical oncoming vehicles to move onto the shoulder on the
government and civilian contractor vehicles, and West side of the road. The soldiers will direct the
conduct a thorough inspection. driver to turn his vehicle off, all occupants to exit the
vehicle, and step to the opposite side of the car than the
23.6
road. Once the convoy has passed and it has been c. All soldiers checking badges to enter the area will
announced over the radio that the buses have entered also visually look inside all vehicles prior to allowing a
the Camp Delta, traffic may continue to move vehicle to pass, to include the bed of trucks, opening
normally. Soldiers will then replace all barriers and the back and/or side doors of vans.
obstacles in their original positions. Notify the TOC to d. JTF soldiers with lost badges may enter through
coordinate refilling the barriers with water. the TCP with an E-8 or above to vouch for their
(6) Military Bus: When a military bus enters the identity.
TCP one soldier will enter the bus without his weapon. e. Contractors are not allowed through this TCP at
The soldier must physically inspect all badges and any time.
ensure the photo on the badge matches the individual f. All soldiers must be on alert for any suspicious
soldier possessing the badge. One soldier will maintain activity in the area, to include individuals attempting to
constant observation from outside the bus. If the bus bypass the TCP on foot.
exceeds the seating capacity, the NCOIC of the TCP g. The generator light must be turned on prior to
must make the determination for all occupants of the sunset or dusk. It is important that the generator light
bus to dismount in order for the soldier to inspect JTF- be tested during daylight hours to ensure it is in proper
GTMO Badges. working condition. If there is a problem, notify the
n. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at TOC immediately.
the position above will wear the following uniform and h. Record all activity in the logbook. If possible,
have the common equipment listed below. record the names and SSN of all individuals who
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM radio harass TCP soldiers. Record all names of individuals
(if applicable), protective mask, assigned weapon, road who attempt to pass thru or bypass the TCP without the
guard vest, Camelback, ID card and dog tags, JTF proper badge or authorization.
GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card (dated 30 Nov 02) i. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
in their left breast pocket. At FPCON C and D, the checkpoint, they must have sector sketches. Personnel
uniform will include Kevlar helmet and body armor. will rehearse actions for the employment of the crew-
(2) Common equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a served weapon systems. All personnel will know their
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will weapon system sector of fire.
also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of j. If ever in doubt, contact the TOC immediately.
vehicles. k. Special Instructions:
(1) Instructions for Inspecting Vehicles: This
23-12. Harrisonburg TCP pertains to all vehicles entering the facility. There are
a. Two soldiers will man this TCP twenty-four different procedures for FPCON B, C, and D.
hours a day. This TCP will not allow anyone to pass (a) FPCON BRAVO: Guards will allow all
who does not have the JTF-GTMO badge. All others, military and government vehicles to pass through the
to include contractors, must come through TCP TCP once all occupants of a vehicle have shown a
Lexington. Windmill Beach is closed from 1900 to valid ID card. The soldiers at the TCP will stop one
0500. The TCP closes to traffic at 1930. Beginning at out of ten civilian contractor vehicles, and conduct a
2100 and ending at 0500, it’s acceptable to have thorough inspection of the inside and outside of the
entrance traffic only for Physical Training (PT) and vehicle. (Note: JTF-GTMO civilian model vehicles are
will be allowed to pass through the TCP. This TCP government vehicles.) All soldiers will maintain
will validate that all personnel who attempt to enter the proper military bearing and remain professional at all
Camp Delta AO are authorized to enter. The soldiers times.
are responsible for thoroughly inspecting badges, to (b) FPCON CHARLIE: Soldiers will allow all
include the front and back of the badge and ensuring tactical vehicles to pass through the TCP once all
the picture on the badge matches the soldier. If ever in occupants of a vehicle have shown a valid ID card.
doubt, ask for a second form of ID or call the TOC. If Soldiers will stop five out of ten non-tactical
an individual attempts to show a badge thru the government and civilian contractor vehicles, and
window of a vehicle the soldier should ask the conduct a thorough inspection.
individual to roll the window down and visually and (c) FPCON DELTA: Soldiers will inspect five
physically inspect the badge for authorization. The out of ten tactical vehicles and non-tactical government
TCP will use the JTF-GTMO policy letter on badges to vehicles. Soldiers will inspect all civilian contractor
determine who has access. vehicles. Soldiers will conduct a thorough inspection.
b. Soldiers will keep the interior/exterior area of the (2) When inspecting, the soldiers will search the
guard house clean at all times. All trash will be passenger and cargo area of the vehicle, the engine
discarded appropriately before each shift change. compartment, and the undercarriage of the vehicle.
Soldiers will look for weapons (guns, knives, etc) and
23.7
suspicious packages that may contain a threat. Soldiers FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will
will not damage the vehicle or contents in any manner include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier
during the search. will have a flashlight.
(3) In the event that weapons or a suspicious (2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
package are observed, immediately detain the logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler.
individual(s), move to a safe distance approximately c. The BP will survey Camp Bulkeley and report
200 to 300 hundred meters away, and block both sides any suspicious activity observed in the empty billeting
of the road. Immediately call the CP, and have the CP near Camp Bulkeley and the hardball road, which leads
notify the JOC. Keep the personnel detained until to Windmill Beach.
appropriate authorities arrive on site. If a suspected d. Soldiers must maintain communication with the
explosive device is discovered, immediately clear the company CP. If ever in doubt about any issue or
area. All vehicles and personnel must be detained and occurrence immediately contact the company CP.
moved a minimum of 200 meters from the vehicle. A e. Soldiers are responsible for signing the hand
soldier will be posted 200 meters out from each side of receipt for the equipment located at the BP and
the TCP to stop all traffic from moving towards the maintaining 100% accountability at all times. No
TCP. All vehicles must have their engines turned off. exceptions. It is also the responsibility of the soldiers
No cell phone or radio use. A TCP soldier will notify to ensure the equipment is signed for by the next shift
the TOC immediately after the area is cleared. reporting to the BP.
l. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at f. When crew-served weapons are employed at the
this position will wear the following uniform and have BP, they must have sector sketches. Personnel will
the common equipment listed below. rehearse actions for the employment of the crew-
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM served weapon systems. All personnel will know their
radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried), weapon systems sector of fire.
assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card
and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card
(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the
FPCON level changes to C and D, the uniform will
include Kevlar helmet and body armor. Each soldier
will have a flashlight.
(2) Common Equipment: One PRC-119 radio, a
logbook, and a 5-gallon water cooler. The TCP will
also have mirrors to inspect the undercarriage of
vehicles.
23-13. Staunton Blocking Position (BP)

a. Two soldiers man this position. The position will
allow no one, regardless of unit, to pass through this
point in a vehicle. There shall be no traffic allowed
thru this TCP, dismounted or otherwise from 0500 to
2100. The only exception (per J2) is that military unit
members perform Physical Training (PT) thru the TCP
beginning at 2100. The blocking position is an exit
only for PT participants; that means they cannot re-
enter thru the BP. Advise PT participants that they
must pass thru the Windmill Beach Road or Kittery
Beach Road TCPs to re-enter the area. The BP is
blocked with an obstacle consisting of rolls of
concertina wire with pickets and barbed wire.
b. Uniform and Common Equipment: Soldiers at
this position will wear the following uniform and have
the common equipment listed below.
(1) Uniform: BDU, patrol cap, LBV, ICOM
radio (if applicable), protective mask (carried),
assigned weapon, road guard vest, Camelback, ID card
and dog tags, JTF-GTMO ID card, and ROE/RUF card
(dated 30 Nov 02) in their left breast pocket. When the
23.8
Chapter 24 (4) Latex or similar gloves;
Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) Operations (5) Additional leather gloves are optional.
Section I – Preparation (6) Lexan shield
24-1. Team Organization (7) Handcuffs
a. There will be primary and alternate IRF team (8) Leg Irons
designated for each camp.
b. IRF teams consist of five MPs. The following 24-3. Additional Equipment
are the team positions and their responsibilities: The additional personnel who support the IRF team
(1) Number One Man. The Number One Man is will use the following equipment:
also the shield man. His responsibility is to give the (1) Three-piece Suit (Escort Team)
conditions of the cell along with the location and (2) Gurney (Escort Team)
activity of the detainee is the team. Upon entry, the (3) Leather Restraint Kit (Escort Team)
number one man is responsible to pin the detainee with (4) Crash Bag (Medical Team)
the shield with the minimal amount of force necessary. (5) Video camera (Admin NCO)
The number one man is also responsible for securing (6) Two Videos Disks (Admin NCO)
the head. (7) OC Spray (PL and/or SOG)
(2) Number Two Man. The Number Two Man is (8) Garden Hose (Block NCO)
responsible for securing the detainee’s right arm with
the minimal amount of force necessary. He will also 24-4. Training
have the handcuffs and keys for the cuffs. He is The PL will ensure the IRF Team is properly instructed
responsible for proper shackling of the detainee’s wrist. to react to all possible emergency response situations.
(3) Number Three Man. The Number Three Man The IRF NCOIC will ensure all team members are
is responsible for securing the detainee’s left arm with thoroughly familiar with their duties and
the minimal amount of force necessary. He will assist responsibilities.
the Number Two Man in shackling of the detainee’s a. Training for the IRF Team members should occur
wrist. during every shift and in each camp, under the
(4) Number Four Man. The Number Four Man is direction and control of the IRF NCOIC and PL. The
responsible for securing the detainee’s right leg. He training should take place, but is not limited to, when
will also have the leg irons and keys for them. He is block activity is slow enough to allow for pulling the
responsible for proper shackling of the detainee’s IRF Team members from the block to conduct training.
ankles. b. An AAR will be conducted at the end of each
(5) Number Five Man. The Number Five Man is IRF training session or drill.
also the Team Leader. He is responsible for all actions c. See appendix B for IRF Team Evaluation
of the team. He will give all verbal commands to the Checklist.
team. He is responsible for securing the detainee’s left d. The same brevity code will be used for both drills
leg. He will assist the Number Four Man in shackling and practices.
of the detainee’s ankles. He is responsible for ensuring e. During the IRF team brief, the team will be told
all shackles are double locked and that medical that it is a drill.
personnel checks the detainee. He is also responsible f. A brevity code word will be used to stop the drill
to ensure all IRF Team equipment is accounted for at in the event of a safety concern or accidental injury.
all times. g. Upon use of the brevity code, all actions will stop
c. The PL or SOG for each camp will designate the and the safety concern will be addressed.
IRF Team Leader and IRF team members, for both the h. At no time will the soldier portraying a detainee
primary and alternate teams. No more than one be in any uniform other than BDUs.
primary IRF team member will be assigned to each i. All drills must still have medical presence in the
block. IRF team members will only be assigned to event of an injury.
blocks. IRF team members must be assigned to a j. Any injuries will result in an informal inquiry to
block. determine what can be done to prevent injuries in the
future.
24-2. IRF Team Equipment k. A risk assessment will be completed prior to
The five-man IRF team will use the following training.
equipment: l. An IRF Team has eight minutes in Camp I and
(1) Riot Helmet or Kevlar Helmet with ballistic ten minutes in Camp II to be ready from the brevity
visor code to the end of the briefing.
(2) Shin protectors
(3) Ballistic vest or Flak Vest
24.1
24-5. Brevity Code until the detainee has agreed to be moved by a normal
a. A brevity code will be selected to identify when escort team or the IRF Team has completed the
the IRF team members must respond. extraction to their assigned area and the PL or SOG has
b. The brevity code may be a word or short phrase given the order to resume movement.
and one that will not be used in daily communications. c. Once an IRF has been called, all members of the
c. Each shift will have its own brevity code for each primary and alternate IRF Teams will assemble at the
camp. The alternate IRF teams will have a separate IRF equipment box and the IRF NCOIC will report to
brevity code. the PL or SOG. The DOC will contact Escort control
d. The brevity code will be issued at guard mount. to dispatch an Escort Team to report to the affected
e. The DOC will notify Camp Delta Medical block, with a three-piece suit and a gurney. Medical
Personnel, Escort Control and Interpreters of the IRF will dispatch to the affected block two medical
brevity code at the beginning if each shift. personnel with two crash bags. The Admin NCO in the
DOC will bring the video camera to the IRF team
Section II – Operations location to record the IRF. The PL or SOG will
24-6. IRF Team Guidelines request an interpreter to come to the affected block.
a. The IRF Team is intended to be used primarily as d. Once all members of the IRF Team have put on
a forced cell extraction team, specializing in the their equipment: ballistic/flak vest, shin guards,
extraction of a detainee who is combative, resistive, or riot/Kevlar helmet with face shield, latex gloves, and
if the possibility of a weapon is in the cell at the time of leather gloves, they will move to the sally port outside
the extraction. It not intended to be used on every the affected block. The PL or SOG will brief the IRF
detainee who is to be moved to maximum security, but NCOIC on the situation in the affected block. The
on those who indicate or demonstrate an intention to camera operator will ensure he is following the IRF
resist the move to a maximum-security block or Camera Operator checklist and each step is completed.
another location. The PL and/or SOG must ensure that the camera
b. The physical security of US Forces and detainees operator captures the imagery and information he is
in US care is paramount. Use the minimum force required to for each step. The recording will start with
necessary for mission accomplishment and force the PL or SOG stating the detainee’s ISN(s), block
protection. The use of the IRF Team is a level of force number(s), reason(s) for the use of the IRF, a brief
and is used in response to a level of resistance by a description of the events leading up to the IRF, who
detainee or in response to an emergency. Use of the authorized the use of the IRF Team, and the current
IRF Team and levels of force are not to be used as a date and time. The IRF Team will then line up in front
method of punishment. of the cameraman by position, starting with the IRF
Team Leader and the will at a minimum state; their
24-7. IRF Team Use name, rank, position on the IRF Team, their duties and
a. When the use of the IRF Team is necessary, the responsibilities, and that they will use the minimum
PL or SOG will contact the blocks by radio or phone amount of force necessary to complete the mission.
and have the IRF Team members report to the IRF The IRF Team members that have equipment will
equipment box in the appropriate camp. In the event show the equipment to the camera to ensure that it is in
the radio is used for notification, a brevity code will be working order and not damaged.
used to call the IRF Team members. The Block NCO e. Prior to the use of the IRF Team, an interpreter
will shut the water off for the block to prevent will be used to tell the detainee of the discipline
detainees from throwing water on the IRF team measures to be taken against him and ask whether he
members. intends to resist. Regardless of his answer, his recent
b. If a disorder or disturbance occurs within the behavior and demeanor should be taken into account in
facility and the IRF Team is ordered to respond, the PL determining the validity of his answer. The detainee
or the SOG will be the senior authority. The PL and will be moved by the on site escort team if he agrees to
SOG will have complete freedom of movement during cooperate.
the disturbance situation. All detainee movement on f. If the detainee does not comply, the PL or SOG
the affected block will cease. All detainee, contractor, will tell the detainee to face the back of the cell, get on
and ICRC movement in the affected camp will also his knees and place his hands on top of his head. The
cease. All contractors being escorted in the affected PL or SOG will restate their orders if the detainee
camp will be secured in an empty block. The only continues not to comply. The PL or SOG will show
movements in the affected camp will be by the IRF the detainee his can of OC, as a show of force and
Team members, Medical personnel, Interpreters, Escort restate his orders and tell the detainee that if he does
Team, Camera Crew, JDOG S-3 staff, and MWD not comply that he will be sprayed and removed from
responding to the IRF. Movement will not resume the cell by the IRF Team.
24.2
g. The PL or SOG will administer a one to three f. All paperwork related to the IRF must be
second burst of OC into the face of the detainee if the completed and turned in prior to end of shift.
detainee still fails to comply. The detainee will be g. The SIR, video, checklists, and copies of all
asked to comply again after a short period of time (15 statements will be forwarded to the JDOG S-3 to be
to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work. If he kept as evidence.
fails to comply, the PL or SOG may administer another
burst of OC into the face of the detainee. The detainee
will be asked to comply again after a short period of
time (15 to 30 seconds) that will allow the OC to work.
If he fails to comply, the Block NCO will open the cell
door to allow the IRF Team entry into the cell. Upon
entry into the cell the IRF Team will use the minimum
amount of force necessary to subdue the detainee and
order the detainee to stop resisting.
h. Once the detainee is shackled, he will be brought
to the recreation area of the affected block or taken to
the decontamination location and decontaminated. The
medical personnel on site will conduct a medical
evaluation of the detainee to check for any injuries
sustained during the IRF. Once decontamination is
complete and medical personnel clear the detainee, he
will be moved to his new block or placed into his
previous cell. Prior to movement back into the
previous cell, the MPs on that block will decontaminate
that cell of any residual effects of the OC spray by
using the hose.
Section III – Documentation

24-8. Verbal Reporting
a. Within fifteen minutes of the use of OC, the JOC
will be notified by secured telephone by DOC
personnel that an event is occurring.
b. The CO will call the JOC after the detainee has
been secured and provide all details available.
c. The CO will notify the CJDOG of the incident.
24-9. Written Reporting

a. The CO will initiate a SPOTREP to be sent up
via SIPRNET computer to the JOC Watch Officer
within a half an hour of the completion of the IRF use.
b. The CO will complete an unclassified Serious
Incident Report (SIR) IAW AR 190-40 and submit it to
the JDOG S-3. The SIR will list all personnel and
detainees involved and will be forwarded within two
hours of the completion of the IRF use.
c. The PL and/or SOG will complete a DD Form
2823 Sworn Statement concerning the use of OC. The
PL will also complete a DD 508 to document the
discipline measures taken.
d. All MPs involved in the original incident that
precipitated the use of the IRF will submit a completed
DD Form 2823 on the incident. The PL will review
these sworn statements for completeness.
e. All IRF Team members are required to submit
sworn statements.

24.3

24.4
Chapter 25 b. The Platoon Sergeant will also conduct a physical
Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations count of all ammunition daily while assigned to the
25-1. Mission QRF.
a. Company secures Camp Delta with a QRF c. The QRF will have the following ammunition on
element in order to facilitate Detainment Facility hand at all times:
Operations. This element has the following planning (1) 48 12-gauge area non-lethal rounds.
priorities: (2) 48 40-millimeter point non-lethal rounds.
(1) Provides a Show-of-force within the detention (3) 48 40-millimeter area non-lethal rounds.
facility to deter all errant behavior from unruly (4) 48 M84 stun grenades.
detainees.
(2) Follow and assume military police IRF duties 25-5. Uniform
to control unruly detainees. a. BDU, Kevlar, Body Armor, Protective Mask
(3) React to unauthorized intrusion into the (carried), Assigned Weapon (if designated),
compound to protect U.S. forces and detainees. Camelback, ID Card and Dog Tags, JTF GTMO ID
Card, and the ROE card in left breast pocket (dated 30
25-2. Requirements Nov 02).
a. The QRF must be able to react to a disturbance in b. In addition, QRF soldiers will don riot control
the Detention Facility within five minutes. gear consisting of: face shields attached to the Kevlar,
b. The section will maintain a Command Post (CP) non-ballistic shin guards, a shield, and a baton.
within the QRF building and must man this CP 24
hours per day.
c. This QRF will maintain radio communication
with the Infantry SOG (ISOG) and the Company CP.
d. Either the PL or the Platoon Sergeant will be
prepared to lead the QRF at all times.
e. The DOC will contact the QRF CP via landline
or runner when the QRF is required.
25-3. Notification Procedures

a. If deemed necessary, the Detention Facility DOC
will notify the QRF CP to react to a threat within the
compound.
b. The soldier who receives this message will
immediately notify the PL or Platoon Sergeant and
then alert the QRF element.
c. The PL or the Platoon Sergeant, whomever is not
leading the reaction squad, will immediately report to
the Company CP that the QRF has been alerted.
d. Once notified to react, the QRF reaction squad
will don the riot control gear and secure assigned
weapons for non-lethal delivery.
e. Once prepared, the QRF squad will stand in
formation and prepare to enter the Detention Facility.
f. The MP IRF representative will provide the QRF
element a SITREP of the disturbance before entering
the compound.
g. Once the disturbance is quelled, the QRF will
relinquish command back to the MP IRF Team and re-
deploy to the QRF building to conduct a back brief.
25-4. Ammunition Numbers and Accountability

a. The Platoon Sergeant of the QRF will visually
inspect and count for the following ammunition prior
to his element assuming duty as the QRF.

25.1

25.2
Chapter 26 NCOIC is overall responsible to ensure the team is
Military Working Dogs (MWD) equipped for the day’s mission.
26-1. Responsibilities (b) Ensure that MWD on shift maintain a DA
a. The CJDOG is responsible for ensuring MWD 1594 (Staff Duty/PL Journal). NCOIC will be
are used to enhance physical security and as a responsible for maintaining a record of each shift.
psychological deterrence. Ensures coordination for each mission or change of
b. The MWD Section Kennel master is responsible mission is planned, resourced, and executed.
for the following: (c) Ensure handlers utilize and maximize training
(1) Recommendations for the deployment and time and document the same.
proper use of MWD teams (d) Report any significant or serious incidents to
(2) Assisting in planning and deployment of higher.
MWD teams and planning/conducting proficiency (e) NCOIC will report to JDOG Operations when
training a MWD team is down due to illness, injury etc.
(3) Personnel needs and maintenance of MWD NCOIC will maintain an internal tracking report and
Section forward to JDOG Operations on the status of each
(4) Ensuring MWD teams are properly cared for MWD team.
(2) MWD Team:
26-2. Operations (a) Will not escort detainee(s) unless specified by
a. The JDOG currently has three MWD teams. the CO
Each team is composed of a dog handler and one dog. (b) Assist Immediate Reaction Force (IRF) with
The three MWD teams consist of an explosive detainee(s) upon the request of the CO.
detection/patrol dog, narcotics detection/patrol dog, (c) MWDs can be used to scout for escaped,
and a single purpose patrol dog. The joint manning missing, or lost detainee(s)
document (JMD) for future rotations authorizes five (d) MWD handlers are overall responsible for the
MWD teams. The teams (one per shift) will be proper use of their assigned MWD while on duty and
employed as follows: ensuring all Military Police/personnel are aware of the
(1) Psychological deterrence. MWD will walk capabilities of their MWD
“Main Street” in Camp Delta during shift to (e) Draw weapon for external perimeter patrols
demonstrate physical presence to detainees. MWD from the RFI Armory at Camp America; the weapon
will not be walked through the blocks unless directed will be maintained with the QRF weapons while MWD
by the JDOG. are within Camp Delta perimeter.
(2) Dismounted patrols. MWD will augment (f) Report to the DOC to draw a Saber Radio
Infantry dismounted patrols during hours of limited battery.
visibility and at higher THREATCONs. Additionally, (g) Confirm call sign and conduct
patrols will include the following areas: communication check
(a) Detention Hospital (h) Coordinate movements with CO and Infantry
(b) Camp Delta Fence Perimeter TOC
(c) Contractor Work Sites (i) Conduct four-hour checks on MWD
(d) Camp Bulkeley (j) MWDs will only be released to pursue,
(e) Camp America attack, and hold detainee(s) attempting to escape
(3) Explosives detection. MWD will be used at c. Safety Procedures. All personnel are responsible
Sally Port 1 and Kittery Beach Checkpoint in for ensuring that all safety procedures and rules are
conjunction with random antiterrorist measures to aid followed at all times:
in explosives detection. (1) While on duty, no person is to feed or be
(4) Detainee Transfer Missions. MWD team will allowed to befriend a MWD.
accompany detainee transfer missions from Leeward (2) Whenever entering or leaving a site with a
Airfield IAW JTF-160 FRAGO. MWD a loud verbal warning will be made. (DOG
b. Shift Requirements. MWD teams are an asset COMING IN/OUT).
available 24 hours /7 days per week. The MWD teams (3) All running and/or playing are strictly
are OPCON to the JDOG while in Camp Delta. When prohibited in or near the kennel areas.
outside Camp Delta, movements will be coordinated (4) Dog teams always have the right of way.
with the TOC of the unit responsible for the security of (5) When staking out a dog a collar and stakeout
the exterior area of the camp. chain will be used.
(1) NCOIC: (6) Only the dog handler will be permitted to
(a) Check on the status of each team on duty work with their assigned dog.
twice per shift (via visitation or telephonically). MWD
26.1
(7) Each handler will learn to recognize the weapon will be maintained with the QRF weapons
warning signs that a dog has the intent to attack/bite. while inside Camp Delta.
(8) Loose Dog Procedures:
(a) First person to notice a loose dog will call
out: LOOSE DOG!
(b) Everyone in the area will stop movement and
remain still.
(c) The assigned handler will attempt to take
control of their dog.
(d) In the absence of the assigned handler, the
person nearest the dog will attempt to restrain it.
(e) When the dog is secured, the handler that
does so will call out: DOG SECURED!
26-3. Training
a. Training will habitually be conducted with
NAVBASE Security Forces MWD. Both an
explosives kit and narcotics kit are available to
NAVBASE MWD on Guantanamo Bay.
b. MWD Kennel master will coordinate training
schedules with NAVBASE MWD personnel for
submission to JDOG Operations. Training schedules
will reflect, at a minimum:
(1) 60 days out, required proficiency training to
maintain qualification
(2) Weekly training conducted with NAVBASE
(3) Suggested RAMs for monthly implementation
(4) Transition training for follow-on MWD
teams.
26-4. Logistics
a. Billeting. Both handlers and MWDs are housed
at TK89 until a permanent MWD facility is completed.
b. Support Facilities. MWD teams work out of
office space in Bldg 8 at Camp Delta until completion
of the proposed kennel facility. Support facility and
kennel requirements are as follows:
(1) NIPR computer access
(2) Refrigerator for meds/food
(3) Food storage area
(4) Sink
(5) Six dog kennel
c. Transportation. MWD teams will be provided
vehicle support (1 vehicle) for the team on shift from
J4. The vehicle must be dispatched IAW J4
Dispatching procedures.
d. Supplies. All supplies must be requested through
the JDOG S-4.
e. Weapons and Ammo. Weapons will be stored in
the RFI Armory at Camp America when not in use.
During shift, weapons can be maintained with the QRF
weapons inside Camp Delta. While conducting
perimeter patrols outside the fence line, weapons will
be worn. Ammunition will be provided by JDOG and
stored inside the RFI Armory. During shift, two ten
round magazines will be drawn. The ammunition and
26.2
Chapter 27 b. Any information on size, disposition, strength,
Operation Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive specific capabilities, and limitations of all friendly
Lighting Plan units providing fires or sensors for defensive
27-1. Purpose operations.
a. To prohibit conduct that is prejudicial to the good c. Any information on detainee Operations affecting
order and discipline of JTF-GTMO that may threaten JTF-GTMO mission accomplishment.
the national security of the United States or its allies, (1) Any information pertaining to the movement
and is of a nature likely to bring discredit upon the of detainees to and from GTMO.
Armed Forces. (2) Any information pertaining to the movement
b. To establish a standard operation procedure to of detainees while at GTMO.
follow in the event of a threat either by sea or air that (3) Any reference to the identification of a
requires the need for extinguishing all lights and power detainee other than their Internment Serial Number
for Camp Delta. (ISN).
(4) Any reference to specific detainee
27-2. Responsibilities interrogations.
a. Subordinate Unit Commanders and COs. The (5) Any reference to detainee activities and
commander will ensure that: detainee conversations
(1) All personnel are briefed on the contents of (6) Any reference to a detainee’s medical
this SOP and JTF-GTMO General Order #2. condition including, but not limited, to medical
(2) Personnel understand that they have a duty to treatment received and given, diagnoses, and status of
report any violations of this SOP or JTF-GTMO health.
General Order #2 to their supervisor or to the Staff (7) Any detail (written or pictorial) concerning
Judge Advocate. the construction, design, and function of any detainee
(3) JTF-GTMO General Order #2 is posted on confinement facility including, but not limited to Camp
read boards in common areas throughout the unit. Delta, Naval Station Guantanamo Naval Brig, and the
b. All personnel entering Camp Delta. All military Detention Hospital.
and civilian personnel assigned to, having access to, or (8) Unauthorized pictures of detainees
working at the Camp: (9) Any pictures of coastline from Windmill
(1) Are required to read and adhere to the Beach to Camps Delta and America to the
standards set forth in this policy. Cuban/American fence line.
(2) Shall avoid action, whether or not specifically d. Task force information affecting JTF-GTMO
prohibited in this SOP or General Order #2, which mission accomplishment.
might result in or reasonably be expected to create the (1) Compiled rosters of personnel data or
appearance of a violation of this SOP General Order #2 deployment information.
or other law, or which by its very nature might (2) JTF-GTMO Information Operations,
compromise the OPSEC of JTF-GTMO. capabilities, connectivity, and passwords.
(3) Disclosure of travel information and
27-3. Punitive Action itineraries for JTF-GTMO Commanders, and visiting
a. Persons subject to the UCMJ who violate this Flag and/or General Officers.
SOP or General Order #2 either negligently or (4) Disclosure of travel information and
intentionally may be punished under Article 92, UCMJ, itineraries for distinguished visitors, foreign
for violating a lawful general order, or receive adverse delegations, and members of Joint interagency Task
administrative actions or both. Force Personnel.
b. Civilians serving with, employed by, or (5) Schedule of deployment overseas to support
accompanying the U.S. armed forces in the JTF- detainee operations.
GTMO area of operation are not only subject to all (6) Anti-Terrorism and Force Protection
applicable federal laws, but may also face adverse measures and Rules of Engagement of all units
administrative actions for violation of General Order assigned, attached, and/or OPCON to JTF-GTMO.
#2.
27-5. Prohibited Activity
27-4. Essential Elements of Friendly Information a. General
(EEFI) (1) Leaving any tools, keys, weapons or other
a. Per JTF-GTMO Policy Memorandum #11, the work-related materials necessary to perform your
following is considered EEFI, regardless of mission unattended or within the reach of persons
classification or lack thereof. unauthorized to possess them, or bringing any

27.1
materials not necessary for the performance of the (5) Misplacing or leaving personnel rosters,
mission into a sensitive area or detainee area. access badges, or computer access user names and
(2) Discussing classified matters, work related passwords, and classified materials unattended.
matters or JTF operational matters with anyone who (6) Accessing, downloading, installing, or storing
does not have either the appropriate clearance or the unauthorized internet sites or other unauthorized
need to know said information or in the presence of materials, software, or programs on any ADPE, JTF-
anyone that does not have the appropriate clearance. GTMO, or MWR computer without the express written
Failing to immediately disclose to the chain of approval of the J-6.
command any information concerning sabotage, (7) Leaving your computer system logged in and
terrorist activity, subversive activities that may pose a unattended without properly locking the terminal, using
direct threat to U.S. personnel, requests by anyone for a private computer to process government related
illegal or unauthorized access to classified or sensitive work, or plugging any private computer (non-
information, contact with an individual whom you have government computer) into the JTF-GTMO or MWR
reason to believe is targeting you for exploitation, or networks without the express prior written
other OPSEC violations. authorization of the J-6.
(3) Taking a person to any area for which they do (8) Forwarding chain mail.
not possess the required clearance without (9) Forwarding virus warnings or failing to
authorization or a mission-related purpose, or leaving a immediately report the discovery of a virus or virus
person unattended in any area where they are not warning to JTF-GTMO, J-6.
authorized to be unattended. (10) The improper use of another person’s
b. Detainee Operations. identity or computer account, masking, or attempting to
(1) Communicating with detainees (verbal or hide a user’s identity while using the JTF-GTMO
non-verbal) or assisting others and/or allowing others computer network systems.
to communicate with detainees without the proper (11) Connecting to or allowing the connection of
authorization. both a network interface card and modem to a JTF-
(2) Discussing matters of a personal or GTMO computer at the same time. Connecting to or
operational nature in the presence of detainees that allowing the connection of any hardware or software
need not be discussed in their presence. not provided or authorized by JTF-GTMO, J-6.
(3) Failing to report unauthorized (12) Taking visual or audio recordings or
communications or attempted communications with a drawings of camp facilities or personnel working in
detainee, or failing to report a detainee’s attempts to and around Camp Delta, Camp X-Ray, or any other
improperly communicate with a person subject to this part of the NAVBASE that is a photography-prohibited
Order. area. This prohibition also includes taking photographs
(4) Wearing un-sanitized uniforms in the or video recordings of personnel movements or
presence of detainees. operations at NAVBASE GTMO without the
(5) Taking visual or audio recordings or drawings appropriate authorization, and transmitting or
of the detainees, camp facilities, or detainee operations. displaying any information relating to JTF-GTMO
(6) Discussing any information or details operations on any website or other shared medium
concerning the JIIF and any activity, conversation, or without the proper written authorization.
technique used during interrogation.
c. Electronic Communication / Recording 27-6. Deceptive Lighting Plan
(1) Using non-secure means to discuss classified a. All military and civilian personnel working in
information or other information related to JTF GTMO Camp Delta will be familiar with and conform to the
operations. procedure prescribed by this policy. Unit leaders and
(2) Transferring classified information or discs to shift OICs and NCOICs are responsible for ensuring
lower-classified or unclassified medium, network or that their personnel are familiar with and comply with
computer. this procedure. Personnel may be held accountable
(3) Transporting classified information without under the UCMJ for failing to follow the guidelines set
the proper locking containers or covers, leaving forth under this SOP.
computer terminals or classified material unattended b. In the event of a threat either by sea or air, the
and unlocked. following procedure will be followed.
(4) The improper marking of information, taking (1) The JOC will notify the Camp Delta DOC of
classified materials to a housing unit, sharing or an impending threat in two stages.
revealing computer user names and passwords. (a) The first notification occurs when a potential
threat has been identified.

27.2
(b) The second notification occurs when the
threat is confirmed and the decision is made to turn off
all lights in the Camp Delta area.
(2) When JOC calls with the first notification:
(a) Camp Delta CO will have one of the
Administrative NCOs, working in Camp-1, using
whatever means available (i.e. golf cart, HMMWV)
move to the power substation adjacent to the water
tanks by Camp Bulkeley. Admin NCO will carry a
SABRE radio.
(b) Upon arrival will enter the gate by entering
the number (1998) in the combination lock.
(c) Proceed to the junction box with the number
(7012-83) Breaker Box and open the box. The number
for the lock on the breaker box is (224).
(d) Call Power Station #4 and advise them that
they are getting ready to shut down power to Radio
Range. All phone numbers are posted inside the door
of the phone box.
(e) Call the JOC (5010/5038) from the phone box
located on the end of the substation and await the
second notification.
(f) CO / OIC will detail the SOG for each Camp
to stand by the generators to be prepared to shut down
the generators when directed.
(3) When JOC issues the second notification
(a) Admin NCO will go to the breaker box and
turn the switch that is labeled with “TRIP/CLOSED”.
The switch will be turned in the direction of “TRIP”.
This will shut down all the power to all of Camp Delta.
(b) The Admin NCO will then notify the JOC
(5010/5038) and confirm that the power is out, noting
the time.
(c) The Admin NCO will ensure that all locks are
locked prior to leaving the area.
(d) Generator shut-off personnel will shutdown
the generators when directed by the CO/OIC.
(4) Camp Delta personnel will evacuate Camp
Delta IAW the Camp Delta Evacuation SOP.
(5) Camp America personnel will evacuate Camp
America IAW the Camp America Evacuation SOP.

27.3

27.4
Chapter 28 c. All detainees will be treated humanely and
Public Affairs consistent with the principles of the Geneva
28-1. Operations Conventions.
a. When possible and properly requested through d. These detainees are the most dangerous of the al-
JTF-GTMO Public Affairs Office (PAO), the Facility Qaida and Taliban. They continue to pose a threat and
Commander will grant access within the facility to must be under tight control.
representatives of the media. e. Guantanamo Bay and the detention facilities are
b. Press/media will not photograph, videotape, or secure and well-defended.
interview any detainee. Rights to privacy will be
preserved at all times.
c. Safety/security and order must be obtained at all
times. The Facility Commander or senior cadre
member in the facility may terminate any media visit if
it is determined to jeopardize custody and control.
d. PAO will accompany all media/press tours, as
well as a JTF-GTMO and/or JDOG command
designated personnel.
e. No detainee information, records, or files will be
released. The Facility Commander must authorize any
release to the media.
f. All press releases for both emergency and non-
emergency situations will be done through JTF-GTMO
PAO. News will not be released from the facility to any
media agency. The JTF-GTMO PAO will release all
information in accordance with their policies and
regulations.
g. The Facility Commander and Camp
Superintendent are the only individuals authorized to
speak with media on behalf of the facility, unless
designated by JTF-GTMO and/or CJDOG.
28-2. Themes for Global War On Terrorism

(GWOT)
a. We are making progress in the GWOT through a
concerted effort with our coalition partners.
b. The U.S. will use all elements of national power
and international influence to defeat global terrorism.
c. USSOUTHCOM remains committed to working
with our partner nations to support democracy, military
professionalism, and the observance of human rights.
d. The U.S. respects all religions. Our enemies are
terrorists and the states and organizations that support
them.
e. The U.S. will take all necessary steps to ensure
that operations target global terrorist networks while
protecting innocent lives.
28-3. Detainee International Public Information

Themes
a. Detaining these people in Guantanamo Bay
supports the smooth transition to a stable and secure
environment in Afghanistan.
b. Guantanamo Bay affords a safe facility to secure
and provide appropriate care for detainees.

28.1

28.2
Chapter 29 (6) Classes on Camp IV and its associated rules
Transitions and privileges.
Section I – To Camp IV (7) A tour of Camp IV and description of the
29-1. Preparation facilities.
a. The transition procedure from Camp I to Camp
IV will allow the detainee over a period of time to 29-3. Movement to Camp IV
acclimatize to a different security environment with its a. On the movement day, the detainee will have his
own set of rules and operating procedures. comfort items inventoried and packed in the storage
b. The detainees to be moved from Camp I to Camp tub. The green mattress will stay in the cell.
IV will be those detainees that have no violent history. b. The detainee will be placed in handcuffs.
Detainees that will move will be from the eligibility list c. The detainee, tub, and ISO mat will be loaded
compiled by the JIG and the JDOG. onto a Gator.
c. The detainees will have a block, bay, and bed d. The detainee will be transported to Camp IV and
assigned to them by JIG. This assignment will be his block.
based on such factors as ethnic background, language, e. The detainee’s items will be placed inside the
religion, etc. Those with active TB will not be block compound under the shelter.
considered for selection. f. The detainee will be escorted into the block
d. The JDOG S-4 will be given a WARNORD compound.
regarding food requirement changes for Camp I and g. The detainee will have the handcuffs removed
Camp IV. through the bean hole of the block gate.
e. Medical personnel will identify any detainee with h. The detainee will get his tub and ISO mat and
special needs. then enter his bay.
f. If the block is currently not active, block supplies
such as toilet paper, liquid soap and bedding material Section II – For Transfers
will be placed on the block. 29-4. Preparation
g. A storage container will be obtained for each a. The transition procedure from Camp I or Camp
detainee and will be marked with the detainee’s ISN. IV to another nation will allow the detainee over a
period of time to acclimatize to a different security
29-2. Process environment with its own set of rules and operating
a. Detainee will be moved to the location for the procedures.
announcement in handcuffs and a waist belt. b. The detainees to be moved from his current camp
b. No earlier than seven days prior to movement, will be those detainees that have been identified by
interrogators will advise the detainee of his selection to both JDOG and JIG for transfer to another nation.
be moved to Camp IV. c. The JDOG S-4 will obtain a new set of civilian
c. Detainee will be returned to his cell using clothes for these detainees. This set of clothes will
handcuffs and waist belt. consist of the following items:
d. A storage tub with the detainee’s ISN on it will (1) Shoes
be delivered to the detainee’s block. (2) Socks
e. The detainee will be returned to his cell where he (3) Underclothes consisting of boxers and
will pack his items in the tub except for the mattress undershirt
and ISO mat. (4) Pants
f. The detainee will be shackled using handcuffs (5) Shirt
and waist belt. (6) Belt
g. The detainee, the tub, the mattress, and ISO mat (7) Jacket, if applicable
will be taken to Tango Block. (8) Small Duffle Bag
h. Combat Camera will film the transition from the (9) Wallet.
detainee’s current cell to his cell in Tango Block. d. A camp wide announcement will be developed
i. During the transition phase, the following by the JIG, approved, and translated.
activities will occur:
(1) An increase in food portions. 29-5. Process
(2) One shower allowed per day. a. A camp wide announcement will be read to the
(3) Longer recreation periods allowed. camp announcing that detainees are in the process of
(4) Group recreation time with up to three being transferred.
detainees. b. The detainee will be moved to the location for the
(5) ISO mats placed in the recreation yard to announcement of his transfer in a three-piece suit.
facilitate board games and prayer time.
29.1
c. Interrogators will advise the detainee of his custody. The Detainee Hospital’s former physical
selection to be transferred. therapy room is designated as the current transition
d. Detainee will be returned to his cell using location. Detainees identified for transfer will be given
handcuffs and waist belt. a period of “decompression” and will have increased
e. A storage tub with the detainee’s ISN on it will privileges as they prepare for their transfer.
be delivered to the detainee’s block. b. These detainees will be moved from their current
f. Detainee will pack his items in the tub. The cells to the transition location in waist belt and
detainee will change from his Camp Delta clothing into handcuffs only. Unless the detainee exhibits behavior
his new clothing. The Camp Delta clothing will be that would require increased restraints, they will only
retained to sleep in and for when daily clothing is being be moved with the use of the waist belt and handcuffs.
washed. There will be an MP stationed outside the entry to the
g. Detainee will be placed in handcuffs and waist Transition Location and in a position to observe the
belt and placed in a van to be transported to the room and control access to the Transition Location.
Transition Location. Two escorts will be utilized for c. The door leading outside will be secured utilizing
this movement: one will sit behind the detainee and the a padlock and hasp.
second one will sit beside the detainee. A JIG d. There will be two MP’s stationed inside the room
representative will drive and an interpreter will ride in near the latrine area. This position will be by the entry
the passenger seat. door leading to the Detainee Hospital.
h. Upon arrival at the Transition Location, the e. The middle doors leading into the dental area will
detainee will meet with the designated representatives; always remain secured except for emergency
JDOG, chaplain, medical, etc. situations. There will an MP at this location in order to
i. JDOG/JIG will give an overview of the observe the detainees.
Transition Location along with rules to follow during f. The door leading into the hospital area will be
transition. secured. If there is only one MP there, that one MP
j. JIG will be responsible to provide all comfort will stand on the Detainee Hospital side of the door and
items to the detainee as D-Day approaches. observe the detainees through the window of the door
k. Detainee will utilize this time to adjust himself to until the second MP returns.
a more lenient life style including such items as g. Inspections will be performed daily on the
follows: detainee’s area by the day shift.
(1) More recreation h. Shakedowns will be performed as designated.
(2) More showers i. MPs will ensure that the latrine and shower area
(3) Different meals are cleaned at least once per shift on days and swings.
(4) Items provided by the JIG. j. MPs will ensure that the detainee’s area is
cleaned each morning and also at any other time during
29-6. Transition Location Rules the day as needed.
Designated detainees will follow the following k. Detainees may stack up their mattresses or beds
guidelines: for storage. If this is done, bedding will be neatly
(1) Follow all directions given to them by staff. placed on their storage bin.
(2) Keep their area clean. l. Detainees will not be allowed in prohibited areas
(3) Will request use of the latrine and one at a (taped areas) without authorization.
time. m. MPs will notify the D.O.C. via the phone, any
(4) Will not be allowed in the areas that are counts that are conducted.
outlined in tape. n. MPs will monitor all foot traffic from Detainee
(5) Will not touch electrical outlets or telephone Hospital to the Transition Location for utilizing the
outlets. latrine.
(6) Will not touch the fire alarm system. o. If one of the MPs stationed by the latrine area
(7) Will not gamble. needs to take a break, the roving MP will replace that
(8) Will not throw any item. MP until that MP returns.
(9) Will clean the common room daily. p. MPs at the Transition Location need to
(10) Will clean the latrine daily. coordinate with the Detainee Hospital MP’s for getting
(11) Will sit in (at) the table area to eat. meals for both detainees and themselves.
(12) Will not damage anything. q. MPs on duty will remain vigilant.
r. MPs will not have any unauthorized items while
29-7. Standing Orders in the performance of their duties.
a. The Transition Location is designated for those s. MPs will wear latex gloves while performing
detainees identified for pending transfer from U.S. searches.
29.2
t. MPs will wear “sanitized” uniforms with their
names covered up.
u. MPs will document in a log book all significant
events that would include but not limited to the
following: shift change, chow times, authorized and
unauthorized visitors, medical staff, medical staff,
interrogators, translators, and count times.
v. MPs will perform preventive measures and
accountability on all equipment.
w. Whistles are provided to each MP for duress.
MPs will keep whistles with lanyards on their person at
all times while on duty. The whistles will be
transferred from MPs coming off shift to those coming
on shift.
x. Detainees will be provided the opportunity to
participate with recreation per the schedule provided.
Showers will be allowed after recreation or as
authorized.
y. Recreation schedule: One MP will escort the
detainee utilizing the hospital entrance doorway of the
transition location (by the latrine). The detainee, along
with the escort, will exit out the rear entrance to the
designated recreation location. The remaining three
MPs will observe the other detainees from three points:
(1) Outside the access door looking in.
(2) At the middle doors looking in from the
physical training room.
(3) Sitting at the table by the latrine.

29.3

29.4
Chapter 30
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF)
30-1. Operations
a. Any attempt at self-harm will cause the cell to be
considered a crime scene. This cell will be sealed and
not used until JDOG S-3 gives the approval.
b. No detainee is to be moved from this section to
MSU for behavioral reasons.
c. Any move for temporary reasons, the Koran must
follow the detainee.
d. All blankets in use in this section will be of the
self-harm prevention type. This blanket will stay in the
assigned cell. Periodically check all seams of the
blanket. If any seam has been chewed, or otherwise
compromised, the blanket should be repaired before
reuse. Use of this blanket is not a substitute for careful
monitoring of individuals on self-harm watch.
e. All security aspects with this section of Delta
Block must by coordinated with the Psychologists.

30.1

30.2
Chapter 31 h. The SOG or a designated soldier of each camp
Supply Operations will control the keys to the supply rooms. The SOG or
31-1. Waste Disposal designated soldier will be the only one authorized
a. Kvaerner is scheduled to pick up trash seven days access to the supply room after duty hours. The SOG
a week. Dumpsters for Camps 1 and 2 are located next or designated soldier must document all items taken
to Sally Port 7. Dumpsters for Camp IV are located from the supply room after hours.
near the Detention Hospital. If trash is not picked up
according to schedule, report it to the JDOG S-4 or call 31-3. Supply Requests
the contractor helpdesk at X-4424. a. Each staff section will submit supply requests to
b. In the event that dumpsters become full before the JDOG S-4 for their section. Supply requests for
scheduled pick up, utilize another dumpster within the the blocks or the DOC will be filled out by the DOC
camp. If the camp dumpsters are full, utilize the and submitted to the Detainee Services Branch who
dumpsters in the north parking lot. If all dumpsters are will forward the request on to the JDOG S-4.
full, report it to the JDOG S-3 for coordination of b. The OIC of each section must sign each request
corrective action. before it is submitted to the JDOG S-4.
c. Trash placed outside of the dumpster will not be c. When a supply requests is filled for the JDOG S-
picked up by the contractor. All boxes must be broken 3, the supplies will be brought to the Camp Delta
down to maximize space. supply room. The Detention Services Branch will be
d. No HAZMAT or Biohazard materials will be notified when the supplies are delivered.
placed in the dumpsters. Contact the JDOG S-4 for
assistance or call the following numbers: X-4077 or X- 31-4. Computer Requests
4220 for additional instructions. All requests for computers will follow the same
e. Metal and wood are to be placed in designated process as supplies.
containers labeled for metal and wood items only. For
safety and recycling purposes, do not mix these items
with regular trash.
f. MPs are responsible for daily police call around
the dumpsters to collect any trash that may have fallen
during pick up by contractor.
31-2. Camp Supply Rooms

a. MREs and laundry will be issued from Camp
Delta Supply Room between 0900 and 1100 hrs and
between 1400 and 1630 hrs on Mondays thru
Wednesdays. MREs only will be issued between 0900
and 1000 hours on Thursdays thru Saturdays.
b. MREs and laundry will be issued from Camp II
Supply Room between 0900 and 1100 hrs and between
1400 and 1630 hrs on Thursdays thru Saturdays.
MREs only will be issued between 0900 and 1000
hours on Mondays thru Wednesdays.
c. Sundays will be as follows: 0900 – 1000 for CP-
1 and 1000 – 1100 for CP2
d. Unused clean laundry needs to be returned to the
supply room during regular duty hours or placed in the
clean laundry storage shed after normal duty hours.
e. Dirty laundry must be placed in white mesh
laundry bags, placed in garbage bags, and then returned
to the dirty laundry storage shed.
f. Blankets will be issued as needed from the clean
laundry storage shed at Camp I and from the supply
room at Camp II utilizing the same hours as above.
Contact the supply person in the Camp for any
additional assistance.
g. All detainee supplies will be issued in accordance
with the above schedule.
31.1

31.2
Chapter 32 constantly watch the detainee during the self-harm
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs) watch period. This is in addition to the Block Guard
32-1. Attempted/Actual Suicide walking the block. The block table will be moved so it
a. Detainees who exhibit behavior that is or could will face the front of the block and the MP will face
be harmful to them will be classified by medical staff and observe the self-harm cell when sitting behind it.
as having one of the following: f. Guards will complete an “Observation of Self-
(1) Self-injurious behavior: behaviors that would Injurious Behavior” Form on all detainees on suicide
clearly be non-lethal, or behaviors that are aimed at watch. When this form is completed, it will be turned
taunting or manipulating security or medical staff. in to the DOC for filing in the detainee’s file. A Block
(2) Suicidal Ideation behavior: thoughts of Guard will continuously monitor an individual on self-
harming oneself, ranging from vague ideation to harm watch and document activity every 15 minutes.
having a plan. Intent, means, and mental state are all g. Detainees who are deemed to be in need of self-
factors commonly considered by mental health harm procedures should not be placed in MSU only for
personnel in classifying suicidal ideation from their protection. They can be in MSU for disciplinary
manipulation and taunting behavior. reasons, but should not be placed in MSU only for self-
(3) Suicidal: self-harm behaviors that are harm procedures.
potentially fatal and only prevented secondary to h. COs will make required notifications in the event
intervention or happenstance (e.g. the rope broke.) of an incident involving either self-injurious behavior
b. Occasionally, some detainees will require a or suicide attempts. Documentation will be made of
higher level of control and observation since they are the event, whether self-injurious behavior or (Incident
believed to be a danger to themselves. The following Report). This documentation will include the name
guidelines will be utilized, in conjunction with efforts and rank of the medical personnel determining whether
made by Detention Hospital to protect the detainee. the incident is a self-injurious behavior or suicide
c. When a Block Guard suspects that a detainee attempt and the notifications made by the CO.
may pose a danger to himself, the Block Guard will i. Refer to section 20-1 for further guidance on
notify the DOC who will contact medical and request restraint procedures.
an evaluation. If a medical emergency exists, the j. The DOC will contact the Combat Stress Team
Block Guard will take appropriate immediate action in and provide them with the unit of the soldier’s involved
accordance with use of force policy and contact and the unit POC. The Combat Stress Team will
medical directly. The IRF team is utilized “for the conduct a session with the soldiers within 72 hours of
extraction of a detainee who is combative or resistive the incident. Upon completion of the session, the
to being removed from the cell”. If a detainee attempts Combat Stress Team will notify the DOC.
self-harm and his condition is or will imminently k. The DOC will maintain a list of detainees that
become life threatening, and the detainee is otherwise have a self-harm history. Prior to each shift change,
not combative or a threat to the safety of MP personnel, DOC personnel will highlight these individuals on the
three MPs assigned to the block will enter the cell to block alpha rosters.
immediately secure and attend to the detainee. The
MPs will not wait for an IRF team to respond under 32-2. Mass Disturbance
these conditions, but will take immediate action to a. In the event of any type of disorder, immediately
protect the detainee from death or serious bodily injury. lock down the facility. No one will exit the facility
d. Medical will conduct an evaluation of the until the situation is resolved, or unless order to do so
detainee and decide if he is indeed a risk to himself. by the CO.
Action based on this determination will be coordinated b. The uniform for response personnel will be BDU;
through JDOG OPNS or in their absence, the DOC. riot helmet with face shield; protective mask; Kevlar
e. Once a detainee has been identified as a risk, he vest, elbow, knee and shin pads; riot baton; and a radio.
will be placed on either self-harm watch or suicide In extreme situations, selected marksmen will be armed
watch. Items in his cell that he could use to harm with M-16 or M-4 rifles and M-12 shotguns (by order
himself will be removed by the Block Guards (sheet, of the CJDOG only). Weapons will not enter the
blanket, etc.) These items will be returned to the facility exterior fence line under any circumstances.
detainee once he is believed to no longer pose a danger c. The primary staging area for response personnel
to himself. The detainee will be given a self-harm is Camp IV main Sally Port Gate causeway.
blanket and smock IAW Section 20-11, Self-Harm d. During tests of the Mass Disturbance Emergency
Blankets and Smocks. Detainees classified as on self- Plan, all procedures herein will be followed, except for
harm watch will be moved to either cell #1 or cell #48 the use of detainees or the actual notification of outside
on a non-MSU block. Only one self-harm watch agencies (unless previously coordinated by the
detainee will be on each block. Block Guards will commander or his representative).
32.1
e. Minor Disturbances: incident will immediately notify all other members of
(1) Upon detection or notification of a the guard force.
disturbance, the senior Block Guard present will take (2) The DOC RTO will immediately notify the
the following actions using all available guard chain of command and, on order, initiate a recall of all
personnel in the area of the disturbance: guard personnel.
(a) Initiate an immediate facility lockdown. (3) Guards will move all nonparticipating
(b) Notify the DOC and request assistance. detainees to their cells or away from the scene of the
(c) Segregate the non-participants from the disturbance, segregating the rioters from the other
participants. detainees.
(d) Identify and segregate the leaders and (4) Guards will immediately secure all gates and
principle participants. If all bean hole doors are closed, ensure detainees under their supervision are secure and
open a bean hole door for each participant in the cannot join the area of the disturbance.
disturbance. If all bean hole doors are open, close the (5) The SOG will immediately:
bean hole doors for each non-participant. Open bean (a) Ensure that all doors, gates, exits, and
hole doors will signify participants and closed ones detainees are secured.
will signify non-participants. (b) Proceed to the area of the disorder and
(e) Use only the force necessary and practical evaluate the situation. Attempt to determine the
under the circumstances to disburse the participants. number of detainees involved; number and type of any
Guards should not enter a situation that they do not weapons involved; names of staff personnel held by
have the force available to resolve. When in doubt, detainees; and general temperament of the detainees.
wait for backup. (c) Remove detainees not involved in the
(2) Guard personnel in other areas will secure disturbance to a secure location.
their area, notify the SOG, and remain at their posts (d) Attempt to isolate or remove ringleaders. If
unless otherwise directed by the SOG. this cannot be accomplished, the SOG will attempt to
(3) The SOG will take the following immediate reason with the detainees involved and inform them
actions: that order will be restored using force if necessary.
(a) Notify all personnel (guards will not leave (6) Sally Port Gates 1 and 8 will:
their assigned posts upon receiving the alert unless (a) Stop all inbound vehicle and personnel.
specifically ordered to do so). (b) Upon visual sight of the emergency vehicles,
(b) Proceed directly to the area of the open both the interior and exterior sally port gates.
disturbance, estimate the situation, and take appropriate Upon arrival, make an expeditious visual ID check.
measures to end the disturbance and restore order. DO NOT DETAIN EMERGENCY PERSONNEL.
(c) Initiate a head count as soon as the situation Secure the gates after the vehicles have cleared the
permits. inner gate.
(d) As soon as possible, notify the PL, CO, and (7) Upon arrival, the CO will:
the JDOG deputy commander. (a) Proceed to the area of the disturbance and
(4) In the event that a single detainee becomes estimate the situation.
unruly or fails to comply with orders, the SOG will (b) Assemble key personnel, brief them on the
take the following action: situation and plan to restore order.
(a) Isolate the detainee and clear all other (c) If deemed necessary, order the issue of
detainees from the area. weapons and non-lethal munitions to the riot team.
(b) Attempt to counsel and reason with the (d) Inform the participating detainees that
detainee. If this fails, inform the detainee that authority will prevail; that order will be restored and
necessary force will be used to control him/her. that means are available to restore order by sufficient
Procedures for using the IRF Team can be found in application of force. Inform the detainees that they can
Chapter 25 of this SOP. The CO must authorize this. avoid the consequences of forceful measures if they
Guards will use the minimum amount of force promptly desist from further resistance and surrender
necessary to subdue the detainee. Once the detainee or disperse. If reasoning has failed, a final direct order
has been subdued, he will be placed in an individual will be given to the detainees to terminate the
cell. All items that might be used by the detainee to disturbance. This order will not be given until it can be
cause damage to property, themselves, or others will be backed up by sufficient application of force. If the
removed. detainees refuse to obey this order, the CO will
f. Major Disturbances: immediately order the use of force to restore order.
(1) In the event of an attempted group or mass The degree of force applied will be limited to that force
break out, riot, or other general disorder, the Block which is deemed reasonable and necessary under the
Guard discovering or receiving notification of the circumstances. Authorized force will be used in
32.2
accordance with the Chapter 1 of this SOP and the (1) The SOG will initiate a special count and
Delegation of Authority Policy Letter approved by the conduct shakedowns in all affected areas to ensure all
Commanding General, JTF GTMO. contraband/weapons have been removed.
(8) CO may authorize show of force and the use (2) The SOG will conduct a shakedown,
of the riot team. inspection, and accountability of all equipment in all
(9) JDOG Deputy Commander may authorize use affected areas.
of high-pressure water and physical force, other than (3) The SOG will remove or repair all damaged
weapons fire. furnishings.
(10) CJDOG may authorize presentation and use (4) The SOG will ensure that all reports are
of deadly force. written, collected, and processed through appropriate
(11) Guards will not touch a detainee except in sections.
self-defense, to prevent an escape, to prevent injury to
persons or property, or to quell a disturbance. 32-3. Power Outage
(12) Once order has been restored and the head a. The SOG will go to the Generator shed and find
count has been cleared, an investigation will be the power breaker labeled “Main”, which is located to
conducted. A full report of the incident will include, at the rear of the shed.
a minimum, the following: b. Verify the loss of shore power by checking the
(a) The reason for the incident and names of the voltage indicator on the Main Breaker Panel. If shore
leaders power has been lost, the indicator will register “0”/
(b) Injuries c. Check the Main Breaker Switch. It should be
(c) Size of the force used to restore order, the open. If it is not open, press the green “Open” button.
amount of force used, and how the force was applied. This will open the circuit and prevent the paralleling of
(d) Estimated damages the system with Shore Power.
(e) Chronology of events d. Bus Coupler Panel.
(f) Recommendations to preclude reoccurrence (1) Camp I: Look at the Bus Coupler breaker. If
of similar events it is open, press the green “On” button to shut the
(13) Following any disturbance, the CO will breaker.
prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report (SIR). (2) Camp II: Carefully open the door of the Bus
g. Disturbances Outside The Facility: Coupler panel and check the breaker. If the breaker is
(1) If a disturbance occurs outside the facility, open, shut the panel door and press the “Bus Coupler
while detainees are under guard, the guards will make Manual Close” button to shut the breaker.
verbal efforts including persuasion, warnings, and e. Generator Selector Switch
direct orders. (1) Camp I: Turn the switch to select the
(2) The guard will immediately contact the generator that is to be used.
facility for assistance. (2) Camp II: Turn the switch to select the
(3) The DOC will gain radio contact with the generator that is to be used. Then, turn the “Day/Night
Infantry and request assistance. Control Switch” to the “2-Night Manual”
(4) If a detainee attempts to escape, the guard f. The Generator Control Panel is located on the
will not leave other detainees unsecured in order to front of the generator. To start the generator, press the
pursue the fleeing detainee. He/she will note the “Manual” button twice. Allow 30 seconds for the
direction of travel and notify the facility. generator to come up to speed and voltage.
(5) Once order is restored, all detainees will be g. Press the button twice to close the generator
immediately returned to the facility. breaker. Allow 40 seconds for the breaker to close. If
h. Additional Procedures For Hostage Situation: the breaker fails to close, press the green “Close”
(1) In the event that a hostage or hostages are button on the breaker for the Generator Control Panel.
taken, the same procedures as outlined above will be h. Verify power has been restored to the facility.
followed. Additionally, the following will occur. i. If the generator fails to start automatically, or
(a) The DOC will notify the CJDOG that the power is not restored to the facility, place an
situation involves one or more hostages. emergency work order with R&U and conduct
(b) The CO will arrange for a hostage negotiator operations with flashlights and lanterns.
to proceed to the facility.
(c) The CO and the senior Navy Law 32-4. Hostage Situation
Enforcement Officer present will coordinate the use of a. During duty hours, the CO will direct all hostage
the negotiator as well as any physical action that will operations. The PL and SOG will conduct all
be used to resolve the situation. operations
i. Post-Disturbance Procedures:
32.3
b. The DOC will make notification to outside (1) Block NCO:
agencies and supply support to the CO when needed. (a) The Block NCO may be the first to observe a
c. Staff will route all information through the active detainee in a potentially life threatening condition. The
operations center. Block NCO will contact the DOC and Medical
d. CO will maintain DOC of situation while keeping immediately.
in contact with all JTF staff. (b) The Block NCO will isolate the scene by
e. Staff will: locking all detainees down, and requesting additional
(1) Notify DOC by telephone or messenger when security as necessary.
a hostage/barricaded subject incident occurs. (c) The Block NCO will protect the scene (i.e.
(2) Isolate the area. Evacuate non-participating. from unnecessary foot traffic and touching) that could
Monitor detainees that cannot be evacuated due to the change the form of the evidence or destroy it.
hostage situation. (d) Protect any evidence from the elements,
(3) Keep the hostage taker and hostage under which if not protected, would cause it to lose its
observation from a safe area, if it does not jeopardize evidentiary value.
the hostage’s safety. (e) Identify persons related to the incident or
(4) Verification of the presence of all assigned present at the scene. Provide this information and facts
present for duty, staff, and/or volunteers/visitors for pertaining to the incident to CO and/or any
personnel accountability will be critical. investigating officer.
f. DOC will: b. In the event a detainee death is confirmed by the
(1) Open a journal. Camp Medical Officer, the DOC will immediately
(2) Notify the SOG/PL by telephone or contact the following leaders for recall to Camp Delta.
messenger. (1) CJDOG
(3) Notify the Guard Force by telephone or (2) Camp Commandant
messenger. (3) Deputy CJDOG
(4) Dispatch an initial response force to help (4) JDOG S-3
isolate the area. (5) Chaplain
(5) Notify the CO. (6) JDOG S-3 SGM
(6) Notify the IRF team via a brevity code. c. The DOC will consider all detainee casualty
(7) Cease all detainee movement. information as sensitive and classified.
(8) Instruct all sally port staff to implement d. If a detainee death occurs, the CO will be
secondary form of ID checks and deny entry and exit if responsible for submitting a SIR to CJDOG.
it would breach perimeter security. Gate personnel e. The JDOG S-3 oversees Camp Delta’s entire
must not allow hostage takers to enter or depart the detainee casualty response effort under the direction of
facility with the hostages unless authorized by the CO. CJDOG.
(9) Instruct tower guards to stand ready for (1) Ensures the CJDOG is notified as soon as
instructions. possible.
(10) If possible, monitor the hostage taker and (2) Will send SPOT report.
hostage from an adjacent block. (3) Will notify Deputy CJDOG, Chaplain, JDOG
(11) Implement special count procedures as S-1, JDOG S-2, and JDOG S-4 and key staff leaders.
directed. (4) Will notify the JTF GTMO Mortuary Affairs
(12) Notify the DCJDOG. Officer (J4).
(13) Upon direction of the Duty Operations (5) Will arrange for an initial coordination
(a) Notify key personnel by saber radio. meeting to brief details of the situation and to
g. The SOG/PL will: coordinate the detainee casualty response effort.
(1) Evaluate the situation. (6) Will coordinate with Camp Medical Staff to
(2) Isolate the site. Evacuate and post perimeter contact Naval Hospital NAVBASE GTMO and
security around the immediate area and secure crash morgue for mortuary services support.
gates. Initiate an institutional lock down and a special (7) Will coordinate with Camp Medical Staff for
count. travel and movement of the deceased to Naval
(3) Ensure crime scenes are preserved. Hospital/morgue.
h. The PL will make a recommendation on (8) Coordinates with Camp Medical staff for a
implementing the IRF to the CO. post medical evaluation.
(9) In coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary
32-5. Death Affairs Officer request through USCINCSO CAC a
a. The initial requirements for Camp Delta includes pathologist from the Armed Forces Institute of
but are not limited to: Pathology. The pathologist arrives to perform an
32.4
autopsy to document the cause of detainee death. (3) Will coordinate with JFT-GTMO Mortuary
JDOG S-3 in coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary Affairs Officer to ensure location of detainee grave is
Affairs Officer sends a copy of detainee death recorded with the graves registration service.
certificate to USCINCSO CAC (surgeon). l. JDOG S-4.
(10) Will coordinate with JDOG S-1 to provide (1) Will coordinate the disposition, collection,
the following information to the JTF-GTMO Mortuary and inventory of any personal property, to include any
Affairs Officer: seized during detainee capture.
(a) Full name of detainee (2) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 for travel and
(b) Detainee ISN number movement of remains to place of burial.
(c) Date of Birth (3) Will coordinate with chaplain for necessary
(d) Fingerprints funeral and burial supplies.
(e) Date and place of death m. Chaplain.
(f) Date and place of burial (1) Will provide guidance to the CJDOG
(g) Any particulars necessary to identify the commander to ensure the deceased detainee is
grave. honorably buried, and if possible according to the rites
(11) In coordination with JTF-GTMO Mortuary of the religion, to which they belong.
Affairs Officer for Naval Hospital Mortician (2) Will perform or provide for the honorable
Department support for burial ground preparation. burial of a deceased detainee in a manner consistent
JDOG S-3 awaits guidance from JTF-GTMO Mortuary with Article 120 of the Geneva Convention to the
Affairs Officer on determination of detainee remains extent allowed by military necessity.
disposition, as well as disposition of detainee personal n. SJA will provide advice to CJDOG.
effects.
f. Camp Medical Staff and Detention Hospital. In 32-6. Medical Emergency
the event of a detainee death, medical personnel or the a. A medical emergency is any condition likely to
detention hospital staff will contact the Camp Medical result in lasting bodily harm if treatment is delayed
Officer, the Command Mortician, and other designated until Sick Call the next day. Some examples of
personnel in the chain of command as appropriate. emergencies are severe cuts, burns, broken bones,
g. The processing of detainee remains shall be unconsciousness or injuries resulting in temporary
handled by the Command Mortician and Head, Patient unconsciousness, asthmatic attacks, repeated vomiting,
Administration including the preparation of all high fever or sudden changes in long standing
associated paperwork such as death certificates, reports conditions causing intolerable discomfort.
to higher authorities, and decedent records keeping. b. An medical emergency condition does not exist
The Command Mortician shall ensure that: when an individual has a cold, flu, headache, single
(1) Remains have been identified. episode of vomiting, missed medication call, upset
(2) Remains shall be wrapped in a sheet and stomach or muscle aches (not caused by trauma
placed in a body bag for transfer to the morgue in an c. The Detention Hospital will be consulted for
appropriate vehicle. medical emergencies during all shifts.
(3) He/she or a designated Patient Administration d. A first responder bag. Staff supervising detainees
representative along with camp personnel shall escort will possess a CPR physical barrier for mouth-to-
remains to morgue for placement in remains mouth resuscitation and a pair of rubber gloves.
refrigerator. e. Staff will:
h. Disposition of remains shall be carried out in (1) Immediately notify DOC when a detainee is
accordance with the above referenced instruction in need of medical care.
and/or as directed by cognizant authorities. (2) Render first aid within their trained
i. If the medical officer declares a detainee as capability.
deceased, he will contact the DOC and CJDOG f. DOC will:
immediately. (1) Notify the Detention Hospital and medical
j. Camp Medical Staff will coordinate to ensure a personnel.
post death medical evaluation is conducted. (2) Notify the SOG/PL.
k. JDOG S-1. (3) Send a response force to the medical
(1) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 for the emergency.
release of detainee personal records to JTF-GTMO (4) Notify the CO.
Mortuary Affairs Officer. (5) If the Medical officer indicates the detainee
(2) Will coordinate with JDOG S-3 to ensure requires transportation to a medical facility:
retrieval of detainee’s identification bracelet. (a) Call 911.

32.5
(b) Retrieve the Detainee Profile Card for the Infantry personnel, the MPs will conduct all actions. If
detainee who will be transported. the incident involves both MPs and Infantry and the
(c) Make a copy of the Detainee Profile Card. injured or shooter are inside the wire, the MPs will take
Provide the senior escort guard with a copy of the lead on all actions and coordinate with their Infantry
Detainee Profile Card and any information pertinent to counterparts. If the incident involves both MPs and
the detainee escort. Infantry and the injured and shooter are outside the
(d) Determine the detainee’s custody grade. wire, the Infantry will take lead on all actions and
(e) Determine if the detainee is on the high-risk coordinate with their MP counterparts.
list. a. The Infantry will perform the following steps:
(f) Determine the number of guards, weapons, (1) Unit on the scene will perform the following:
type of restraints etc. required to escort the detainee in (a) Once the situation is under control, contact
accordance with (IAW) Camp Delta SOP. higher headquarters and report that weapons have been
(g) Notify Sally Port 1 of movement. discharged and individuals have been wounded or
(h) Notify key personnel. killed. Provide the number of casualties, types of
(i) Make a blotter entry of the medical wounds, names and social security numbers.
emergency and any contributing circumstances. (b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request
g. The Medical Officer or Corpsmen will: directly with the medical unit.
(1) Respond to all medical emergencies within (c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded
four minutes of notification. and killed are not transported together.
(2) Make a medical evaluation of the detainee’s (d) Secure the scene as a crime scene.
condition. (e) Conduct a change of guard with the incoming
(3) Inform the SOG/PL of the detainee’s unit.
condition and the instructions prescribed by the (f) Move to a location designated for debriefing.
Medical Officer. Clearly state the urgency and type of (2) The Infantry Company will perform the
medical care necessary to treat the detainee’s following:
condition. (a) Report the incident to battalion. Provide the
(4) Provide emergency medical care and check number of casualties, types of wounds, names and
on detainee the next scheduled Sick Call or upon return social security numbers.
from a medical facility. (b) Prepare an ADOWN report.
(5) Report any suspicious detainee injury/illness (c) Once the situation is under control at the
to the DOC. scene and casualties have been evacuated, replace the
h. The SOG will: unit on duty.
(1) Immediately coordinate with DOC to (d) Move the unit involved with the incident to a
determine appropriate medical care while maintaining location separate from the remainder of the company.
custody. (e) Each soldier in the unit will complete a Sworn
(2) Coordinate transportation when warranted. Statement (DA Form 2823).
(3) The SOG/PL will ensure appropriate escort (f) Provide to the Battalion a copy of the risk
for all medical emergencies IAW Camp Delta SOP. assessment for the mission.
Ensure cautions are in place based on: custody grade, (g) Provide the number of rounds of ammunition
high-risk status, medical condition, and circumstances by type that were expended.
surrounding the medical emergency. Select the guards (3) The Infantry Battalion will perform the
needed to escort the detainee to the medical facility. following:
Inform DOC which guards were selected. (a) Report the incident to JTF.
(4) Notify the Camp Commander before any (b) Forward the ADOWN report to JTF.
detainee is taken outside the facility. (c) Prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report
(5) Ensure that all security procedures are used (SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the
Camp Delta SOPs. report.
i. Sally Port 1 will contact DOC and verify the (d) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the
authorization for any detainee to depart the facility for casualties.
a medical emergency/transport. This will be done (e) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit
before the detainee is allowed through the gate. involved in the situation.
(f) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in
32-7. Fratricide accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA
a. If the incident involves Infantry personnel or Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a
Infantry and non-MPs, the Infantry unit will conduct all checklist.
actions. If the incident involves MPs or MP and non-
32.6
(g) Request guidance from JTF with regard to (2) The DOC will then notify the GTMO Fire
responding to the media. Department by telephone.
b. The MPs perform the following steps: (3) Smoke alarms going off shall cause an
(1) Unit on the scene will perform the following: immediate evacuation of the building and reporting to
(a) Once the situation is under control, contact the GTMO Fire Department the same as if a fire were
the DOC and report that weapons have been discharged discovered.
and individuals have been wounded or killed. Provide b. Action after giving a fire alarm:
the number of casualties, types of wounds, names and (1) Alert all personnel in the involved and
social security numbers. adjacent buildings, if not already done; close all doors
(b) Conduct a nine-line MEDEVAC request and windows and shut off all fans and electric circuits.
directly with the medical unit. Doors and windows will not be reopened until after the
(c) Evacuate the casualties, ensuring wounded GTMO Fire Department has departed, except by
and killed are not transported together. specific instructions from the GTMO Fire
(d) Secure the scene as a crime scene. Department’s officer in charge of the fire scene.
(e) Conduct a change of guard with the incoming (2) During the time the alarm is being turned in
unit. or immediately afterward, available personnel will
(f) Move to a location designated for debriefing. exert every effort to extinguish the fire with fire
(2) The DOC will perform the following: extinguisher except as provided in paragraph 32-8b(3).
(a) Report the incident to JDOG. Provide the (3) If the fire is in a closed or locked building,
number of casualties, types of wounds, names and room, or compartment, no attempt will be made to
social security numbers. enter or open the fire area except for the rescue of
(b) Prepare an ADOWN report. trapped personnel.
(c) Once the situation is under control at the c. Evacuation. The decision to evacuate the building
scene and casualties have been evacuated, replace the will be made by anyone that determines that staying
unit on duty. within the area would be unsafe. When directed to
(d) Move the unit involved with the incident to a evacuate:
location separate from the remainder of the company. (1) Pass the word.
(e) Each soldier in the unit will complete a Sworn (2) Make sure that everyone leaves the danger
Statement (DA Form 2823). area. Pay close attention for incapacitated or sleeping
(f) Provide to the JDOG a copy of the risk personnel.
assessment for the mission. (3) Classified material will be secured or
(g) Provide the number of rounds of ammunition retrieved, only if it can be done so safely.
by type that were expended. (4) Use the designated evacuation route and meet
(h) Send a SPOTREP to JTF. at the designated assembly area. Camp Delta Assembly
(i) Forward the ADOWN report to JTF. Areas are shown in Annex F. Camp Delta Evacuation
(c) Prepare and submit a Serious Incident Report Procedures are listed in section 31-11.
(SIR) to the JOC NLT 30 minutes after receipt of the (5) Conduct headcount at the designated
report. assembly area.
(3) The JDOG will perform the following: (6) Report headcount to DOC/ADOC.
(a) The JDOG S-1 will track the status of the (7) No one will be permitted to re-enter the
casualties. building without permission from the proper authority.
(b) Supervise that a unit replaced the unit d. If a fire presents itself in a block, perform the
involved in the situation. following steps:
(c) Prepare a U.S. Army Accident Report in (1) Alert the DOC
accordance with AR 15-6, AR 385-40, and DA (2) Shut off power to the block
Pamphlet 385-40. Use DA Form 285-A-R as a (3) Roving Sally will bring fire extinguishers to
checklist. the block gate for use
(d) Request guidance from JTF with regard to (4) Two block personnel will use a hose and fire
responding to the media. extinguishers to fight the fire
(5) Two block personnel will start moving
32-8. Fire detainees from affected areas to the showers and
a. Fire alarms: recreation yards as a temporary holding area if needed.
(1) A person discovering a fire, regardless of type (6) All available escort teams will respond to the
or size will immediately alert or cause to be alerted all block to help evacuate detainees if needed.
personnel in the building and adjacent buildings and (7) Medical will respond to the block to treat any
then report the fire to the DOC. injuries.
32.7
(8) SOG or PL, depending on the size of the fire, (3) Immediately notify the DOC by runner and
may activate the IRF team to assist in removing landline telephone if anything suspicious in found.
detainees and moving them to empty cells in adjoining (4) Notify the DOC when search of an area is
blocks or the shower and recreation areas. completed and that area is clear.
f. Bomb located.
32-9. Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion (1) Staff will:
a. Telephonic bomb threat. Staff members who (a) Ensure that the bomb is not disturbed.
receive a telephonic bomb threat will: (b) Remove items that might result in secondary
(1) Cease all radio communications. explosions.
(2) Without alerting the caller, signal another (c) Open doors and windows to lessen the impact
staff member about the telephonic bomb threat. Have of a blast.
him/her notify DOC. (d) Secure the bombsite and move to a safe area.
(3) Keep the caller on the line, as long as (e) Report the location of the bomb to the DOC
possible, so the call may be traced. by runner.
(4) Complete JTF GTMO Bomb Threat Data (f) Evacuate the area and keep unauthorized
Card (Annex A). Obtain as much information as personnel away from the site.
possible on the caller and the bomb. (g) Mark the route from the bomb to the nearest
(5) Discuss the incident only with personnel who exit or safe area.
have a need to know (e.g., Bomb Scene Officer, (h) Assume that there is more than one bomb.
investigator, etc.). (2) DOC will initiate the “Bomb located” section
b. Written or verbal bomb threat. Staff who receive to the DOC Response to Bomb Threat/Incident
a written or verbal bomb threat will: Checklist (Annex B).
(1) Cease all radio communication. (3) The DOO will make a recommendation on
(2) Immediately notify DOC. implementing the evacuation plan (Section 31-x
(3) Protect any written note and/or detain the Evacuation Routes) and the extent of Camp Delta
messenger. evacuation, through the chain-of-command.
(4) Discuss the incident only with personnel who g. Bomb detonation.
have a need to know (e.g., Bomb Scene Officer, (1) Staff will:
investigator, etc.). (a) Give first aid to injured.
c. DOC. The DOC uses Command Post Response to (b) Evacuate the area—injured have priority.
Bomb Threat/Incident Checklist (Annex B) to (c) Help control fires or any damage that was
coordinate Camp Delta’s response. created by the detonation.
d. Evacuation. BSO will determine if an evacuation (d) If possible, remove important administrative
is warranted. files from the area.
(1) If an evacuation is not ordered, the DOO will (e) Secure the area and do not allow anyone to
direct the guard force to cease all detainee movement. disturb the debris/crime scene.
(2) If an evacuation is ordered, the staff will: (f) Assume that there is more than one bomb.
(a) Evacuate IAW Emergency Evacuation (2) The DOO will not allow anyone to reenter an
Procedures (Section 31-11 Evacuation Routes). evacuated area without his approval.
(b) Conduct a preliminary search in their
immediate area before leaving. 32-10. Mass Casualty Incident (MCI)
(c) Leave drawers and cabinets unlocked so they a. In the event of a Mass Casualty Incident (MCI) in
can be searched. or around Camp Delta involving members of the Joint
(d) Remove and safeguard classified material; Task Force or detainees, the following will apply:
evacuate to J-3 Section, JTF HQ, Bldg AV29, for Camp Delta Detention Operations Center (DOC) will
temporary safekeeping. be notified immediately on SABER Channel-3.
e. Searches. The DOO will determine if a b. Incident Location:
“Supervisor’s search” or a “search team” search will be (1) Inform Company Commander/Platoon
conducted. The method of search and the areas to be Leader/Sergeant of the Guard, that they have a Mass
searched are determined by the available information Casualty Incident.
and time. The DOO will coordinate all search efforts. (2) The Company Commander, Platoon Leader or
Staff will: senior JDOG representative will have DOC initiate
(1) Search from the most accessible areas to the MCI procedures.
most inaccessible areas (i.e., outside to inside, low to c. DOC:
high, common areas to individual rooms/cells). (1) The RTO will announce that a MCI has
(2) Mark each area after it has been searched. occurred over the radio in the following format:
32.8
“ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, ATTENTION CAMP (4) The Admin NCO will only leave the MCI
DELTA, AN MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS location and film the transport of detainees and the
OCCURRED triage location after all detainees involved are shackled.
(Location), INITIATE MCI PROCEDURES. ALL If the disk is nearing the ends, it will be flipped over
NON-EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION WILL BE and reinserted to continue filming. Another disk will
BY LANDLINE.” This announcement will be also be requested from the DOC.
repeated two times. This will be “ATTENTION (5) At the conclusion of the video, the Admin
CAMP DELTA, ATTENTION CAMP DELTA, A NCO will state “End of Recording”.
TRAINING MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT HAS (6) Turn in the disks to the Detention Services
OCCURRED _______________(Location), INITIATE Branch.
MCI PROCEDURES. ALL NON-EMERGENCY e. Company Commander:
COMMUNICATION WILL BE BY LANDLINE” (1) Will make the mass casualty incident
during a training MCI. determination.
(2) The RTO will activate the Primary IRF team (2) Will pick up road guard vest labeled “ON
for the camp affected for an immediate response to the SCENE CDR” and the green light from DOC and will
MCI location by using the IRF brevity code. respond to MCI site.
Depending upon the type of MCI, the Camp Delta (3) Will assume role as the On Scene
Company Commander will make the determination to Commander and will coordinate with the Medical
activate the Primary IRF team in the other camp. If the Commander (MC).
situation warrants a larger response the alternate IRF (4) At the MCI site, coordinate with Block
teams in both camps may also be activated. NCOIC, Platoon Leader (PL) and Sergeant of the
(3) The DOC NCOIC will use the Mass Casualty Guard (SOG).
Checklist in Appendix B. (5) Company Commander will request MP
(4) The RTO will order a lockdown and assistance at MCI site in following order:
headcount over the radio. All headcounts will be (a) Primary IRF team from camp affected.
phoned in. (b) Primary IRF team from camp not affected.
(5) The DOC NCO will initiate a DA Form 1594, Each member will bring a three-piece suit.
Staff Journal to record all activities during the MCI. (c) Alternate IRF team from camp affected. Each
(6) The DOC NCO will issue a WARNORD to member will bring a three-piece suit.
the nearest standby unit. The phone numbers for the (d) Alternate IRF team from camp not affected.
unit’s CP, Cdr, or 1SG will be called. If no contact is Each member will bring a three-piece suit.
made, move on to the next unit. If contact is made, tell (6) Determine additional manpower requirements
the unit: “A Mass Casualty Incident has occurred. if needed. Notify the DOC of the requirements and
Begin preparations to respond. Do not respond to have the DOC forward to the alerted stand-by
Camp Delta until contacted.” The unit called will be company.
based on the following: f. Platoon Leaders.
(a) Unit in training at Camp America (1) The Platoon Leader of the unaffected camp
(b) Unit off duty at Camp America will assume command and control for their respective
(c) Unit in training camps for all areas not affected by the MCI.
(d) Unit off duty at Tierra Kay (2) The Platoon Leader will pickup road guard
(7) Ensure Interpreter OIC is notified and vest labeled “Traffic Coordinator” and respond to the a
provides enough interpreter support. location as to best direct emergency traffic. The
d. The Admin NCO: Platoon Leader of the affected camp will control and
(1) The Admin NCO will take the video camera, direct all incoming and outgoing emergency vehicle
two disks, and power cord to the MCI location. traffic.
(2) The Admin NCO will state his name, last g. Sergeants of the Guard:
four, unit, date, time, site of MCI, and “Beginning of (1) The SOG from camp affected by MCI will
Recording”. report to MCI location and assume control until the
(3) The Admin NCO will capture as best as Company Commander arrives.
possible the following scenes: (a) Go to the block NCO and get a briefing.
(a) Detainees at the MCI site. (b) Monitor the activities of the Block NCO and
(b) MPs assisting victims. IRF Team Leader
(c) Initial medical evaluations of detainees. (c) Brief the Company Commander and all other
(d) Transport of detainees to triage. personnel as they arrive on the scene.
(e) Triage location. (d) Ensure additional IRF teams, if required, are
integrated into three man teams.
32.9
(2) The SOG from the camp not affected by MCI assigned cell, or open interview room dependent on
will continue to monitor and exercise command and distance and MCI location.
control of his/her camp. (7) Will contact Juliet Block and have the ICRC
h. Block NCO: monitor escort ICRC personnel out of Camp Delta
(1) Will ensure bean holes are closed and secured through Sally Port 1.
on non-MSU blocks and bean holes are secured on (8) Will contact all medical escorts to return any
MSU blocks. detainee enroute to the Detainee Clinic or enroute to
(2) Will ensure the block gate is open and stays the Detainee Hospital to their assigned cell or the
open. nearest open cell, dependent on distance and MCI
(3) Will ensure the IRF team leader gets the alpha location. Any detainee currently being treated at the
roster. Detainee Clinic or Detainee Hospital will return to
(4) Will unlock the cell door for three man entry their cell if the Medical Staff approves of it based on
teams. the detainee’s condition.
(5) Will relock the lock and drop on the floor (9) Will coordinate with the DOC to ensure golf
next to the cell. carts and Gators are available to move personnel and
(6) Will relock all cells after all detainees are equipment to the MCI site.
removed from their cells. (10) Will coordinate the consolidation or
(7) Will tag each cell as “Do Not Enter” from movement of detainees in JIIF buildings to minimize
which a detainee was removed. guard force required. The first non-JIIF escort team
(8) Will ensure block paperwork is completed with a three-piece suit that is available will be used to
after all detainees are removed. perform this task.
(9) Will ensure all block personnel will write k. Escort Control NCOIC(Litter Bearer NCOIC):
sworn statements after all detainees are removed. (1) Upon notification Escort Control NCOIC will
(10) Will account for all locks and keys after all halt all JIIF operations and immediately notify MPs
detainees are removed. working as JIIF monitors to support an MCI.
i. Block Personnel: (2) Obtain “Litter Bearer NCOIC” orange vest
(1) Will form their own three-man team to enter from the DOC.
and secure detainees. (3) Report to the manpower pool to act as “Litter
(2) Will follow the same procedure as the IRF Bearer NCOIC” and coordinate the use of MP litter
team. bearers with the medical transportation OIC and
(3) If there are not sufficient people on the block Medical Litter Bearer Team Leader.
to make a three-man team, they will be supplemented l. JIIF Escorts(litter bearers):
by IRF team personnel. (1) Will ensure all detainees in interrogation are
(4) Will write sworn statements after all detainees secured with three-piece suit to eyebolt in floor.
are removed. (2) Will respond to the manpower pool location
j. Escort Control: with three-piece suits. If they do not have a three-piece
(1) Will ensure all escort teams utilize channel suit, they will get one from Escort Control.
three. (3) Will work as litter bearers and provide
(2) Will contact all JIIF escorts to halt escorts and security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter
prepare to support an MCI. Bearer NCOIC.
(3) Will direct JIIF escorts with a detainee to (4) Will mark their headgear with a white label
move that detainee to nearest open cell, their assigned from medical staff to identify them as a litter bearer.
cell, or open interview room dependent on distance and Medical personnel will provide the labels.
MCI location. (5) Will search detainee prior to removal from
(4) If Sally Port 8 is not currently manned, will the cell.
send the first available escort team to man it. It must (6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,
be manned within five minutes of the MCI they will ensure he is identified by worn wristband or
announcement. On mid night shift, Platoon Leader 2 his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead. They
must take the Sally Port 8 key to the Sally Port for the will also note the cell number he was taken from.
escort team that is going to man it. (7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will
(5) Will contact all contractor escorts to escort obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team
contractors out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. leader.
(6) Will contact all 2-man ICRC escorts to escort (8) After arriving at the triage location, they will
ICRC out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1 or move give the Hospital Escort NCOIC the key for the shackle
the escorted detainee to nearest open cell, their along with ISN and cell number.
m. JIIF Monitors(ambulance Escorts):
32.10
(1) Two JIIF monitors in each large JIIF Building (2) Will respond to the manpower pool location
will act as security for the remaining detainees. with three-piece suits.
(2) Each pair of JIIF monitors will draw a can of (3) Will work as litter bearers and provide
O/C will be drawn from the DOC. security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter
(3) Each pair of JIIF monitors will report to Bearer NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC).
manpower pool for duty as ambulance escorts. (4) Will mark their headgear with a white label to
(4) Will ensure they receive shackle keys from identify them as a litter bearer. Medical personnel will
the Hospital Escort NCOIC when detainee is loaded provide the labels.
into the ambulance. (5) Will search detainee prior to removal from
n. ICRC Escorts (if available)(litter bearers): the cell.
(1) Two personnel will move detainee to (6) When moving a detainee out of their cell,
locations as directed by Escort Control while one MP they will ensure he is identified by wearing a wristband
will escort ICRC personnel out of Camp Delta through or his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead.
Sally Port 1. They will also note the cell number he was taken from.
(2) Will respond to the manpower pool location (7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will
with three-piece suits. obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team
(3) Will work as litter bearers and provide leader.
security for the triage locations as directed by the Litter (8) After arriving at the triage location, they will
Bearer NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC). give the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team
(4) Will mark their headgear with a white label leader) the key for the shackle along with ISN and cell
from medical staff to identify them as a litter bearer. number.
Medical personnel will provide the labels. r. IRF Team Leader of affected camp:
(5) Will search detainee prior to removal from (1) Will obtain the alpha roster for the cellblock
the cell. from block personnel.
(6) When moving a detainee out of their cell, (2) Will track which shackle key belongs to
they will ensure he is identified by worn wristband or which detainee on the alpha roster.
his cell and ISN are clearly marked on forehead. They (3) Will track initial triage category given by
will also note the cell number he was taken from. ERT on alpha roster.
(7) Prior to leaving the block, the escort team will (4) Will hold all shackle keys and give them to
obtain the key for the shackle from the IRF team the litter bearer teams as they move detainees from the
leader. block.
(8) After arriving at the triage location, they will (5) Will direct the litter bearer teams based on
give the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team triage category. IMMEDIATE first, followed by
leader) the key for the shackle along with ISN and cell DELAYED, then MINIMAL, and finally
number. EXPECTANT. Military casualties will be transferred
o. ICRC Monitor (if available): before detainees with the same triage category.
(1) Will escort ICRC personnel as quickly as (6) Will ensure no detainee leaves his cell
possible out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. without wristband or ISN and cell written clearly on
(2) Will assist the Hospital Escort NCOIC the forehead.
(alternate IRF team leader) as required. (7) Will ensure no detainee leaves his cell
p. General Escorts(ambulance escorts): without the litter bearer team searching him.
(1) Will escort all contractor personnel as quickly (8) Will monitor detainees while in their three-
as possible out of Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. piece suits in their cells.
(2) Each pair of general escorts will draw a can of (9) Will track which detainees leave the block
O/C will be drawn from the DOC. with what key and what time on alpha roster.
(3) Each pair of general escorts will report to s. IRF MPs:
manpower pool for duty as ambulance escorts or (1) Upon notification, each primary IRF team
additional security as directed by the Hospital Escort member from the camp affected by the MCI will secure
NCOIC (Escort Control NCOIC). one three-piece suit with key from the block that they
(4) Will ensure they receive shackle keys from are responding from.
the Hospital Escort NCOIC (alternate IRF team leader) (2) IRF team members will respond to the
when detainee is loaded into the ambulance. affected block as is without putting on any IRF
q. Medical Escorts(ambulance escorts): equipment.
(1) Will move detainees to locations as directed (3) Number 4 man will get the (2) two-piece suits
by Escort Control. from the IRF equipment box.

32.11
(3) IRF team members will report to the Block w. Interpreter OIC:
NCOIC or SOG of the affected block. (1) Upon notification of an MCI the Interpreter
(4) IRF team members will enter and secure OIC will have all interpreters from every available
detainees in three man teams. language respond to the man power pool.
(5) After each detainee is shackled, will ensure (2) Interpreters will report to the On-Scene
all cuffs are double locked and will close the door and Commander or SOG for further instructions.
secure it by sliding the bolt to latch the door. The door (3) Interpreters will be required at the Naval
will not be locked. Hospital and will ride in the ambulance taking the
(6) Will give the shackle key to the IRF team detainees to the Naval Base Hospital as needed.
leader. (4) Initiate recall of interpreters as determined by
(7) The number 1, 2 and 3 man will form an entry On-Scene Commander.
team. (5) Interpreters will be required at the Detainee
(8) The number 4 man will act as a third team Hospital.
member for the block personnel. If there is already x. Infantry Support:
enough block personnel not including the block (1) Upon notification, Infantry QRF will respond
NCOIC, to make up a three-man team; the number 4 to the MCI site to enhance security.
man will be security at the block gate. (a) Infantry SOG will report to the On-Scene
t. Alternate IRF Team Leader of affected Commander for further instructions.
camp(Hospital Escort NCOIC): (b) QRF will provide additional security at Sally
(1) Will track which detainees and ambulance Port 1 and Sally Port 8 until relieved by mobile patrols.
escorts are leaving Camp Delta by ISN and the medical (c) Once relieved, will return to the QRF
victim tag number. location.
(2) Will receive all keys for detainees brought (2) Lexington TCP will facilitate emergency
into the triage location and track which key belongs to vehicle traffic:
which detainee. (a) All emergency vehicles leaving Camp Delta
(3) Will ensure ambulance escorts have the keys and heading towards NAVBASE Hospital have priority
they are required to have. of passage through the TCP.
u. Sally Port Guards: (b) All emergency vehicles traveling toward
(1) Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 8 will Camp Delta have the next highest priority.
open both of the outer sally port gates. The inner sally (c) All other vehicles will proceed through the
port gate will be opened only as required. Emergency orange barricades from either end, one vehicle at a time
vehicles will only be allowed entry into Camp Delta under the direction of TCP personnel. The stop/go sign
through Sally Port 8. No vehicles may exit through will not be used to direct traffic.
Sally Port 8. (d) If any emergency vehicle approaches
(2) Upon notification of an MCI, Sally Port 1 will Lexington TCP from either direction and a non-
open both of the inner sally port gates. All emergency emergency vehicle is in the orange barricade zone, the
vehicles will exit Camp Delta through Sally Port 1. No vehicle will be stopped next to the guard shack, the
vehicles may enter through Sally Port 1. emergency vehicle directed around to the opposite side
(3) If the affected camp is Camp 1, Sally Port 3 of the guard shack, and then the non-emergency
and Sally Port 4 will completely open both of the sally vehicle may proceed.
port gates. If the affected camp is Camp 2, Sally Port 9 (3) Infantry mobile patrols will respond to help
and Sally Port 10 will completely open both of the direct traffic.
sally port gates. (a) A mobile patrol will respond to Lexington
(4) Soldiers assigned to sally ports will remain at TCP to assist in handling traffic.
position. (b) A mobile patrol will take up position outside
v. Roving Sally: of Sally Port 8. They will ensure all traffic is stopped
(1) Priority is to get all IRF team members off of only when an emergency vehicle is arriving to enter
their blocks. Camp Delta.
(2) One roving sally will be stationed next to the (c) A mobile patrol will take up position outside
affected block’s gate. That roving sally will not leave of Sally Port 1. They will ensure all traffic is stopped
the affected block’s gate until the MCI is complete. only when an emergency vehicle is leaving Camp
The roving sally will ensure their gate is closed unless Delta.
personnel need to enter or exit the block. y. Guards on Unaffected Blocks:
(3) The other roving sally will collect three-piece (1) Will ensure all detainees are put back into
suits from non-affected blocks as directed by the SOG their cells. Any shower and recreation will end and
and take them to the affected block. those detainees will be moved to their cell.
32.12
(2) Headcount will be conducted and reported via (14) Ambulances responding to Camp 2 will park
landline to the DOC. side by side starting at the northwest corner of the mess
(3) Any detainee additions to block due to MCI tent and moving out towards Sally Port 8. The front of
will be reported by ISN via landline. the vehicle will face Sally Port 7.
(4) Increase presence on block to two MPs (15) If no fire is present, fire trucks responding to
walking the block at all times for the duration of the Camp 2 will park in the area between the Camp 2
MCI or until directed otherwise. generators and the mess tent.
z. Critical Locations (See Annex E for map): (16) Military expectant patients from any camp
(1) Sally Port 8 will be used as the entrance for will be placed in the mess tent.
all emergency vehicles responding to an MCI at Camp (17) Detainee expectant patients from any camp
Delta. will be placed under the tree located near the flag pole.
(2) Sally Port 1 will be used as the exit for all aa.Medical personnel will:
emergency vehicles leaving Camp Delta. (1) Perform initial triage at the scene and send
(3) Camp 1 triage area will be in the area between victims by litter to the triage area (marked by an orange
the fenceline running east from Sally Port 2 and the flag) where the Triage Officer (wearing an orange vest)
fenceline running east from Sally Port 3. Military will triage each victim into one of the four categories:
triage will be on the south side running from Sally Port IMMEDIATE, DELAYED, MINIMAL,
3 and east towards where the golf cart parking is EXPECTANT.
located. Detainee triage will be on the north side (2) The Duty Delta Officer (DDO) will send out
running from Sally Port 2 and east towards the the Emergency Response Team (ERT), consisting of
Detainee Clinic gate. It will be marked by an orange two corpsman and a response bag. The ERT will not
flag. enter any cell until the detainee is secured by the MPs.
(4) Camp 1 immediate patients will be located (3) The ERT will assess the situation and provide
along the orange barricades around building four immediate feedback to the DDO regarding the number
starting at the easternmost corner and going west. It of military/detainee casualties and their status.
will be marked by a red flag. (4) The on scene corpsman or ERT will
(5) Camp 1 delayed patients will be located along coordinate casualty transport to designated triage area
the orange barricades around building four starting based on location of MCI.
where the immediate patients end and continuing west. (5) Should the Emergency Response Team (ERT)
Will be marked by a yellow flag. find multiple casualties or one casualty in imminent
(6) Camp 1 minimal patients will be placed in the danger of losing life or limb, they will report this
in-process holding area to the east of building 5. Will immediately to the DDO at Delta Medical Clinic.
be marked by a green flag. (6) The DDO will:
(7) Ambulances responding to Camp 1 will park (a) If less than five casualties, contact the DOC at
just to the north of the immediate patient area at a 45 #3239, the Detention Hospital OIC and the Detention
degree angle with the front pointing towards Sally Port Hospital Senior Medical Officer (SMO).
1. (b) If greater than five casualties, contact DOC at
(8) If no fire is present, fire trucks responding to #3239 and the Detention Hospital Command Duty
Camp 1 will park in the area between the Camp 1 Officer (CDO) by dialing their home phone number or
generators and the building 5 holding area. by pager by dialing 7-2090 and entering pager #062.
(9) Camp 2 military triage will be located to the IMPORTANT: 1) The CDO must be contacted, if
south of building 7. It will be marked with an orange contact cannot be made with the CDO, the OIC should
flag. then be notified. 2) The DDO will coordinate all
(10) Camp 2 detainee triage will be located at the emergency response activities until a more senior
base of the west steps of building 7. It will be marked officer arrives.
with an orange flag. (7) The CDO will contact:
(11) Camp 2 immediate patients will be placed (a) #911
near the CONEX located near Sally Port 9. It will be (b) The Naval Hospital Emergency Department
marked with a red flag. at #3200 and state “This is the Command Duty Officer
(12) Camp 2 delayed patients will be placed to for the Detention Hospital at Camp Delta, we have had
the west of Sally Port 9. It will be marked with a a Mass Casualty Incident beyond the scope of our
yellow flag. capabilities and require Naval Hospital Assistance,
(13) Camp 2 minimal patients will be placed to please activate your Mass Casualty Recall Roster”.
the west of building 9 within the fence enclosing Provide as much information as possible such as the
building 9. It will be marked by green flag. number of suspected deaths, wounded, etc.
(c) OIC, Detention Hospital (pager #068).
32.13
(d) SMO to have them to report immediately Transportation Coordinator then direct transportation to
(pager #038). treatment team locations as indicated in the chart
(e) Detention Hospital Duty Driver (pager #937). above.
(f) Activate the Mass Casualty Recall Roster. (b) The Medical Regulator then radios Command
(8) Recalled Personnel. Arriving recalled and Control with the victim’s category; detainee or
personnel will muster in Delta Medical Clinic and military.
report to the Duty Delta Officer (DDO) for assignment (c) Two Detention Hospital Ambulances will be
until OIC on scene. pre-positioned outside of Delta Medical Clinic.
(9) Medical personnel at Camp Delta will: (d) All IMMEDIATE victims will take
Perform initial triage at the scene and send victims by precedence over DELAYED, MINIMAL, or
litter to the triage area based on the location of the MCI EXPECTANT. Initial triage is conducted as the
where the Triage Officer will triage each victim into Emergency Response Team (ERT) removes victims
one of the four categories: IMMEDIATE, DELAYED, from the incident scene and then litter bearers take
MINIMAL, or EXPECTANT. casualties to the Triage Area.
(a) After being triaged, the victims will be moved (11) Litter Teams:
to one of four areas to await transport. The immediate (a) Additional litter bearer support can be
area will be marked with a red flag and the Immediate obtained through Escort Control.
Category Leader will be wearing a red vest. The (b) The Litter Bearer Team Leader will
delayed area will be marked with a yellow flag and the coordinate all litter teams to and from triage with the
Delayed Category Leader will be wearing a yellow MP Litter Bearer NCOIC. The Litter Bearer Team
vest. The minimal area will be marked with a green Leader will communicate directly with the
flag and the Minimal Category Leader will be wearing Transportation Coordinator to keep casualty flow
a green vest. The expectant area will be marked with a uninterrupted.
black flag and the Chaplain will be in this area. (c) MPs: During initial triage, MPs will act as
(b) Once triaged, designated treatment teams, litter bearers and assist the triage officer as required.
locations and transportation modes are outlined as (12) Staging Areas:
follows: (a) Staging areas for an MCI occurring in Camp
(-) Military IMMEDIATE casualties will be sent Delta 1 are located on the north side of the to the east
to the Naval Hospital GTMO via Naval Hospital of Sally Port 1 along the north perimeter fence for
GTMO ambulance. Delta-1.
(-) Military DELAYED casualties will be sent to (b) Staging areas for an MCI occurring in Delta 2
the Naval Hospital GTMO via Naval Hospital GTMO are located adjacent to the triage area at Delta-2.
ambulance. (13) Responsibilities. Job Action Sheets will be
(-) Military MINIMAL casualties will be sent to found in the Mass Casualty Admin box. These sheets
the Camp America Joint Aid Station via any available are designed to be used by responding personnel as a
military vehicle. quick reference or checklist of primary duties for a
(-) Military EXPECTANT casualties will be sent specific mass casualty job, but are not all inclusive of
to the Camp Delta Mess Hall via litter bearer or the duties/actions that will be required during a mass
Detention Hospital ambulance. casualty incident.
(-) Detainee IMMEDIATE casualties will be sent (14) Teams.
to the Naval Hospital GTMO for the first six and the (a) Command and control team will consist of
balance will be sent to the Detention Hospital via one officer and one administration assistant.
Detention Hospital ambulance or litter bus. (b) Medical Commander (MC) will wear a blue
(-) Detainee DELAYED casualties will be sent to vest and consist of one officer. If an administration
the Detention Hospital via Detention Hospital assistant is available, they will assist the MC.
ambulance or litter bus. (c) Emergency Response Team (ERT) will
(-) Detainee MINIMAL casualties will be sent to consist of two corpsmen responders and corpsmen
the Delta Medical Clinic via walked MP escort or ambulance drivers.
available carts. (d) Triage team will consist of one Triage Officer
(-) Detainee EXPECTANT casualties will be (MD/IDC/PA – first to arrive), one Medical Regulator,
sent to the tree near the Camp Delta Mess Hall via one Litter Bearer Team Leader, one Transportation
Detention Hospital ambulance or litter bearer. Coordinator, one Transportation Administration
(10) Ambulance Transportation: Corpsman.
(a) After triage by the Triage Officer, victims are (e) Staging Team for Military and Detainee
tagged with their corresponding category and tracked Immediate Casualties will consist of two nurses and
by the Medical Regulator. The Litter Bearer and two corpsman. Casualties in this staging area are
32.14
awaiting transportation. Team to be supplemented by staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
MD/IDC/PA if needed as they arrive from NH GTMO. for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
(f) Staging Team for Military and Detainee (c) MINIMAL Mass Casualty Kit. One kit
Delayed Casualties will consist of two nurses and two staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical
corpsman. Casualties in this staging area are awaiting Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit
transportation. Team to be supplemented by staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
MD/IDC/PA if needed as they arrive from NH GTMO. for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
(g) Staging Team for Military and Detainee (d) STAGING Area Mass Casualty Kit. One kit
Minimal Casualties will consist of one nurse. staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical
(h) Transportation to the Naval Hospital GTMO Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit
will consist of Naval Hospital drivers using Naval staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9
Hospital ambulances and Detention Hospital drivers for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene.
using Detention Ambulance Litter Bus for the first six (e) ADMIN Mass Casualty Box. One kit staged
IMMEDIATE detainees. Transportation to the inside the supply room at Delta Medical Equipment.
Detention Hospital will consist of Detention Hospital This kit contains:
drivers, corpsman, MPs, and other available personnel (-) Triage signs/flags
using Detention Hospital ambulances, pick-ups, gators, (-) Bullhorns
golf carts, and other vehicles. (-) Patient tracking forms
(i) Detention Hospital Teams will consist of an (-) Flashlights
Immediate Team with one MD, two nurses, and four (-) Additional triage tags
corpsman (including rad tech, RT) and a Delayed Team (-) Job action sheets
with one MD, two nurses, and four corpsman. (-) Identification vests
(j) Staging Team for Military and Detainee (f) Additional Emergency Response Supplies.
Expectant Casualties will consist of the Muslim Additional emergency response supplies are located in
chaplain and one corpsman in the Detainee area and at a CONEX box designated for bulk mass casualty
least one chaplain and one corpsman in the military supplies.
area. (17) Colored Mass Casualty Boxes/Signs/Flags.
(k) Litter Bearer Team will consist of one If any predetermined site is determined unsafe, the MC
corpsman as the team leader. Bearers will be and the On Scene Commander will designate an
designated MP escort teams. alternate safe site. Triage category sites will be marked
(l) Manpower Coordinator will be a corpsman or by color coded medical response boxes. The boxes are
any Detention Hospital staff member. colored as follows:
(m) Traffic Coordinator will be any available (a) Triage - orange
personnel. (b) Immediate - red
(15) Psychiatric Services. (c) Delayed - yellow
(a) During the event of a mass casualty, all (d) Minimal – green
personnel who are assigned to Psychiatric Services, (e) Expectant - black
Detention Hospital, will be contacted and expected to (18) Radios. Radios will be utilized to facilitate
report to the Delta Medical Clinic immediately for communication between all team-leaders:
muster. They will be utilized for their medical (a) OIC
expertise initially until otherwise directed. These (b) ERT
personnel include one Psychologist, two Psychiatric (c) Triage Team Medical Regulator
Nurse Corps Officers and six Psychiatric Techs. (d) Litter Bearer Team Leader
(b) Mental Health / Psychiatric providers will (e) Transportation Coordinator
also be available after initial emergency response and (f) Immediate Category Leader
treatment. (g) Delayed Category Leader
(16) Supply. (19) Bullhorns. Bullhorns can also be utilized by
(a) IMMEDIATE Mass Casualty Kit. One kit team leaders to facilitate communication between team
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical leaders and team members.
Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit (20) Telephones. Telephones will be used to
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box near Sally Port 9 relay information between Delta Medical Clinic, Joint
for use at the Camp 2 MCI scene. Aid Station, Detention Hospital and Naval Hospital
(b) DELAYED Mass Casualty Kit. One kit GTMO and to communicate to any other appropriate
staged in Mass Casualty CONEX box at Delta Medical facility. Use of phones for purposes other than
Clinic for use at the Camp 1 MCI scene and one kit immediate victim/patient care is highly discouraged
during the incident.
32.15
(21) Safety. Safety is the priority, whether it be evacuated, MP escort will remain at AA IGUANA to
during an actual mass casualty response or a practice provide additional security.
exercise. Prior to any Mass Casualty Exercise, a Safety (c) DOC personnel will remain at DOC until
Officer must be appointed and has the authority to stop directed to evacuate by the DOO.
the drill if they feel that unsafe conditions exist. (2) Camp I detainee blocks (A – I).
Additionally, any personnel or observer can stop the (a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
exercise if they determine an unsafe environment Port 6 to AA BUZZARD.
exists. (b) Block MPs and roving sally port MPs will
(22) Additional Resources. In the event that the move with their detainees through Sally Port 6 and
resources of the Naval Hospital GTMO are overcome, provide security at AA BUZZARD.
the Wine Cellar can be used to house up to eight (c) During an isolated incident involving one of
additional victims. The local fire department maintains more blocks in Camp I but not blocks A, E, or I,
four additional mass casualty medical supply boxes detainees can be evacuated to AA SNAKE, which is
that can be utilized as necessary. located in block J.
(3) Camp II and III admin buildings (JDOG
32-11. Evacuation Routes Intel/Interpreters, and JIIF).
a. The Detention Operations Officer, and in his (a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port
absence, the on-duty CO will direct an evacuation of 9 to AA MOUSE.
US personnel and detainees when he believes that to be (b) Any detainees being interrogated will be
the most prudent course of action given the known escorted to AA ANT. Once all detainees are evacuated,
situation. MP escort will remain at AA ANT to provide
b. Evacuations will be made only to those areas additional security.
required to assure the safety of US personnel and (4) Camp II and III detainee blocks (K – T).
detainees. (a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
c. DOC will remain manned unless absolutely Port 10 then Sally Port 9 to AA ANT.
required to provide for the safety of US personnel. (b) Block MPs and roving sally port MPs will
(1) Camp II SOG Office (Bldg 7, Room 7) serves move with their detainees through Sally Port 10 then
as alternate DOC (ADOC) if DOC is evacuated. Sally Port 9 to AA ANT. Block and roving sally port
(2) In the event that Camp Delta must be MPs will provide security at AA ANT.
completely evacuated, DOC operations will be (5) Camp IV detainee blocks (U – Y).
established on the north side of Sally Port 1. (a) Detainees will be evacuated through Sally
d. Depending upon time available and seriousness it Port 14, Sally Port 12, and Sally Port 5 to AA
may not be possible to adhere to the normal detainee IGUANA.
movement security procedures. Security of detainees (b) Block and roving patrol MPs will provide for
and safety of US personnel remains the top concern security enroute and will remain with their detainees at
when it becomes necessary to contravene established AA IGUANA to provide security.
procedures because of the necessity of the situation. f. Evacuation of Camp Delta. The destructive
(1) The following categories of detainees warrant weather plan K-span buildings located at Camp
high security precautions: Level 4, Level 5, and Bulkeley will be used for temporary housing in event
detainees with a past history for violence or mental that Camp Delta must be completely evacuated.
illness. Detainees will be staged moving from their blocks to
(2) If evacuated from Camp Delta to another an intermediate assembly area where they will be
location, detainees will be shackled with three-piece prepared for movement then to a departure assembly
suits and have an escort of at least two MPs each. area for movement.
(3) Detainees will be moved to the closest (1) Camp I (admin areas not directly in contact
assembly area from their block consistent with a with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1 to AA
minimum standoff distance of 300 ft from any RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to assist in
suspected explosive device. detainee evacuation from Camp Delta.
e. Evacuation Routes and Assembly Areas. (2) Camp I (blocks A – I). Blocks will be
(1) Camp I admin buildings (JIG, SCIF, evacuated one block at a time to AA SNAKE.
Medical/In-Processing, CTC, DOC, JIIF). Detainees will be prepared for movement. Detainees
(a) US personnel will evacuate through Sally Port will then be moved to AA IGUANA. Detainees will be
1 to AA RAT. loaded into vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley.
(b) Any detainees being interrogated will be (3) Camp II and III (admin areas not directly in
escorted to AA IGUANA. Once all detainees are contact with detainees). Evacuate through Sally Port 1

32.16
to AA RAT. Personnel will be given assignments to f. Movement.
assist in detainee evacuation from Camp Delta. (1) When winds of 64 knots or greater within 48
(4) Camp II and III (blocks K – T). Blocks will be hours (H-48), commence the movement of detainees
evacuated one block at a time to AA ANT. Detainees from Detention Hospital. All interrogations will cease.
will be prepared for movement. Detainees will then be Camp America will be evacuated to the K-SPANs
moved to AA MOUSE. Detainees will be loaded into (2) At H-36, internal and external security will be
vehicles for movement to Camp Bulkeley. established at the shelters. The JDOG DOC will be
(5) Camp IV (blocks U – Y). Blocks will be established. The QRF at the shelters will be
evacuated to the Camp IV recreation area one block at established.
a time. Detainees will be prepared for movement. (3) At H-24, all detainees will be moved from the
Detainees will then be moved to AA IGUANA where Detention Hospital to the Wine Cellar.
they will be loaded into vehicles for movement to (4) At H-21, all vehicles to be used in the transfer
Camp Bulkeley. will be staged inside Camp Delta next to the Detainee
Clinic. All vehicles will have been filled and PMCS
32-12. Destructive Weather will have been completed. Any mechanical problems
a. This Emergency Action Plan will be effective will have been corrected. A contingency bus,
unless updated or revised. ambulance, and QRF will stage at a central location,
b. The Destructive Weather (DxWx) Plan is divided accessible to both the K-SPANs and Magazines. Key
into six phases: leaders and key drivers will perform a route recon.
(1) Development (5) Each escort will have 36 minutes to complete
(2) Establish detainee DxWx accommodations one transfer of 30 detainees.
(3) Implement DxWx operations (6) At H-18, detainee transport will commence.
(4) Movement Transfer will consist of two escort teams of infantry in
(5) Redeployment M1025 and two busses each containing 15 detainees,
(6) Return to pre-DxWx operational status six MPs, one driver, and an interpreter. All detainees
c. Development. Will entail the informational will be transported in three-piece suits and secured to
gathering process of what is required to support the the eyebolts in the floor of the K-SPANs or magazines.
relocation of detainees in the event of DxWx. This (7) At H-12, detainee transfer will be complete.
cycle must be continuous as detainee population and Command and control will be transferred from the
special detainees may change that will alter existing Camp Delta DOC to the Camp Bulkeley DOC.
plans. The phase will be handled at the JDOG level (8) At H-6, the last shift rotation will occur. The
and higher. QRF will be in place in the K-SPANs and magazines.
d. Establish detainee DxWx accommodations. Camp Delta and all TCPs and OPs will be secured.
Currently K-SPANs and magazines will be used to (9) At H+8, a recon will be conducted of Camp
house detainees. Special case detainees will be given a America and Camp Delta. All items requiring repair
separate location to be placed. Supplies will also be will be identified.
prestaged and/or checked for usability. (10) At H+12, begin to clear transportation routes
e. Implement DxWx operations. This phase will and initiate repairs of facilities. Stand-up Camp Delta.
entail JDOG will work in 12 hour shifts, Camp (11) At H+24, Camp Delta will become
America preparing for movement, and the preparation operational.
for detainee movement. (12) At H+30, begin transfer of detainees back to
(1) At H-120, with H being the hour of landfall, a Camp Delta.
FRAGO will be issued by the J-3. (13) At H+48, transfer detainees from the Wine
(2) At H-96, a Pre-Hurricane Conference/Key Cellar back to Detention Hospital.
Leader Rehearsal will be held. (14) At H+54, reopen Camp America and begin
(3) At H-72, an alternate DOC will be established the resupply and repair of the DxWx sites.
at Bulkeley Hall. Leave will be cancelled. The
breakdown of Detention Hospital, as required, will
commence. A complete accountability of all personnel
will occur.
(4) Begin the lock down of Camp America. All
lose items in Camp America, Camp Delta, and all other
parts of JTF-GTMO will be secured to prevent them
from becoming projectile weapons.
(5) All soldiers in Camp America will prepare an
A bag.
32.17

32.18
Appendix A DA PAM 190-12
References Military Working Dog Program, 30 SEP 93
Section I JTF-GTMO ROE/RUF
Required Publications 30 NOV 02
Geneva Conventions for the Protection of War OPNAVINST 5530.13B
Victims, 12 August 1949 Department of The Navy Physical Security Instruction
Military Order of November 13, 2001 – Detention, For Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives,
Treatment, and Trial of Certain Non-Citizens in the 05 JUL 94
War Against Terrorism (Federal Register, Volume 66, GTA 5-8-12
No. 222, pages 57833 – 57836) 25 FEB 99
AR 190-8 STP 19-95C14-SM-TG
Enemy Prisoner of War, Retained Personnel, Civilian MOS 95C
Internees and Other detainees, 01 OCT 97 INTERNMENT/RESETTLEMENT SPECIALIST
AR 190-11 26 March 99
Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition, and Messages, HQDA, DAMO-ODL
Explosives, 12 FEB 98 14 DEC 94
AR 190-12 Subject: Review for Legal Review/Opinion—Use of
Military Working Dogs, 30 SEP 93 Oleoresin Capsicum Pepper Spray for Correctional
AR 190-13 Purposes.
The Army Physical Security Program, 30 SEP 93 MOU Concerning the U.S. Naval Brig at Guantanamo
AR 190-14 Bay Cuba, 7 MAR 02.
Carrying of Firearms and Use of Force for Law Detention Hospital “Care of the detainee With Self-
Enforcement and Security Duties, 12 MAR 93 Injurious Behavior” SOP
AR 190-16 Fleet Hospital 20 SOP for Hunger Strikes, Drinking
Physical Security, 31 MAY 91 Strikes, and Re-Feeding
AR 190-22 27 MAY 02.
Searches, Seizures, and Disposition of Property, 1 JAN Enclosure 1: Enclosure 1-4 (FPCON Alpha-Delta) to
83. Tab-D (Random Anti-terrorism Measures) to
AR 190-30 Appendix-2 (Anti-terrorism) to Annex-C (Operations)
Military Police Investigations, 1 JUN 78 to JTF-GTMO Anti-terrorism Force Protection Plan
AR 190-40 (AT/FPP).
Serious Incident Report, 30 NOV 93 E-mail from JDOG CDR re: Policy Guidance,
AR 190-45 Procedures for Use of Aerosol Restrain (OLEORESIN
Law Enforcement Reporting, 20 OCT 00 CAPSICUM) 21 JUN 02.
AR 190-47 Map: Map Series, Cuba 1:25000 Guantanamo, TPC
The Army Corrections System. 15 AUG 96 Series E824S, Sheet 3025II, Edition 1-DMA
AR 190-51 Guantanamo
Security of Unclassified Army Property, 30 SEP 93 Naval Hospital GTMO Mass Casualty Plan,
AR 195-5 NAVHOSPGTMOINST 3440.1C
Criminal Investigations, Evidence Procedures, 28 AUG Madigan Army Medical Center Emergency
92 Preparedness Management Plan, current.
AR 210-174 Arizona Triage System, Responding to an MCI: EMS
Accounting Procedures for Prisoners’ Personal Guide
Property and Funds, 17 SEP 86 Section II
AR 385-64 Prescribed Forms
Ammunition and Explosive Safety Standards, 1 FEB DA Form 508
00 Report Of/Or Recommendation For Disciplinary
AR 700-81 Action
DOD Dog Program, 5 MAY 71 DA Form 509
FM 27-10 Inspection Record Of Prisoner In Segregation
The Law of Land Warfare, 18 JUL 1956, Change-1, DA Form 1594
15 JUL 76 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log
FM 3-19.40 DA Form 2062
Military Police Internment/Resettlement Operations, Hand Receipt
01 AUG 01 DA Form 2823
Sworn Statement
A.1
DA Form 3997 CD-S322
Military Police Desk Blotter Fire Notification
Evidence/Property Custody Document CO Checklist
Key Control Register And Inventory Immediate Response Force (IRF) Checklist
CD-RU01 CD-S325
Repair And Utility Work Order Authorized Activities
CD-S201 CD-S326
Significant Activities Sheet Authorized Items
CD-S301 CD-S327
Detainee Behavioral Tracking List of Offenses
CD-S302 CD-S328
Chaplain Requests Discipline Matrix
CD-S303 CD-S329
Detainee Confiscated Items Damage to Property Discipline Matrix
CD-S304 CD-S330
Detainee Inventory Form Guard Mount Information Message
CD-S305 CD-S331
Camp Delta Contractor Escorts Mass Casualty Checklist
CD-S306 CD-S332
Detainee Discipline History Triage Checklist
CD-S307 CD-S333
Camp Delta Headcount Shower and Recreation Schedule
CD-S308 Linen and Uniform Exchange Schedule
ICRC Checklist CD-S334
CD-S309 Individual Detainee Refusal Tracking Record
ICRC Interview Request CD-S335
CD-S310 Daily Detainee Medical Requests/Complaints
ID Band Or Card Request Form CD-S336
CD-S311 Weekly and Monthly Due Outs
India Block Max Security Log CD-S337
CD-S312 Block NCO Checklist
November Block Max Security Log CD-S338
CD-S313 Level 5 and Medical Entitlement Form
Oscar Block Max Security Log CD-S339
CD-S314 Notification Matrix
Medical Appointments CD-S340
CD-S315 Guard Mount Manning Roster
Detainee Daily Medical Requests/Complaint Form CD-S341
CD-S316 Inspection Record of Prisoner in Segregation
Permanent Movement Sheet JTF-GTMO Bomb Threat Data Card
CD-S317 Camp Delta Guard Force Shift After Action Review
Reservation Checklist Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
CD-S318 J4/JLSG Warehouse Expendable/Consumable Request
Reservation Requests Form
CD-S319 Non-Expendable/Consumable Request Form
Observation of Self-Injurious Behavior Form Section III
CD-S320 Abbreviations
Individual Detainee Status Record AAR
GTMO Form 508-1 After Action Review
Notification of Status For Positive Behavior Reward CI
Program Comfort Items, Counter Intelligence
CD-S321 CINC
Fire Checklist Commander in Chief

A.2
CITF INTSUM
Criminal Investigation Task Force Intelligence Summary
CJDOG IRF
Commander, Joint Detention Operations Group Immediate Reaction Force
COMSEC ISN
Communications Security Internment Serial Number
CTC JDOG
Counterterrorism Cell Joint Detention Operations Group
C2 JIIF
Command and Control Joint Interagency Interrogation Facility
DL JIG
Detainee Library Joint Intelligence Group
DMPC JOA
Detainee Mail Processing Center Joint Operational Area
DO JOC
Duty Officer Joint Operations Center
DOC JTF
DOC Joint Task Force
DOCEX JTF-GTMO
Document Exploitation Joint Task Force - Guantanamo Bay, Cuba
DRS JPRC
Detainee Reporting System Joint Personnel Readiness Center
DTF MG
DOCEX Template Format Machinegun
DTG MMS
Date Time Group Mail Management System
DV MI
Distinguished Visitor Military Intelligence
EC MMS
Evidence Custodian Mail Management System
EEFI MOD
Essential Elements of Friendly Information Medical Officer of the Day
ETA MPH
Estimated Time of Arrival Miles Per Hour
FBI MRE
Federal Bureau of Investigation Meals Ready to Eat
FPCON MSU
Force Protection Condition Maximum Security Unit
GWOT MTS
Global War On Terrorism Mail Transmittal Sheet
HMMWV MWD
High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle Military Working Dog
HQDA NAI
Headquarters, Department of the Army Named Areas of Interest
IAW NAVBASE
In Accordance With Naval Base
ICE NAVSTA
Interrogation Control Element Naval Station
ICRC NCA
International Committee of the Red Cross National Command Authority
ID NCIS
Identity Naval Criminal Investigation Service
IMD NCO
Internee Management Database Non Commissioned Officer
INTREP NCOIC
Intelligence Report Non Commissioned Officer in Charge
A.3
NDRC THREATCON
National Detainee Records Center Threat Condition
NLW TR
Non-Lethal Weapons Transmittal Record
OML T-SCIF
Order of Merit List Top-Secret Compartmented Information Facility
OC UCMJ
Oleoresin/Capsicum: Pepper Spray Uniform Code of Military Justice
OIC USAF
Officer in Charge United States Air Force
OPORD VIP
Operations Order Very Important Person
PA
Physician’s Assistant Section IV
PBO Index
Property Book Officer Additional Equipment, page 24.1
PL Alert Roster/Recall Roster, page 21.7
PL Ammunition Handling, page 23.5
PMCS Ammunition Numbers and Accountability, page 25.1
Preventive Maintenance, Checks, and Services Applying Restraints (“Shackling”), page 6.2
POC Attempted/Actual Suicide, page 32.1
Point Of Contact Authorized Personnel, page 12.1
PS Barber, page 6.4
Processing Section Behavior Management Plan, page 4.3
PSU Block Documentation, page 6.5
Port Security Unit Block Operations, page 9.1
QRF Bodily Fluids, page 19.4
Quick Reaction Force Bomb Threat / Discovery / Explosion, page 32.8
RAM Brevity Code, page 24.2
Random Anti-Terrorism Measure Brevity Codes for Implementation of FPCON Levels,
ROI page 21.7
Rules of Interaction Camp Delta Operations, page 2.1, 15.1
ROE Camp Rules (Station 10), page 4.3
Rules Of Engagement Camp Rules, page 5.2
RUF Camp Supply Rooms, page 31.1
Rules for Use of Force Cavity Search (Station 3), page 4.2
R&U Cell Block Operations, page 6.1
Repair and Utility Cell Block Report, page 6.7
SBF Cell/Block Cleaning, page 6.7
Support-By-Fire Chain of Command, page 2.1
SECDEF Change in FPCON, page 21.1
Secretary of Defense Change of Shift Procedures, page 5.3
SIGACT Chaplain Requests, page 16.1
Significant Activity Chaplain, page 16.1
SIR Christian Holidays, page 16.4
Serious Incident Report Cleared Mail, page 13.3
SIRF Clothing Removal Rome (Station 1), page 4.2
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form Combat Lifesavers, page 19.3
SOG Comfort Items, page 8.2
SOG Command and Control, page 2.1
SPOTREP Communication Matrix and Link Diagram, page 14.1
Spot Report Communications, page 11.4
SSO Computer Requests, page 31.1
Special Security Officer Conduct of Infantry Soldiers, page 23.1
STU Confiscation of Items, page 8.5
Secure Telephone Unit Cultural Considerations, page 16.3
A.4
Daily Reports, page 5.1 Essential Elements of Friendly Information (EEFI),
Death, page 32.4 page 27.1
Debrief Format, page 23.2 Evacuation Routes, page 32.16
Deceptive Light Plan, page 27.2 Evidence and Contraband Procedures, page 5.4
Delta Block Mental Health Facility (MHF), page 30.1 Explanation of Abbreviations and Terms, page 1.1
Destructive Weather, page 32.17 External Positions, page 23.2
Detainee Behavioral Management, page 8.1 External Security Operations, page 23.1
Detainee Classification System, page 8.2 Fasting Requests, page 16.1
Detainee Identification Band, page 6.8 Fingerprint (Station 9), page 4.3
Detainee In-Processing Operations, page 15.2 Fire Prevention Precautions, page 21.1
Detainee International Public Information Themes, Fire, page 32.7
page 28.1 Food Service, page 18.1
Detainee Library, page 15.3 Food Tray Slot (“Bean Hole”) Covers, page 6.2
Detainee Mail Operations, page 13.1 Force Protection, page 14.1, 21.1
Detainee Mail Screening, page 14.1 Fratricide, page 32.6
Detainee Medical Clinic Gate, page 7.5 Friday Prayer Service, page 16.2
Detainee Mess Operations, page 6.3 General Protection Policy, page 1.3
Detainee Processing (Reception/Transfer/Release), General, page 11.1, 14.1, 15.1
page 4.1 GTMO Form 508-1, page 8.4
Detainee Property, page 12.1 Guard Mount, page 5.3
Detainee Reception Operations, page 3.1 Harrisonburg TCP, page 23.7
Detainee Standard of Conduct, page 6.7 Headcounts, page 6.1
Detainees in Isolation, page 13.5 Heat Category Measure, page 19.5
Detainees Passing Mail between Cells, page 13.5 Height And Weight (Station 6), page 4.2
Detainees with More Than 12 Items of Mail, page 13.5 Held Mail, page 13.3
Detention Facility Operations, page 5.1 Hostage Situation, page 32.3
Detention Hospital, page 19.6 Hunger Strike, page 19.4
Detention Operations Branch, page 2.1 ICRC Mail, page 13.2
Detention Operations Center (DOC), page 2.2 ICRC Visitation Rules, page 17.1
Detention Services Branch, page 2.2 ID Wristband/Dossier (Station 8), page 4.3
Dietary Practices, page 16.3 Inbound and Outbound Operations, page 3.4
Discipline Process, page 8.1 Incident Reports, page 5.2
Discipline Records, page 5.3 Incoming Mail, page 13.1
Dispensing of Medications, page 19.1 Incorrectly Addressed Mail, page 13.5
Distinguished Visitors, page 11.4 Infantry FPCON Actions, page 23.1
Disturbance Matrix, page 14.1 Infantry Support Force, page 3.1
DNA Sample (Station 5), page 4.2 Infantry Support Operations, page 3.1
DOCEX Quality Control, page 15.3 Initial Processing , page 4.1
DOCEX Translation Guidelines, page 15.3 Initial Reaction Force (IRF) Operations, page 24.1
Document Exploitation (DOCEX), page 15.2 In-processing and Documentation, page 9.1
Documents, page 4.1 In-Processing Procedures, page 4.1
Dressing/Shackle Exchange (Station 4), page 4.2 In-processing Security, page 3.2
DRS In-Processing (Station 7), page 4.3 Inspections and Inventories, page 6.7
Duress Condition, page 21.7 Intelligence Operations, page 14.1
Duties, page 14.2, 18.1 Intelligence Reference Guide for Linguists, page 15.5
Emergency Action Plans (EAPs), page 32.1 International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC),
Emergency Condition Responses, page 19.2 page 17.1
Emergency Procedures, page 22.2 Introduction, page 1.1
Emergency Sick Call, page 19.2 Investigations, page 5.5
Equipment Chit System, page 5.4 IRF Team Equipment, page 24.1
Equipment Maintenance, page 11.4 IRF Team Guidelines, page 24.2
Equipment Maintenance, page 6.7 IRF Team Use, page 24.2
Escort Control, page 11.1 Items of Intelligence Value, page 14.1
Escort Operations, page 11.1 JDOG Mission and Commander’s Intent, page 1.1
Escort Teams, page 11.1 JIIF Gate, page 7.6
JIIF MP Personnel, page 14.2
A.5
Key Access Roster, page 22.1 Other Personnel, page 6.4
Key and Lock Accountability, page 22.1 Outgoing Mail, page 13.1
Key Control Register, page 22.1 Overview, page 3.1, 6.1, 22.1
Key Control, page 22.1 Passive Collection of CI Information, page 15.5
Key Custodian, page 22.1 Passive Collection, page 6.7
Key Issue Procedures, page 22.1 Personal Hygiene and Appearance, page 6.8
Keys, page 6.2 Personnel Requirements, page 4.1
Land Movement, page 3.2 Personnel Support Requirements, page 10.1
Laundry / Linen, page 6.4 Personnel, page 17.1
Leadership Matrices, page 14.1 Physical Plant, page 2.1
Level 5 Blocks, page 8.4 Placement for Intelligence Purposes, page 9.1
Levels of Visitation, page 17.1 Post Processing, page 4.3
Lexington TCP, page 23.5 Power Outage, page 32.3
Library Books, page 6.5 Preparation for Processing, page 4.1
Linguist Operations, page 15.1 Preparation, page 29.1
Linguist Support, page 3.4 Priority of Escorts, page 11.1
Listening Posts (LP)/Observation Posts (OP), page Procedures for the Burial, page 16.6
23.5 Process, page 29.1
Logistics, page 26.2 Prohibited Activity, page 27.1
Loss of Hot Meals, page 8.2 Property Handling, page 12.1
Loss of Recreation, page 8.2 Provision of Basic Needs, page 8.1
Mail for Detainees Held at Locations Other Than Public Address System, page 5.4
GTMO, page 13.4 Public Affairs, page 28.1
Mail for Released Detainees, page 13.5 Punitive Action, page 27.1
Mail Screening, page 13.3 Purpose, page 1.1, 4.1, 8.1, 10.1, 27.1
Mail Sent Directly to Detainees, page 13.4 Quick Response Force (QRF) Operations, page 25.1
Mail Transmittal Records, page 13.4 Radio Discipline, page 5.4
Mass Casualty Incident (MCI), page 32.8 Record Keeping, page 2.3
Mass Disturbance, page 32.1 Recreation, page 10.1
Maximum Security Unit Operations, page 9.1 Redacted Mail, page 13.3
Meals, page 10.1 References, page 1.1
Medical Appointments, page 6.5 Religious Items, page 16.3, 16.5
Medical Emergency, page 32.5 Religious Practices, page 16.1
Medical Practices, page 16.3 Religious Support, page 16.1
Medical Support Requirements, page 10.1 Repair and Utility, page 20.1
Medical, page 19.1 Reporting, page 4.3
Military Working Dogs (MWD), page 26.1 Requirements, page 25.1
Minor SOP Modifications, page 1.1 Responsibilities, page 1.1, 18.1, 26.1, 27.1
Mission, page 25.1 Restraint Procedures, page 19.1
Mounted Patrols, page 23.4 Roles and Responsibilities, page 15.1
Movement to Camp IV, page 29.1 Roving Sally, page 7.6
Movement to Camp IV, page 29.2 Rules of Engagement (ROE) and Rules for the Use of
MP Escort Responsibilities, page 4.2 Force (RUF), page 5.1
Muslim Fasting, page 16.2 Sally Port Operations, page 7.1
Muslim Funeral and Burial Rites, page 16.5 Sally Ports 1 And 8, page 7.1
Muslim Holiday - Eid, page 16.2 Sally Ports 3 And 9, page 7.4
NAVBASE Hospital Escorts, page 11.4 Sally Ports 4 And 10, page 7.5
NAVBASE Siren System, page 21.8 Sally Ports, page 7.1
NAVSTA Brig Operations, page 10.1 SCIF Security, page 14.3
Notification Procedures, page 25.1 Searches, page 6.1, 21.1
Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Use, page 5.3 Searching the Koran, page 6.1
Operational Intelligence, page 14.2 Security Considerations, page 15.5
Operational Security (OPSEC) and Deceptive Lighting Security Inspections and Vulnerability Assessments,
Plan, page 27.1 page 21.1
Operations, page 17.1, 18.1, 26.1, 28.1, 30.1 Self-Harm Blankets and Smocks, page 19.1
Organization, page 15.1 Serious Incident Reports, page 5.3
A.6
Shower (Station 2), page 4.2
Shower and Recreation, page 6.3
Showers and Hygiene, page 16.3
Showers and Laundry, page 10.1
Shrouding the Body, page 16.5
Sick Call, page 19.2
Significant Activity Report, page 14.1
Source Operations and Reports, page 14.2
Special Instructions, page 23.3
Special Orders for Guard Staff, page 10.2
Special Rewards, page 8.7
SPOT Reports, page 5.2
Standing Orders, page 29.2
Staunton Blocking Position (BP), page 23.8
Supply Operations, page 31.1
Supply Requests, page 31.1
Task Organization, page 23.1
Team Organization, page 24.1
The Christian Prayer, page 16.4
The Muslim Prayer, page 16.2
Themes for Global War on Terrorism (GWOT), page
28.1
Tool Accountability, page 20.2
Tower Operations, page 23.1
Training, page 24.1, 26.2
Transitions, page 29.1
Transport to NAVSTA Brig, page 10.1
Types of Mail, page 13.1
U.S. Personnel Standards of Conduct, page 1.2
Uniform and Dress Rules, page 6.8
Uniform, page 25.1
Use of the Television, page 10.3
Vehicle Usage, page 11.3
Verbal Reporting, page 24.3
Visitation, page 10.2
Washing the Body, page 16.5
Waste Disposal, page 31.1
Weapon Boxes, page 7.6
Weapon Conditions, page 21.8
Weapons and Ammunition Storage Facility, page 21.8
Wear and Appearance of Clothing, page 16.3
Work Orders, page 20.1
Written Reporting, page 24.3

A.7
DRAFT

A.8
Repair and Utilities Form Date : 23 DEC 02
WORK ORDER REQUEST

Contractor Work Order # R & U Work Order #
Date Submitted :
EMERGENCY: (02) ROUTINE: (01)

1/2 Hr Response 1-5 Days
PRIORITY:
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED TO ENSURE A PROMPT AND
ACCURATE RESPONSE. PROVIDE AS MUCH DETAIL AS POSSIBLE
Requestor: Unit/Office: Date: Time:
POC Name/Rank: POC Phone:
Location of work :
Camp #1 Camp #2 Camp #3 Camp #4
Other
Detailed Description of work to be done:
Diagram of work to be done (sizes, distances etc) [Use reverse side if needed]:
R&U Use Only

Remarks:
DETAINEE BEHAVIORAL TRACKING
SHIFT LEVEL TIER NCOIC NAME DATE/TIME GROUP
BLOCK
DAYS SWINGS MIDS 1 2 3 4 5
Behavior Assessment
Returned Comfort Item

Seeks Med Attention
Spits/Throws At MP
Cross Block Commo

Demonstrates Ldrsp
Refused Medication
Derogatory Commo
Ignores Prayer Call

Failure To Comply
Self Harm Watch

Refused Shower
Speaks English
Threatens MP
Psych Issues
Refused Rec
Cooperative
Aggressive
PT In Cell
Hostile
ISN CELL PRIVILEGES GAIN/LOST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
CD-S301 28 MAR 03 PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE
CHAPLAIN REQUESTS
DATE ISN BLOCK CELL REQUEST CHAPLAIN NOTES

DETAINEE CONFISCATED ITEMS DETAINEE CONFISCATED ITEMS
ISN: QTY ISN: QTY
Personal Items Personal Items
Linen: Linen:
Blanket Blanket
Sheet Sheet
Towels Towels
T-Shirt (Turn in if moving off a level 1 block) T-Shirt (Turn in if moving off a level 1 block)
Washcloth Washcloth
Religious Items: Turn in to Librarian all Korans Religious Items: Turn in to Librarian all Korans
Perfume/Oil Perfume/Oil
Prayer Beads Prayer Beads
Prayer Cap Prayer Cap
Library: Turn in to Librarian the following items: Library: Turn in to Librarian the following items:
Books/Magazines from Detainee Library N/A Books/Magazines from Detainee Library N/A
Supplies: Supplies:
Bar Soap (small) Bar Soap (small)
Bar Soap Regular (keep in cell) Bar Soap Regular (keep in cell)
Comb In Shower Comb In Shower
Finger Tooth Brush Finger Tooth Brush
ISO Mat ISO Mat
Mail Mail
Mask (Surgical Type) Mask (Surgical Type)
Mattress Mattress
Salt Packets Salt Packets
Styrofoam Cups Styrofoam Cups
Toothpaste Toothpaste
Travel type or regular Tooth Brush Travel type or regular Tooth Brush
Water Bottle (no squirt top) Water Bottle (no squirt top)
Water Bottle (with top) Water Bottle (with top)
Block: Keep on Block the following items: Block: Keep on Block the following items:
Games N/A Games N/A
Playing Cards N/A Playing Cards N/A
Intel: Turn in to Intel Intel: Turn in to Intel
Inventoried by (print clearly): Inventoried by (print clearly):
Date: Date:
CD-S303 28 MAR 03 CD-S303 28 MAR 03

Detainee Inventory Form
ISN AMT AMT AMT AMT AMT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Personal Items CP 4 L1 L2 L3 L4
Linen:
Blanket 2 2 2 1 1
Orange Suit, top and bottom (size: ) N/A 1 1 1 1
White Suit, top and bottom (size: ) 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
PT Shorts (size: ) 1 1 1 1 1
Sheet 1 1 1 1 N/A
Towels 2 2 2 1 1
T-Shirt (size: ) 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Wash Cloth 1 1 1 1 N/A
Religious Items:
Koran 1 1 1 1 1
Perfume/Oil 3 3 2 1 N/A
Prayer Beads 1 1 1 1 N/A
Prayer Cap 1 1 1 1 N/A
Library:
Books/Magazines from Detainee Library 6 6 4 2 N/A
Supplies:
Bar Soap (small) N/A N/A 1 1 N/A
Bar Soap Regular (keep in cell) 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Bucket for Double Amputees 1 1 1 1 1
Camp Rules (language: ) 1 1 1 1 1
Comb In Shower 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Finger Tooth Brush N/A N/A 1 1 1
Flip Flops N/A 1 1 1 1
ISO Mat 1 1 1 1 1
Mail 20 20 15 12 N/A
Mask (Surgical Type) 1 1 1 1 N/A
Mattress 1 1 1 1 N/A
Salt Packets 5 5 4 3 N/A
Shoes (Size: ) 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Storage Tub 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Styrofoam Cups 2 2 1 1 N/A
Toothpaste 1 1 1 1 1
Travel type or regular Tooth Brush 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Water Bottle (no squirt top) N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A
Water Bottle (with top) 1 1 N/A N/A N/A
Block:
Other Approved Games 1 1 LTD N/A N/A
Playing Cards 1 1 1 N/A N/A
Privileges:
Additional Toilet Paper YES YES NO NO NO
Paper and Pencil Upon Request (does not
apply to ICRC) YES YES NO NO NO
Intel:
Intel Directed Reading Material AD AD AD AD AD
Has Confiscated Items:

Date:

CAMP DELTA CONTRACTOR ESCORTS
EST. # ESCORT UNIT / JTF
COMPANY NAME START DATE END DATE ACTIVITY LOCATION BY OVERLAY REMARKS
PERSONNEL POC

DETAINEE DISCIPLINE HISTORY FOR ISN: ______________________
DATE BLOCK CELL REASON FOR DISCIPLINE DISCIPLINARY ACTION LENGTH OF DISCIPLINE AUTHORIZED BY:

CAMP DELTA HEADCOUNT
CAMP I CAMP IV
Alpha Bravo Charlie Delta Echo Foxtrot Golf Hotel India Total Uniform Total
Assigned 1
Present 2
Brig 3
Fleet 4
Medical Victor Total
JIIF 1
ICRC 2
Photo 3
Total 4
CAMP II
Kilo Lima Mike Nov Oscar Papa Quebec Romeo Sierra Tango Total Whiskey Total
Assigned 1
Present 2
Brig 3
Fleet 4
Medical X-Ray Total
JIIF 1
ICRC 2
Photo 3
Total 4
ICRC CHECKLIST
ISN BLOCK CELL TIME LEFT TIME RETURNED NOTES

ICRC INTERVIEW REQUEST
INTERVIEWER: _____________________________ DATE: _______________________

ISN BLOCK CELL ACCESS RESTRICITON RESULTS

ID BAND OR CARD REQUEST FORM
UNIT: DOC POC: SHIFT:

CELL REASON ID BAND UNIT DATE
ISN DETAINEE FROM TO FOR CHANGE OR CARD REQUESTING COMPLETED
NAME:
SIGNATURE:

INDIA BLOCK MAX SECURITY LOG
CELL ISN REASON FOR ASSIGNMENT APPROVING AUTHORITY ARRIVAL DATE DEPARTURE DATE
I-1
I-2
I-3
I-4
I-5
I-6
I-7
I-8
I-9
I-10
I-11
I-12
I-13
I-14
I-15
I-16
I-17
I-18
I-19
I-20
I-21
I-22
I-23
I-24
CD-S311 28 MAR 03 PREVIOIUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE
NOVEMBER BLOCK MAX SECURITY LOG
N-1
N-2
N-3
N-4
N-5
N-6
N-7
N-8
N-9
N-10
N-11
N-12
N-13
N-14
N-15
N-16
N-17
N-18
N-19
N-20
N-21
N-22
N-23
N-24
OSCAR BLOCK MAX SECURITY LOG
O-1
O-2
O-3
O-4
O-5
O-6
O-7
O-8
O-9
O-10
O-11
O-12
O-13
O-14
O-15
O-16
O-17
O-18
O-19
O-20
O-21
O-22
O-23
O-24
O-25
O-26
O-27
O-28
O-29
O-30
O-31
O-32
O-33
O-34
O-35
O-36
MEDICAL APPOINTMENTS
ISN BLOCK CELL APPOINTMENT TIME TIME LEFT TIME RETURNED

DETAINEE DAILY MEDICAL REQUESTS/COMPLAINT FORM
For standard sick call only. All urgent or emergency problems should be called in immediately. Log same date in pass-on book.
DATE TIME ISN BLOCK CELL COMPLAINT MEDICAL ETA

PERMANENT MOVEMENT SHEET
BLOCK/CELL INCIDENT DAYS IN
ISN FROM TO DATE NATURE OF OFFENSE SELF-HARM DATE APPROVED BY MSU COMPLETE

RESERVATION CHECKLIST
ISN BLOCK CELL TIME LEFT TIME RETURNED NOTES

RESERVATION REQUESTS
TIME ISN BLOCK CELL FORWARDED NOTES

OBSERVATION OF SELF-INJURIOUS BEHAVIOR FORM
Detainee ISN: ________________________ Cell: ____________ Date: _______________________
Directions: All detainees who are a Suicide Watch or Self-Harm Precautions will have their behavior
documented every 15 minutes. Record what the detainee is doing and/or saying in the space provided.
Continue on the back if needed. Be sure to indicate date and time.
Example: Detainee ISN: 888-00-0000 Cell: Z-50 Date: 01 Sep 2002

2345 Self-harm precautions started. Yelling, cursing, hitting head on wall. "I'm going to kill myself."
2400 Shackled and helmeted. Fighting shackles. Yelling and cursing, "I'm going to kill myself".
0015 02 Sep 2002 Quiet but still struggling against shackles.
0030 Sleeping.
Completed forms will be picked up by psychiatry

____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
CD-S319 28 MAR+A113 03 PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE PAGE 1 OF 2

OBSERVATION OF SELF-INJURIOUS BEHAVIOR FORM
Detainee ISN: ________________________ Cell: ____________ Date: _______________________

____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 00 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 15 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 30 _________________________________________________________________________________________
____ 45 _________________________________________________________________________________________
CD-S319 28 MAR 03 PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE PAGE 2 OF 2

INDIVIDUAL DETAINEE STATUS RECORD
ISN# Block: Cell:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Meal
B
L
D
Shower
Rec
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Meal
B
L
D
Shower
Rec
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Meal
B
L
D
Shower
Rec
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Meal
B
L
D
Shower
Rec

FIRE CHECKLIST
Item Item Description Yes/No/NA
FIRE PREVENTION
1 Are up-to-date inspections posted in each building? Y / N / NA
2 Are evacuation routes clearly posted? Y / N / NA
3 Are installed fire extinguishers visually inspected daily? Y / N / NA

Are the primary and secondary evacuation routes clear of
4 obstruction? Y / N / NA
Are combustible and flammable supplies stored in the proper
5 manner? Y / N / NA
6 Are “NO SMOKING” signs posted? Y / N / NA
7 Is the no smoking regulation enforced? Y / N / NA

Is there any accumulation of trash, litter, or rubbish inside or
8 outside of the building? Y / N / NA
Have all US personnel been instructed in the use of fire
9 extinguishers? Y / N / NA
10 Are all US personnel familiar with the evacuation routes? Y / N / NA
11 Are all occupants familiar with the fire alarm process? Y / N / NA

Inspection conducted using this checklist and the checklist
12 found in AR 420-90? Y / N / NA
13 Is emergency lighting operational? Y / N / NA

SHIFT LEADER CHECKLIST IN EVENT OF A FIRE
1 Isolate area by closing all doors and windows.
2 Locate and obtain nearest fire extinguisher.
3 Locate and obtain nearest fire extinguisher.
4 Notify Detention Operations Center.
5 Extinguish fire if possible.

IF EVACUATION IS ORDERED
1 Pass the word.

Coordinate with Security Force to move detainees to
2 assembly areas.
3 Take accurate muster.
4 Report muster to Detention Operations Center.

FIRE NOTIFICATION
NOTIFICATION
EVENT METHOD REMARKS STATUS
Notify emergency services of situation and
request Fire Dept and NAVBASE Scty if
Notify 911 911 required
- Notify Medical 3030 / 3037 Request for medical and ambulance

Initiate DA Form 1594 Initiate staff journal to record all actions
Staff Journal N/A associated with fire
Lockdown of Camp
Delta SABER No further radio traffic from this point
Notify Company Responds to fire scene and determines the
Commander SABER need to evacuate
- All contractors and ICRC members are
escorted out of the facility
Verbal from - Once completed all escort tms report to
Notify Escort Control DOC DOC for assignments
Notify SOG of camp Verbal or
affected telephone
Evaluate the situation
and determine if
evacuation is required SABER
Call Sally Ports and advise them about
Notify Sally Ports SABER incoming emergency vehicles
Notify SOG of camps Verbal or
not affected telephone Provides personnel if required
Notify Infantry SOG 3267 or runner Additional security as needed

W: Request for additional interpreter support if
Notify Interpreter OIC H: 8037 needed
Notify Detainee Opns Verbal or
Officer Home Tele:
Notify Joint Opns 5010 / 5037 / Notify JOC of situation and request additional
Center (JOC) 5038 emergency services if needed
W: 5223
H: 8213
Notify JDOG CDR C: 8-8408
W: 3132
Notify Camp H: 8007
Superintendent C: 8-4402
W: 3577
Notify JDOG S3 H: 8109
Notify JDOG Deputy W: 3242
CDR H: 3138
Receive and compile When building(s) have been evacuated; request

accurate accountability and receive muster of personnel; reconcile
of all personnel from muster with battle rosters to verify that all
the affected area SABER personnel are accounted for
Company Commander Checklist
NAME:________________________________ DATE:_______________________
INITIALS REMARKS
Conduct Guard Mount
Block Checks:
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Inspect shower and rec time
Inspect Key Control Register
Fleet Hospital Check
Review MSU Blocks DD FM 509
Review DD Form 508, SIR’s, DA Form 4137,
DA Form 2823 for Turn-In at end of shift.
Review Blotter
Review CP Pass on Book
Inspect Perimeter Fence (Include No-Mans
Land Gates)
Sally Port Check
1
2
3
4
5
6
Causeway (Camp 1)
Fleet Sally Port
7
8
9
10
11
Causeway (Camp 2)
Mess Operations Check
Medical Escorts Check
IMMEDIATE RESPONSE FORCE (IRF) CHECKLIST
DATE:_______________ UNIT:______________________________________________
IRF CHECK LIST GO TIME
Soldier in affected area notifies PL or SOG of incident ASAP
PL Arrives
SOG Arrives
PL alerts IRF and Company Commander simultaneously through use of a

brevity code
All movement stops upon Brevity Code being given
Company Commander Arrives
IRF Team Arrives
PL or SOG requests at least two medical personnel with at least two crash
bags
Medical Personnel arrives
PL or SOG requests an interpreter based on language of detainee
Interpreter/s arrive
Admin NCO brings video camera to PL or alerts Combat Camera
Camera Operator arrives
RTO dispatches at least two personnel with shackles and a gurney to PL’s
location
Two personnel w/shackles and gurney arrives
PL briefs IRF NCO and support personnel on situation
IRF is videotaped during briefing scenario. IRF soldiers brief their respective
roles in sequence.
PL briefs CO and prepares to utilize IRF Team
SOLDIERS TRAINING ON IRF TEAM

RANK NAME UNIT
REMARKS:

DAMAGE TO PROPERTY DISCIPLINE MATRIX
ITEM 1ST OFFENSE 2ND OFFENSE ANY ADDITIONAL
OFFENSES
DAYS DAYS DAYS
Cup (Foam, other) 3 5 10
Tooth Brush 3 5 5
Tooth Paste 3 5 5
Towel 3 5 10
Wash Cloth 3 5 10
Water Bottle 3 5 30
Blanket 10 Days per Blanket 15 Days per Blanket 20 Days per Blanket
ISO Mat 5 10 20
Sheet 5 10 20
Mattress 5 10 20
Tooth Brush (regular) 5 10 10
Playing Cards 5 10 10
Games 5 10 10
T-Shirt 5 10 15
PT Shorts 5 10 15
GUARD MOUNT INFORMATION MESSAGE
DTG:
EFFECTIVE FROM: EFFECTIVE THRU:
SUSPENSE:
SUBJECT:
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS:
DISTRIBUTION:
MESSAGE: AUTHORITY:

MASS CASUALTY CHECKLIST
# EVENT NOTIFICATION METHOD REMARKS STATUS
Announce to all Camp SABER
1 Delta of MCI
Initiate DA Form 1594 N/A Initiate Staff Journal to record all actions
2 Staff Journal associated with MCI
Lock Down Camp SABER
3
Notify Company Verbal or SABER From DOC On-Scene Commander
4 Commander
Notify Camp Delta 3251/3261 Notify medical of situation and request
5 Medical assistance
Notify 911 Emergency 911 Request Fire Department support. Inform
6 services them if there is or is NOT a fire.
Notify JIIF MP NCOIC Verbal From CP JIIF NCOIC must stop all JIIF Activities
7
Notify SOG Camp- Verbal or SABER From DOC MCI Site NCOIC
8 Affected
Notify SOG Camp-Not Verbal or SABER From DOC Traffic Control
9 Affected
Notify Infantry SOG 3267 or SABER Channel-10 Additional Security at MCI site
10
Notify Escorts SABER Must respond immediately IAW this SOP
11 (Medical & Normal)
Notify Interpreter OIC Verbal or SABER Must provide Interpreter support
12
Notify Joint OPNS 5010/5038 Notify JOC. Request additional
13 Center (JOC) emergency services if needed.
Notify Chaplains 8-4408 Muslim Chaplain
14 8660 Camp America Chaplain's Office
Notify JDOG OPNS W: 3577 H: 8659
15 Officer
Notify JDOG W: 3521, H: 8213, C: 8-4208 Report Status
16 Commander
Notify Superintendent W: 3132, H: 8007, C: 8-4402
17
Record of Detainees Note In MCI implemented Staff Journal
Leaving Camp
18
TRIAGE CHECKLIST
Group Triage Category Send to this Mode of
Treatment Transportation
Team Location
MILITARY IMMEDIATE Naval Hospital Naval Hospital
GTMO GTMO
Ambulance
MILITARY DELAYED Naval Hospital Naval Hospital
GTMO GTMO
Ambulance
MILITARY MINIMAL Joint Aid Station Any available
military
vehicle
MILITARY EXPECTANT Chow Hall Tent Litter Bearer/
Detention
Hospital
Ambulance
DETAINEE IMMEDIATE First 6 to Naval Detention
Hospital GTMO, Hospital
All remainders to Ambulance or
Detention Hosp Litter Bus
DETAINEE DELAYED Detention Hospital Detention
Hospital
Ambulance or
Litter Bus
DETAINEE MINIMAL Delta Medical Walked by MP
Clinic escort or
available carts
DETAINEE EXPECTANT Tree beside Chow Litter Bearer/
Hall Tent Detention
Hospital
Ambulance
SHOWER AND RECREATION SCHEDULE
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
SHIFT DAY SWING DAY SWING DAY SWING DAY SWING DAY SWING DAY SWING DAY SWING
CELL BLOCK CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL # CELL #
A-BLOCK 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
B-BLOCK 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
C-BLOCK 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
D-BLOCK* 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
E-BLOCK 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
F-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
G-BLOCK 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
H-BLOCK 1-10 11-21 22-31 32-41 42-48/1-3 4-14 15-24 25-34 35-44 45-48/1-7 8-17 18-27 28-37 38-48
I-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 1-8 9-16 17-24
LINEN AND UNIFORM EXCHANGE SCHEDULE

A-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
B-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
C-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
D-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
E-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
F-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
G-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
H-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
I-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24
* For Delta block, only Level 1 Detainees in the Pysch and Medical section are authorized 3 showers per week. Do not shower detainees with a
Level 2, 3 or 4 discipline level on Friday and Saturday.

SHOWER AND RECREATION SCHEDULE
K-BLOCK* 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
L-BLOCK* 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
M-BLOCK* 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
N-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 1-8 9-16 17-24
O-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-36 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-36
P-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
Q-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
R-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
S-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-36 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-36
T-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 1-8 9-16 17-24
LINEN AND UNIFORM EXCHANGE SCHEDULE

K-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
L-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
M-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
N-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24
O-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-36
P-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
Q-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
R-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-40 41-48
S-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24 25-32 33-36
T-BLOCK 1-8 9-16 17-24
* For Kilo, Lima, and Mike blocks, the Level 5 blocks may contain detainees with Level 1 benefits. Their third shower must be worked into the
schedule and tracked by the block.
h
INDIVIDUAL DETAINEE REFUSAL TRACKING RECORD
(mark X in appropriate box)
ISN
DATE BLOCK/CELL BREAKFAST LUNCH DINNER SHOWER RECREATION HAIR CUT REASON FOR REFUSAL

DAILY DETAINEE MEDICAL REQUESTS/COMPLAINTS
(for standard sick call. All urgent or emergency problems should be called in immediately.)
ISN
DATE TIME BLOCK/CELL REQUEST/COMPLAINT MEDICAL REMARKS DATE TIME

WEEKLY DUE OUTS MONTHLY DUE OUTS
TIME MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY SUNDAY 1ST MONDAY
Cell Roster Cell Roster Cell Roster Cell Roster Cell Roster Cell Roster Cell Roster D-Mail Report
0800 [JIG] [JIG] [JIG] [JIG] [JIG] [JIG] [JIG] 0900 [J1]
SARs Rollup SARs Rollup SARs Rollup SARs Rollup SARs Rollup SARs Rollup SARs Rollup Alert Roster
0900 [J2,JIG] [J2,JIG] [J2,JIG] [J2,JIG] [J2,JIG] [J2,JIG] [J2,JIG] 1000 Update [JOC+]
Hunger Strike Hunger Strike Hunger Strike Hunger Strike Hunger Strike Hunger Strike Hunger Strike Detainee Dyn.
[DH] [DH] [DH] [DH] [DH] [DH] [DH] 1100 Brief [JIG]
1000 1400
PERSTAT PERSTAT PERSTAT PERSTAT PERSTAT PERSTAT PERSTAT Muslim Fact
1100 [JDOG] [JDOG] [JDOG] [JDOG] [JDOG] [JDOG] [JDOG] 1500 Sheet [JDOG]
Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Outgoing D-Mail Section Brag Cdr Brag
[JIF] [JIF] [JIF] [JIF] [JIF] [JIF] [JIF] 2000 Report [JDOG] Report
1200 3x Current Ops 1x Decision 2x Open Issue Linguists Roster
Bullets [S3] Slide [S3] Bullets [S3] [SCJ2+]
Delta Sitrep Delta Sitrep Delta Sitrep Delta Sitrep Delta Sitrep Delta Sitrep Delta Sitrep
1300 [JOC+] [JOC+] [JOC+] [JOC+] [JOC+] [JOC+] [JOC+]
INSUM [S2]
ISN/MSU 30+
1400 Rpt [J3+]
1500 INSUM [S3]
3 Current Ops Decision Brief Open Issue
1600 Bullets [SGS] Slide [DJ2] Bullets [???]
Draft INTREP Draft INTREP Draft INTREP Draft INTREP Draft INTREP Draft INTREP Draft INTREP
[S3] [S3] [S3] [S3] [S3] [S3] [S3]
DRS Upload DRS Upload DRS Upload DRS Upload DRS Upload DRS Upload DRS Upload
1700 [NDRS] [NDRS] [NDRS] [NDRS] [NDRS] [NDRS] [NDRS]
D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1] D-Mail Rpt [J1]
Unit Tng Sch
[J3]
RU Project
Status [JDOG+]
Supply Status
[JDOG+]
INSUM [J2+]
1800 INTREP [S2] INTREP [S2] INTREP [S2] INTREP [S2] INTREP [S2] INTREP [S2] INTREP [S2]
1900 INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+] INTREP [JIG+]
BLOCK NCO CHECKLIST
Block Shift Block NCO Unit DTG
Enter your Check the Enter your Rank, Name Enter your company Enter Date DD-MMM-YY
Block Letter Appropriate Shift
Days
Swings
Mids
Task Check the block in the right column once you have completed the task
Check key control log (serial numbers)
Receive initial brief from off-going Block NCO
Upon assuming post, conduct a count by cell number and Alpha Roster (Ensure
empty cells are empty)
Block NCO verifies Detainee Tracking Book against sheet received from CP
Conduct physical security check of cell block, showers, recreation yard (looking for
contraband)
Ensure all equipment is accounted for on the block.
Ensure block is in order according to SOP schematic
Release off-going shift once block is in order and head count is correct.
Begin DA 1594 Daily Staff Journal Log
Inventory Supplies, send soldiers to draw shortages
Conduct Shower and Recreation time for Detainees in accordance with schedule
(Notify CP of start & ending times)
If Detainee refuses Shower and Recreation their cell must still be searched
(conduct inventory of comfort items)
Conduct Linen exchange on assigned days. (Report missing/short items)
(Detainee must exchange linen)
Serve Detainee Meals (Verify all spoons are returned that are passed out and
notify CP of start and ending times)
Account for every piece of meal and wrappers from meal. (Fruit cannot be kept
after meals)
Keep a log and notify CP of any Detainee movement to Reservation, Medical,
ICRC, and requests for same.
Conduct at least 2 Headcounts during shift (excluding change of shift counts)
Conduct at least 2 random Cell Searches during shift
Log all visitors to your block
Conduct sworn statements immediately after any detainee misconduct
Be aware of your surroundings and fill out SIGACT reports and turn in at the end
of shift
Police Call Interior and Exterior before Shift change
Complete all necessary paperwork (Sworn Statements, SIGACT sheets)
Ensure DA 2823, DD 508s, and DA 4137s are turned into CP ASAP, to enforce
discipline
Conduct final headcount with on-coming Block NCO
Conduct out brief to incoming Block NCO; review significant
events/activities/behavioral forms, etc
Inventory Keys and sign over cell block to on-coming Block NCO
Complete Detainee Behavioral Tracking Sheet
Turn-in Block NCO Checklist to DFC or GC after completing Shift
Inspect Inventory Account

• Physical Security of cells, bean • 2sets - 3pc suits with lock & keys • Detainee Files
holes, shackle doors • Key Control Log • Detainee in correct Cell
• Recreation and Shower Areas • Confiscated property DA4137 • Physical Head Count
• Inside/Outside of Block Clean Evidence/Property Custody • Out-Brief from Off-Going
Document
Block Checklist Version 3 Last printed 4/1/2003 5:40 PM

BLOCK SIGACTS SHEET
Instructions: Be Sure to Collect as much Info as possible. Document the following Key items:
- Block Leaders - Block Lieutenants - Prayer Leaders - Lookouts - Instigators
Time Cell# ISN# Activity or Action

Enter the Time Enter Detainee’s Enter Detainee’s For each entry, describe what happen. Be as thorough as you can. Use multiple lines as
of the Event Cell # 3 Digit ISN # necessary to capture the info
Block Checklist Version 3 Last printed 4/1/2003 5:40 PM

NOTIFICATION MATRIX
Incident
Detainee attempted suicide and/or suicide (actual attempt made) I, J, B, (SIR)
Detainee gesture of attempted suicide (statements, tied sheets) I, J, B, (IR)
Detainee attempted escape and/or escape I, J, B, (SIR)
Detainee death I, J, B, (SIR)
Weapon discharges (including accidental) I, J, B, (IR)
Detainee riot attempt/uprising (6) or more (more than 2 hours in duration and/or damage to government property) I, B, (IR)
Use of OC Spray I, B, (IR)
Forced cell extraction of detainee(s) I, B, (SIR)
Intelligence of detainee(s) planning uprising or escape I, B, (IR)
Deliberate destruction of facility area by detainee (affecting security) I, B, (IR)
Accidental destruction of facility equipment/are (affecting security) I, B, (IR)
Detainee transported out of Camp Delta to GTMO Bay Naval Hospital I, B
Detainee admitted to Detainee Hospital (Fleet Hospital) for serious or life threatening condition I, B
Major malfunction of security lighting or equipment (no lights at all) I, B
Loss of sensitive items I, J, B, (SIR)
Vehicle accident involving military personnel (injury) I, J, B, (IR)
Any military member (including military working dog) requiring visit to GTMO Bay Naval Hospital, on or off duty I, J, B, (SIR)
Any military member (including military working dog) death, on or off duty I, J, B, (SIR)
Any possible facility security breaches I, J, B, (IR)
Injury of military contracted employee inside Camp Delta I, B, (IR)
Unannounced arrival of media or VIPs (General Officer equivalent) I, J, B
Any agency wishing to question detainee off facility I, J, B
Found lethal contraband (shank, etc) B
Detainee cell transfer to general population B
Detainee cell transfer to maximum population B
Any unusual circumstance not covered. If in doubt notify J
I - Immediate Notification Required (see reporting mechanism flowchart)

B - Blotter entry required
J - JOC Watch Officer notification required
(SIR) - Requires a Serious Incident Report
(IR) - Requires an Incident Report
Any incident requiring immediate notification will be annotated on the blotter and called in by the company commander as
follows:
0800-1700 (Daily) JDOG Operations (In the event JDOG operations is unavailable, the CJDOG will be notified)
(NOTE: All suicide incidents will be called in to the JOC
1700-0800 (Daily) CJDOG (In the event CJDOG is unavailable, the JTF CDR will be notified)
(NOTE: All suicide incidents will be called in to the JOC
INSPECTION RECORD OF PRISONER IN SEGREGATION
ISN DATE ARRIVED TO MSU BLOCK DATE SCHEDULED TO LEAVE MSU BLOCK
PART I - DISCIPLINE IMPOSED
PART II - DAILY INSPECTION RECORD

SIGNATURE OF PLATOON SIGNATURE OF COMPANY
DATE TIME CONDUCT SIGNATURE OF BLOCK NCO HOUR LEADER HOUR COMMANDER
PART III - GUARD INSPECTION RECORD

(Inspections will be made at irregular intervals - Supervisors or Guards will initial and complete hour columns.)
2400-
0100-
0200-
0300-
0400-
0500-
0600-
0700-
0800-
0900-
1000-
1100-
1200-
1300-
1400-
1500-
1600-
1700-
1800-
1900-
2000-
2100-
2200-
2300-
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
Date

IMMEDIATE RESPONSE FORCE (IRF) CAMERA OPERATOR CHECKLIST
DATE:_______________ UNIT:______________________________________________
IRF CHECK LIST GO
Camera Operator alerted
Camera Operator puts in a blank disk for a non-drill IRF
Camera Operator ensures all verbal statements are in English while videotaping
Camera Operator starts recording session by being videotaped stating his/her name, last four
of SSN, unit, "Camera Operator"
Camera Operator films CC/PL/SOG name, last four of SSN, and unit and their brief to the the
IRF team
Camera Operator films IRF team individuals as they step forward one by one giving name,
unit, last four of SSN, position on IRF team, and responsibilities during IRF
Camera Operator coordinates with CC/PL/SOG to ensure adequate light will be available in
the cell
Camera Operator positions himself near the cell door so he can capture all communication
with detainee and that the detainee is seen on film
Camera Operator prompts those individuals talking to speak louder if he can't hear them so
that the video captures all communication
Camera Operator will ensure when the team enters the cell, as much of the cell area is
captured on film as possible (not zoomed in on one individual)
Camera Operator will ensure that non-essential personnel do not step in front of the camera
Camera Operator will film the removal from the cell and the entire trip to the decon site if
decon is required.
Camera Operator will film the medical check of the detainee and decon process
Camera Operator will film medical's opinion of the condition of the detainee
Camera Operator will film the return or transport to cell of detainee after the decon process
and medical check
Camera Operator will state the filming is complete
Camera Operator turns in this form with video disk to Detention Services Branch
CAMERA OPERATOR
NAME / RANK
Date:
Print:
Sign:
REMARKS:

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
JOINT TASK FORCE GUANTANAMO
HEADQUARTERS, JOINT DETENTION OPERATION GROUP (JDOG)
GUANTANAMO BAY, CUBA APO AE 09360
CAMP DELTA
GUARD FORCE SHIFT AFTER ACTION REVIEW
DATE: SHIFT: DAYS SWINGS MIDS
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT EVENTS:
2. PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED:
3. RECOMMENDED SOLUTIONS:
4. OTHER COMMENTS:
(OVER)
Shift AAR checklist v1.doc p. 1 of 2 1/3/03

5. NUMBER OF VISITS, INSPECTIONS, WALK-THROUGHS:
(leave blank any blocks not visited)
CAMP 1
BLOCKS A B C D E F G H I* J
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG
CAMP 2
BLOCKS K L M N* O*
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG
CAMP 3
BLOCKS P Q R S T
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG
CAMP 4
BLOCKS U V W X
CDR
PLT LT
NCOIC
1SG
(CDR’S PRINTED NAME) (CDR’S SIGNATURE)
Shift AAR checklist v1.doc p. 2 of 2 1/3/03

Standard Intelligence Reporting Form
Standard Intelligence Reporting Form

Date: Interpreter Name:
Block # Time in: Time out:
Narrative:
Block # Time in: Time out:
Narrative:
NOTIFICATION OF STATUS FOR POSITIVE BEHAVIOR REWARD PROGRAM
(The information provided below supports positive or negative rewards for discipline or Intelligence in relation to a detainees behavior).
DETAINEE'S ISN DATE:
REASON FOR NOTIFICATION TYPE OF NOTIFICATION
DISCIPLINE (JDOG) VERBAL
REWARD (Positive Behavior) (JDOG) WRITTEN (Attach Copy)
REWARD GIVEN (JIG) AUDIO TAPE (Provide Location Of Tape In Remarks)
REWARD TAKEN (JIG) OTHER (Explain In Remarks)
INTERPRETOR USED YES NO
REMARKS:
RANK/FULL NAME (Witness)
RANK/FULL NAME (Individual Notifying Detainee)
GTMO FORM 508-1 28 MAR 03 PREVIOUS EDITIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE
LIST OF OFFENSES
Offense Category
Provoking words and gestures I
Possession of contraband (food, etc) I
Unauthorized communications I
Flooding cellblock I
Failure to follow camp rules II
Clothing (shirt and pants) II
Failure to follow MP instructions II
Damage to property or failure to return property II
Tampering with locks and or restraints III
Possession of a key III
Throwing water at/on U.S. personnel or another detainee III
Throw/spit body fluids at/on another person (non-medical)1 III
Exposure of sexual organs for sexual gratification III
Assault (hostile act/threat of battery) IV
Use of property in an offense IV
Possession of dangerous contraband (shank, club, other dangerous item) IV
Attempted escape IV
Bribery/attempted bribery of U.S. personnel IV
Sexual relations IV
Fighting IV
Throw/spit body fluids at/on another person (medical)2 V
Aggravated assault (object or weapon used) V
Escape V
Indecent assault V
Battery (aggravated or otherwise) V
Note 1: Denotes detainees without infectious conditions such as Hepatitis or Tuberculosis.
Note 2: Denotes detainees diagnosed with Hepatitis, Tuberculosis, or other infectious condition.
Table 8-1
DETAINEE MOVEMENT AND DISCIPLINE MATRIX
If last offense was 31 or more days ago If last offense was between 15-29 days ago If last offense was 14 or less days ago
MOVEMENT FOR LEVEL 1 DETAINEES

Category I offense Move the detainee to a level 2 block Not applicable Not applicable
Category II offense Move the detainee to a level 3 block Not applicable Not applicable
Category III offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Not applicable Not applicable
Category IV offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Not applicable Not applicable
Category V offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Not applicable Not applicable

Category I offense Move the detainee to a level 3 block Move the detainee to a level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category II offense Move the detainee to a level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category III offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category IV offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category V offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block

Category I offense Remain on level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities Remain on level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category II offense Remain on level 3 block, change to level 4 CI/Activities Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category III offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category IV offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
Category V offense Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block Move the detainee to a level 4 block
DISCIPLINE1
Category I offense Loss of rec 3 periods, loss of CI 3 days Loss of rec 4 periods, loss of CI 4 days Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 5 days
Category II offense Loss of rec 4 periods, loss of CI 4 days Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 5 days, MSU 5 days Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 5 days
Category III offense Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 5 days, MSU 5 days Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 5 days, MSU 10 days Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 10 day
Category IV offense Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 5 days, MSU 10 days Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 10 days, MSU 15 days Loss of rec 6 periods, loss of CI 15 day
Category V offense Loss of rec 5 periods, loss of CI 10 days, MSU 15 days Loss of rec 6 periods, loss of CI 15 days, MSU 20 days Loss of rec 6 periods, loss of CI 20 day
Notes:
1. If the detainee commits multiple offenses and two or more of those offenses require MSU time, add 5 days to loss of CI and MSU days for each additional offense.
2. Any discipline requiring an increased use of force (OC Spray or IRF) will be immediately reported IAW the notification matrix.
3. The President's Military Order dated 19 November 2001 states that humane treatment means the detainee will be afforded adequate food, drinking water, shelter,
clothing, and medical treatment. The detainees will also be allowed the free exercise of religion consistent with the requirements of detention and detained IAW such
other conditions as the SECDEF prescribes.
4. Medical personnel are responsible for detainees if Basic Issue Items must be removed from a detainee's cell to ensure the health, safety, and security of any detainee.
5. Basic Issue Items (blanket, amputee bucket, flip-flops, ISO mat, detainee uniform (shirt & pants), boxer shorts) are NOT considered Comfort Items and will not be taken for disciplinary reasons.
Table 8-2
BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
LEVEL - 5
LEVEL - 1 LEVEL - 2 LEVEL - 3 LEVEL - 4 INTEL
Required items for detainee possession (unless taken for medical/psychology reasons - must be approved for
removal by medical officer or psychologist)
Blanket 2 2 1 1 1
Bucket (for amputees) 1 1 1 1 1
Flip Flops 1 1 1 1 1
ISO Mat 1 1 1 1 1
Koran 1 1 1 1 1
Clothing (shirt and pants) 1 1 1 1 1
PT Shorts/Underwear 1 1 1 1 1
Table 8-3
COMFORT ITEMS
LEVEL - 5
Items authorized for detainee possession as a reward for positive behavior As determined
by JIG1
Additional Toilet Paper Upon Request YES NO NO NO Note 2

Bar Soap (Regular) (Keep In Cell) 1 0 0 0 Note 2
Bar Soap (Small) 0 1 1 1 Note 2
Chess/Checker Type Games 1 0 0 0 0
Comb In Shower 1 0 0 0 0
Finger Toothbrush 0 1 1 1 1
Travel Type or Regular Toothbrush 1 0 0 0 Note 2
JIG Directed Reading Material or Pictures As Required As Required As Required As Required As Required
Mail (# of pieces allowed to keep in cell) 20 15 12 0 Note 2
Mask, Surgical Type (Used to Cradle Koran) 1 1 1 1 Note 2
Mattress 1 1 1 0 Note 2
Religious or Other Book/Magazine From Detainee
Library 6 4 2 0 Note 2
Paper and Pencil To Be Returned At End of Shift
(Does not apply to ICRC visits) YES NO NO NO Note 2
Perfume/Oil From Chaplain 3 2 1 0 0
Playing Cards 1 1 0 0 0
Prayer Beads 1 1 1 0 Note 2
Prayer Cap 1 1 1 0 Note 2
Salt Packet 5 4 3 0 Note 2
Shampoo (small, keep in cell) 1 1 0 0 Note 2
Sheet 1 1 1 0 Note 2
Styrofoam Cup 2 1 1 0 Note 2
Toothpaste 1 1 1 1 1
Towel 2 2 1 1 1
T-Shirt 1 0 0 0 Note 2
Washcloth 1 1 1 0 Note 2
Water Bottle (No Squirt Top) 0 1 0 0 Note 2
Water Bottle (With Top) 1 0 0 0 Note 2
Note 1: The JIG Commander determines quantities above the minimum level; however, at no time will Level 5 detainees receive less than
Level 4 detainees, unless requested by JIG Commander and approved by CJTF or his designee.
Note 2: Detainees housed in Level 5 blocks will have varying quantities of Comfort Items (CI), which are determined by the JIG
Commander. Each Level 5 detainee's authorized CI will be documented on GTMO Form 508-1.
Table 8-4
AUTHORIZED/UNAUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES1
LEVEL - 5
Detainee activities authorized as a reward for positive behavior As determined

by JIG3
Reading Koran YES YES YES YES YES

Reading Other Authorized Material YES YES YES NO Note 4
Eating at Authorized Meal Times YES YES YES YES YES
Allowed To Save MRE to Eat Later2 YES NO NO NO Note 4
Performing Prayers YES YES YES YES YES
Authorized Playing Cards YES YES NO NO Note 4
Authorized Other Games YES NO NO NO Note 4
Authorized Soccer Ball In Recreation Yard YES YES NO NO Note 4
Talking With Detainees in Adjacent Cells Without
Yelling YES YES YES YES YES
Talking With Detainees in Adjacent Recreation
Yard Without Yelling YES YES YES YES YES
Performing Personal Hygiene In Cell With
Authorized/Issued Items YES YES YES YES YES
Showers Authorized Per Week 3 2 2 2 2
Performing Approved Exercises in Cell YES YES YES YES YES
Authorized Periods in Recreation Yard Per Week
(20 minutes each period) 3 2 2 2 2
Drying Clothing/Towels/Washcloths by Hanging In
Cell Window. Must Not Block View and Must Be
Removed When Dry. YES YES YES YES YES
Sheets or blankets may be used for privacy while a

detainee is using the toilet. It may not however be
tied more than half way up the cell height. YES YES YES YES YES
Hanging of Towel in Cell to block Sun or Light at
Night When Sleeping NO NO NO NO Note 4
Wear Prayer Cap On Head. Towel May Be Worn

On Head if Prayer Cap Not Available. Towel Will
Be Removed if Detainee is Removed From Cell. YES YES YES NO Note 4
Hanging of Koran in Surgical Mask On Side or Rear
of Cell. Detainee Provided a Surgical Mask if
Needed. YES YES YES NO Note 4
Removal of Shirt Due to Heat or Cleaning. Shirt
Will Be On When Detainee is Removed From His
Cell. YES YES YES YES YES
Blanket Exchange Monthly YES YES YES YES YES
Mirror In Shower For Shaving YES YES NO NO Note 4
Cold Water (After/During Recreation) YES NO NO NO Note 4
Note 1: This figure indicates the maximum/minimum activites authorized, based on the classification level of the detainee. In individual cases, activities not
authorized for a detainee can be requested, using Form 508-1, on behalf of that detainee for exhibiting extraordinarily positive behavior (such as assisting
guards during a disturbance). All such requests must be approved by the JDOG S3.
Note 2: If authorized based on level, detainee is allowed to keep UNOPENED MRE items after meal time, but must consume within 24 hours.
Note 3: The JIG Commander determines activities above the minimum level; however, at no time will Level 5 detainees receive less than Level 4 detainees,
unless requested by JIG Commander and approved by CJTF or his designee.
Note 4: Detainees housed in Level 5 blocks will have varying degrees of Authorized Activities, which are determined by the JIG Commander. Each Level 5
detainee's Authorized Activities will be documented on GTMO Form 508-1.
Note 5: Detainees are NOT ALLOWED to yell or talk to detainees in other blocks. Detainees in recreation yards are NOT ALLOWED to talk or yell to
detainees in non-adjacent recreation yards or in other blocks.
Table 8-5

B.50
NEW JTF / NAVBASE BADGE LEGEND
Security Clearance / BG Color

Personnel Code
- Civilian JTF GTMO U - Uncleared White
M - Military
D - DoD
3 - Secret Red
C - Contractor
R - ICRC
5 - TS SCI Green
H - Hospital M 5
A
EXP: 31 DEC 02
Rank DETENTION FACILITY ACCESS

Last Name
Color Admin Fleet Hospital JIF Detainee Units
First Name
Orange U U U U
Title
Yellow U U U E
Blue U U E E
Purple E E E X
Gray X X X X
Legend:
X= No Access
E= Escorted Access
U= Unescorted Access

C.2
CP
3
SP13 T15
SP1 SP12
U
T1
SP5 SP14
SP7
Generators T14 Generators
SCIF Med/InPrc
JIG T16
Y
SP
SP2 Rec Area
8
15
T2
SP
SP3
JIIF V
Generators JIIF
Mess Tent CTC DOC Camp 4
SP4 T7 m
T3 Ad
D T8
T10 I l
W it a
SP9 tr p T E o sp
Intel/In J eH
BLD 7 ne
F tai
JIIF SP10 A De
O G T13
B
T N H
C
S M SP6
R L Camp 1
Q K
P p2 T6
Cam
SP11 T5
p3 T4
Cam T9
T12
CAMP DELTA
AA RAT
CP
3
SP13 T15
AA MOUSE SP1 SP12
U
T1 Generators
AA IGUANA SP5 SP14
SP7
T14 Generators
SCIF Med/InPrc
JIG T16
Y
SP
SP2 Rec Area
8
15
T2
SP
SP3
JIIF V
Generators JIIF
Mess Tent CTC DOC
SP4 T7
Camp 4 m
AA ANT T3 Ad
D T8
T10 I l
W it a
SP9 tr p T E o sp
Intel/In J eH
BLD 7 AA SNAKE ne
F tai
JIIF SP10 A De
O G T13
B
T N H
C
S M SP6 AA BUZZARD
R L
Q K
P T6
SP11 T5
T4
T9 2
Camp Camp 1
T12 3
Camp
Camp Delta Assembly Areas

FIRE DEPARTMENT REFERENCES
CAMP 1 AND 4 ENTRANCE/EXIT (FIRE ONLY)
Fire Hydrant
CP
3
SP13 T15
SP1 SP12
CAMP 2 ENTRANCE/EXIT (FIRE ONLY) Detainee Clinic U
T1
SP5 SP14
SP7
BLDG 4 BLDG 5
2” Stand BLDG 6
Y T16
SP
SP2 Rec Area
8
15
T2
SP
Fire Hydrant Generators SP3
T10 BLDG 3 V
BLDG 2
Mess Tent
BLDG 1 Camp 4
BLD 9,10,11 SP4 m
T3 T7 Ad
D T8
I l
W it a
SP9 8 T E o sp
7 BLDG J eH
BLDG ne
12 F tai
BLDG SP10 A De
O G T13
B
T11
T N H
C
S M SP6
R L Fire Hydrant Camp 1
Q K
P p2 T6
Cam
SP11 T5
p3 T4
Cam T9
T12
CAMP DELTA
JIIF BUILDING LOCATIONS
CP
3
SP13 T15
SP1 SP12
U
T1
SP5 SP14
SP7
SCIF Med/InPrc
JIG T16
Y
SP
SP2 Rec Area
8
15
T2
SP
BLUE GREY ORANGE
SP3
YELLOW V
Generators BROWN
Mess Tent CTC DOC Camp 4
SP4 T7 m
T3 Ad
D T8
T10 I l
W it a
SP9 tr p T E o sp
Intel/In J eH
BLD 7 ne
F tai
GOLD SP10 A De
O G T13
B
T N H
C
S M SP6
R L Camp 1
Q K
P p2 T6
Cam
SP11 T5
p3 T4
Cam T9
T12
CAMP DELTA
MASS CASUALTY INCIDENT TRIAGE SITES
VEHICLE EXIT
AMBULANCE PARKING
MAN POWER POOL
FIRE TRUCK PARKING
CP
3
IMMEDIATE SP13 T15
Detainee Expectant DELAYED SP12
SP1 U
VEHICLE ENTRANCE Detainee Clinic
T1
Military Expectant SP5 SP14
SP7
BLDG 4 BLDG 5
AMBULANCE PARKING BLDG 6 MINIMAL T16
FIRE TRUCK PARKING DETAINEE TRIAGE Y
SP
SP2 Rec Area
8
15
T2 MILITARY TRIAGE
SP
MAN POWER POOL Generators SP3
BLDG 3 V
IMMEDIATE BLDG 2
BLD 9,10,11 BLDG 1 Camp 4
SP4 T7 m
DELAYED T3 Ad
Mess Tent D T8
T10 MILITARY TRIAGE I l
W it a
DETAINEE TRIAGE SP9 8 T E o sp
7 BLDG J eH
BLDG ne
MINIMAL 12 F tai
BLDG SP10 A De
O G T13
B
T N H
C
S M SP6
R L Camp 1
Q K
P p2 T6
Cam
SP11 T5
p3 T4
Cam T9
T12
CAMP DELTA

D.6
Appendix E
Detainee Transfer Operations
This annex is classified and available to those

individuals that have a requirement to have it. All
requests for copies of this annex are to be submitted to
JDOG Operations.

E.1

E.2
Appendix F
Military Commissions

JDOG Operations.

F.1

F.2
Appendix G
Camp Echo

JDOG Operations.

G.1

G.2
Appendix H
General’s Cottage

JDOG Operations.

H.1

H.2

Camp Delta Standard Operating Procedures

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Camp Delta Standard Operating Procedures

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Camp Delta Standard Operating Procedures

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Camp Delta Standard

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Headquarters Joint Detention Operations Group (JDOG)

By Order of the Commander

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

2-8. Record Keeping

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

3-6. Inbound and Outbound Operations

3-7. Linguist Support

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

4-18. Post Processing

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

6-23. Uniform and Dress Rules

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

7-4. Sally Ports 4 And 10 7-5. Detainee Medical Clinic Gate

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

8-8. GTMO Form 508-1 8-9. Level 5 Blocks

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

10-10. Use Of The Television

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

ESCORT DOC will notify Escort Control.

Escort control will assign an ICRC

11-8. Distinguished Visitors

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

12-2. Property Handling

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

13-14. Detainees In Isolation

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Intentionally Left Blank

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP  28 March 2003

15-10. Passive Collection Of CI Information

15-11. Intelligence Reference Guide For Linguists

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 2003

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03

Camp Delta SOP 28 March 03